Indonésie

  • Président :Joko Widodo
  • Vice-président:Ma'ruf Amin
  • Capitale:Jakarta
  • Langues:Bahasa Indonesia (official, modified form of Malay), English, Dutch, local dialects (of which the most widely spoken is Javanese) note: more than 700 languages are used in Indonesia
  • Gouvernement
  • Bureau de statistique national
  • Population, personnes:278 681 856 (2024)
  • Surface en km2:1 892 555
  • PIB par habitant, US$:4 788 (2022)
  • PIB, milliards US$ en cours:1 319,1 (2022)
  • Indice de GINI:38,3 (2023)
  • Classement Facilité à faire des affaires:73

Tous les ensembles de données: 1 2 3 6 8 9 A B C D E É F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y
  • 1
  • 2
  • 3
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The 3-months interest rate is a representative short-term interest rate series for the domestic money market. From January 1999, the euro area rate is the 3-month "EURo InterBank Offered Rate" (EURIBOR) EURIBOR is the benchmark rate of the large euro money market that has emerged since 1999. It is the rate at which euro InterBank term deposits are offered by one prime bank to another prime bank. The contributors to EURIBOR are the banks with the highest volume of business in the euro area money markets. The panel of banks consists of banks from EU countries participating in the euro from the outset, banks from EU countries not participating in the euro from the outset, and large international banks from non-EU countries but with important euro area operations. Monthly data are calculated as averages of daily values. Data are presented in raw form. Source: European Central Bank (ECB)
  • 6
  • 8
  • 9
  • A
    • septembre 2023
      Source : International Energy Agency
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      World Electricity access database Hundreds of millions of people have gained access to modern energy over the last two decades, especially in China and India. Rapid economic development in several developing countries, increasing urbanisation and ongoing energy access programmes have been important factors in this achievement. The IEA Access to Energy database provides a snapshot of progress made toward meeting the ultimate goal of universal access. Note: For indicator population without access, value 1 represent <1 except Botswana, Guatemala countries
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Number of grants of citizenship of the reporting country to persons usually resident in the reporting country who have previously been citizens of another country or who have been stateless.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The annual Eurostat's collection on statistics on acquisitions of citizenship is structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants, emigrants, acquisition and loss of citizenship, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements". The demographic data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes. For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on acquisition and loss of citizenship are collected:Acquisitions of  citizenship by age, sex and former citizenshipLoss of citizenship by sex and new citizenship   Naturalisation rates: based on the different breakdowns of data on acquisition of citizenship and migrant population received, Eurostat produces the following:Statistics available in migr_acqs:                  a.   share of foreign citizens who have acquired citizenship                  b.   share of EU citizens who have acquired citizenship                  c.   share of  non-EU citizens who have acquired citizenship
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator reflects the purchasing power of households and their ability to invest in goods and services or save for the future, by accounting for taxes and social contributions and monetary in-kind social benefits. It is calculated as the adjusted gross disposable income of households and Non-Profit Institutions Serving Households (NPISH) divided by the purchasing power parities (PPP) of the actual individual consumption of households and by the total resident population. The values are also offered as an index calculated in relation to the European Union average set to equal 100. If the index of a country is higher than 100, this country's level of adjusted gross disposable income of households per person is higher than the EU average and vice versa. Please note that this index is intended for cross-country comparisons rather than for temporal comparisons. Finally, the disparities indicator offered for EU27 (from 2020) is calculated as the coefficient of variation of the national figures. This time series offers a measure of the convergence of household income between the Member States of the EU.
    • janvier 2021
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 mai, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      L'âge médian marque le point où la moitié du groupe est plus âgée que cet âge et la moitié est plus jeune. La main-d'oeuvre comprend toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui fournissent, durant une période de référence spécifiée, la main-d'oeuvre disponible pour la production de biens et services. Elle correspond à la somme des personnes ayant un emploi et celles qui sont au chômage. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1990-2015 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2016-2030 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en juillet 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la note méthodologique général (en anglais) et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections de la main d'oeuvre (en anglais).
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years 2015-2016.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Statistics Indonesia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains indicators related to Agriculture, Horticulture and Forestry topics for provincial level.
    • juillet 2022
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2014The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2015
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Livestock Patterns domain of the FAOSTAT Agri-Environmental Indicators contains data on livestock numbers, shares of major livestock species and livestock densities in the agricultural area. Values are calculated using Livestock Units (LSU), which facilitate aggregating information for different livestock types. Data are available by country, with global coverage, for the period 1961–2014. This methodology applies the LSU coefficients reported in the "Guidelines for the preparation of livestock sector reviews" (FAO, 2011). From this publication, LSU coefficients are computed by livestock type and by country. The reference unit used for the calculation of livestock units (=1 LSU) is the grazing equivalent of one adult dairy cow producing 3000 kg of milk annually, fed without additional concentrated foodstuffs. FAOSTAT agri-environmental indicators on livestock patterns closely follow the structure of the indicators in EUROSTAT.
    • juillet 2022
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data describe the average use of pesticides per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national level in a time series from 1990 to 2014. 
    • août 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilisers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilizers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The air accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). EASA as an Agency is responsible for providing common standards of safety and environmental protection in civil aviation in Europe and worldwide. It is the centrepiece of regulations creating a single European market in the aviation industry. The Agency’s responsibilities include aviation safety analysis and research for which it also collects statistics on European and worldwide aviation safety. The statistics are grouped according to type of operation, such as commercial air transport or general aviation, and aircraft category, such as aeroplanes, helicopters or gliders. The EASA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The selection of data made available to Eurostat does not differ from those available through the EASA (http://easa.europa.eu). In Eurobase, the following data are available: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca); Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw); Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah); Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal).
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The air accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). EASA as an Agency is responsible for providing common standards of safety and environmental protection in civil aviation in Europe and worldwide. It is the centrepiece of regulations creating a single European market in the aviation industry. The Agency’s responsibilities include aviation safety analysis and research for which it also collects statistics on European and worldwide aviation safety. The statistics are grouped according to type of operation, such as commercial air transport or general aviation, and aircraft category, such as aeroplanes, helicopters or gliders. The EASA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The selection of data made available to Eurostat does not differ from those available through the EASA (http://easa.europa.eu). In Eurobase, the following data are available: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca); Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw); Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah); Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal).
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The air accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). EASA as an Agency is responsible for providing common standards of safety and environmental protection in civil aviation in Europe and worldwide. It is the centrepiece of regulations creating a single European market in the aviation industry. The Agency’s responsibilities include aviation safety analysis and research for which it also collects statistics on European and worldwide aviation safety. The statistics are grouped according to type of operation, such as commercial air transport or general aviation, and aircraft category, such as aeroplanes, helicopters or gliders. The EASA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The selection of data made available to Eurostat does not differ from those available through the EASA (http://easa.europa.eu). In Eurobase, the following data are available: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca); Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw); Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah); Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal).
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The air accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). EASA as an Agency is responsible for providing common standards of safety and environmental protection in civil aviation in Europe and worldwide. It is the centrepiece of regulations creating a single European market in the aviation industry. The Agency’s responsibilities include aviation safety analysis and research for which it also collects statistics on European and worldwide aviation safety. The statistics are grouped according to type of operation, such as commercial air transport or general aviation, and aircraft category, such as aeroplanes, helicopters or gliders. The EASA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The selection of data made available to Eurostat does not differ from those available through the EASA (http://easa.europa.eu). In Eurobase, the following data are available: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca); Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw); Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah); Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal).
    • mars 2022
      Source : Department of Statistics, Singapore
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 mars, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2020
      Source : Health Effects Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 décembre, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • février 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This database includes annual, quarterly and monthly information on carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions related to commercial passenger, freight, and general aviation flights, on both a territory and a residence basis, for 186 countries. These CO2 emissions are estimated by the OECD, based on a consistent methodology across countries. The main source used for the estimation of these CO2 emissions is a database compiled by the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) with all commercial passenger and freight flights around the world.
    • mai 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juin, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS) (1),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Generally, only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders. (1) This designation shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the individual positions of the Member States on this issue.
    • mai 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juin, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS) (1),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Generally, only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders. (1) This designation shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the individual positions of the Member States on this issue.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator shows the volume of goods transported in Europe (in tonnes), broken down by country and by year. The data covers the total volume of freight and mail loaded/unloaded.
    • octobre 2020
      Source : Akamai
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 décembre, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residence permits statistics refers to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) receiving a residence permits or an authorisation to reside in one of the EU or EFTA Member States. The definitions used for residence permits and other concepts (e.g. first permit) are presented in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. The detailed data collection methodology is presented in Annex 8 of this metadta file. LEGAL FRAMEWORK - Residence data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007.  This legal framework refers to the initial residence permits data colection with 2008 first reference period (e.g. first residence permits; change of immigration status or reason to stay; all valid residence permits in the end of the year and long-term residence permits valid in the end of the year) and it provides also a general framework for newer data collections based on speciffic European legal acts (e.g. statistics on EU Blue Cards and statistics on single permits) or provided on voluntary basis (e.g. new long-term residence permits issued during the year and residence permits issued for family reunification with beneficiaries of  protection status). DATA SOURCE - Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following the reference year. AVAILABLE DATASETS I. Residence permits statistics by reason to stay, citizenship and permit's lenght of validity based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007. These statistics are avilable from 2008 reference year.     First Permits - see the definition in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. First permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfirst)2. The totals presented in this tables are depended on data availability in the following four tables migr_resfam + migr_resedu+ migr_resocc+ migr_resoth.First permits issued for family reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfam)First permits issued for education reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resedu)First permits issued for remunerated activities by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resocc)First permits issued for other reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resoth)     Residence Permits issued with the occasion of changing the immigration status or reason to stay Change of immigration status permits by reason and citizenship (migr_reschange)               Residence permits valid in the end of the year All valid permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvalid)Long-term residents by citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslong)     Share of long term residence permitsLong-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%) (migr_resshare) II. Residence permits statistics by age (5-year age groups) and sex collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2010 reference year. First permits by reason, age, sex and citizenship (migr_resfas)  All valid permits by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvas)               Long-term residents by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslas) III. EU Blue Cards data collection based on Article 20 of the Directive 2009/50/EC. These statistics are avilable from 2012 reference year2. EU Blue Cards by type of decision, occupation and citizenship (migr_resbc1)       Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders by type of decision and citizenship (migr_resbc2)EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residence (migr_resbc3) IV. Single Permit data collection based on Art 15 Directive 2011/98/EU. These statistics are avilable from 2013 reference year. Single Permits issued by type of decision, length of validity (migr_ressing)  V. Pilot data collections collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2016 reference year and the data quality assesment is ongoing. Long-term residence permits issued during the year (migr_resltr)First permits issued for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps1)Permits valid at the end of the year for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps2) VI. New statistics on Intra-Corporate Transfers and Seasonal Workers New data collections with 2017 first reference period are in the preparetion phase to be released in 2018: Intra-Corporate Transfers data collection under Art 24 of Directive 2014/66/EU and Seasonal Workers data collection under Art 26 Directive 2014/36/EU.   Share of long-tem residence permits The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories.   Data consistency between tables The data providers should use the same methodological specifications provided by Eurostat and some tables from Resper statistics should be consistent between them according to this methodology.  However, consistency issues between tables exist due to some technical limitations (e.g. different data sources) or different methodology applied to each table (see the quality information from below or the national metadata files) or different point in time of producing each tables.   1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions. 2 The EU Blue cards issued during the year are collected in two datasets: 1. in the table migr_resocc countig the EU Blue Cards issued as "first permits" and 2. in the EU Blue Cards counting all EU Blue Cards issued. The diference between these two categories is represented by the EU Blue cards that are not first permits. However these two tables might be updated/revised at a different point in time and the consistency between tables might be affected.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residence permit means any authorisation valid for at least 3 months issued by the authorities of a Member State allowing a third country national to stay legally on its territory. All valid permits on 31st December (end of the year). This data include statistics on all valid permits at the end of reference period, therefore including first permits, change of status or reasons to stay and renewed permits.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residential Property Prices Indices (RPPIs) – also named House price indices (HPIs), are index numbers that measure the prices of residential properties over time. RPPIs are key statistics not only for citizens and households across the world, but also for economic and monetary policy makers. They can help, for example, to monitor potential macroeconomic imbalances and the risk exposure of the household and financial sectors. This dataset covers the 34 OECD member countries and some non-member countries. In addition to the nominal RPPIs it contains information on real house prices, rental prices and the ratios of nominal prices to rents and to disposable household income per capita. This dataset contains quarterly statistics for each country. House prices differ widely across OECD countries, both with respect to recent changes and to valuation levels. The OECD has identified one main nominal index for each country that covers the prices for the sale of newly-built and existing dwellings. The datasets “Analytical house price indicators” and “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Headline Indicators” refer to the same price indices for all countries apart from Brazil, Canada, China, the United States and the Euro area. These differences are further documented in country-specific metadata. For the United States, the series used in “Analytical house price indicators” is included in the dataset called “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Complete database”, but is not the headline indicator. For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical in the period in which they overlap. This research dataset provides extended time series coverage for many countries. The objective is to provide information on the long term trend of house prices and develop indicators which can be used to help track and analyse macroeconomic developments and risks. The extended data supplement the OECD RPPI data with historical data from a variety of sources, including other international organisations, central banks and national statistical offices. The methodological basis on the historical data and the types of geographical areas and dwellings they cover can differ from those used in the OECD RPPI data. The database contains a number of additional series. Real house prices are given by the ratio of seasonally adjusted nominal house prices to the seasonally adjusted consumers’ expenditure deflator in each country, from the OECD national accounts database. This provides information on how nominal house prices have changed over time relative to prices in the general economy. The rental prices come from the OECD Main Economic Indicators database and refer to Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) for Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1). If this indicator is missing for a country, another indicator is chosen. The chosen indicator are usually those corresponding to the CPI aggregate for Housing including Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1), imputed rentals for housing (COICOP 04.2) and Maintenance and repair of the dwelling (COICOP 04.3). The disposable income indicators come from the OECD national accounts database. Net household disposable income is used. The population data come from the OECD national accounts database. The price-to-rent ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to rental prices. This is a measure of the profitability of owning a house. The price-to-income ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to nominal household disposable income per capita. This is a measure of the affordability of purchasing a house. An indication that house prices may be overvalued is provided if either of these ratios is above their long-term averages. The standardised price-rent and price-income ratios show the current price-rent and price-income ratios relative to their respective long-term averages. The long-term average, which is used as a reference value, is calculated over the whole period available when the indicator begins after 1980 or 1980 if the indicator is available over a longer time period. The standardised ratio is indexed to a reference value equal to 100 over the full sample period. Values over 100 indicate that the present price-rent ratio, or price-income ratio, is above its long-run norms. This provides an indication of possible housing market pressures.
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Animal output is valued at basic prices. The basic price is defined as the price received by the producer, after deduction of all taxes on products but including all subsidies on products. The concept of output comprises sales, changes in stocks, and products used for processing and own final use by the producers.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below.   Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Livestock numbers are derived from surveys of farms or from administrative sources in November or December for each Member State.
    • mai 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juin, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data correspond to quarterly financial accounts for the general government sector and follows the ESA2010 methodology. The data covers financial transactions and balance sheet items for general government (consolidated and non-consolidated) and its subsectors. This includes a number of financial instruments (F.1, F.2, F.3, F.4, ...) as well as some balancing items such as net financial transactions, net financial worth and net financial assets and liabilties. Data are available in million of euro, million of national currency (average exchange rates are used for transactions and end of period exchange rates are used for stocks) and as a percentage of GDP (for transactions quarterly GDP is used; for stocks a rolling sum of the last four quarters is used). In the table gov_10a_ggfa, annualised quarterly financial accounts for general government are presented. For financial transactions, data is summed over the four quarters of each year. For the conversion from national currency into euro, the yearly average exchange rate is used. For balance sheet items (stocks), the annualised data corresponds to the data of the fourth quarter. The percentage of GDP data of annualised data uses annual GDP transmitted by the Member States. In the course of the annualisation, small rounding differences may be amplified. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area. Main data sources are the tables provided according to the European Parliament and Council Regulation (EU) N° 549/2013 of 21 May 2013 (OJ No L174/1).
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast of Council Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast of Council Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • juin 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities); Average remaining maturity of debt; Apparent cost of the debt; Market value of debt.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data source used: The aquaculture production data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. Data on marine landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Total production of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms from aquaculture ("fish-farming") from 2008 onwards, excluding hatcheries and nurseries. The data are expressed in Tonnes Live Weight (TLW, incl. shells, skeletons, etc.), Euro and Euro/Tonne. Production data from hatcheries and nurseries can be found in the fish_aq2b, fish_aq4a and fish_aq4b tables. Older data (1950-2007), excluding production from hatcheries and nurseries, are contained in the "Aquaculture production until 2007 (fish_aq08)" database.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      AQUASTAT is FAO's global information system on water and agriculture, developed by the Land and Water Division. The main mandate of the program is to collect, analyze and disseminate information on water resources, water uses, and agricultural water management with an emphasis on countries in Africa, Asia, Latin America and the Caribbean. This allows interested users to find comprehensive and regularly updated information at global, regional, and national levels.
    • août 2015
      Source : World Resources Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Recent Stress Ranking can be checked here: https://knoema.com/WRINWS2020/national-water-stress-rankings Suggested citation: Luo, T., R. Young, and P. Reig. 2015. "Aqueduct projected water stress rankings." Technical note. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, August 215. Available online at http://www.wri.org/publication/aqueduct-projected-water-stress-country-rankings.    Supplemental Materials: Country Scores                         WRI projected future country-level water stress for 2020, 2030, and 2040 under business-as-usual (BAU), optimistic, and pessimistic scenarios. Each tab lists country projected water stress scores for each scenario and year, weighted by overall water withdrawals. Scores weighted by individual sectors (agricultural, domestic, and industrial) are provided as well.   These global projections are best suited to making comparisons among countries for the same year and among scenarios and decades for the same region. More detailed and localized data or scenarios can better estimate potential outcomes for specific regions and expose large sub-national variations that are subsumed under countrywide water-stress values. The country indicators face persistent limitations in attempting to simplify complex information, such as spatial and temporal variations, into a single number. They also do not account for the governance and investment structure of the water sector in different countries.    It is important to note the inherent uncertainty in estimating any future conditions, particularly those associated with climate change, future population and economic trends, and water demand. Additionally, care should be taken when examining the change rates of a country’s projected stress levels between one year and another, because the risk-score thresholds are not linear. For more information on these limitations, see the technical note.   Projections are described in further detail in: Luck, M., M. Landis, and F. Gassert, “Aqueduct Water Stress Projections: Decadal Projections of Water Supply and Demand Using CMIP5 GCMs,” Technical note (Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, April 2015), http://www.wri.org/publication/aqueduct-water-stress-projections.   Water Stress withdrawals / available flow Water stress measures total annual water withdrawals (municipal, industrial, and agricultural) expressed as a percentage of the total annual available blue water. Higher values indicate more competition among users. Score Value [0-1) Low (<10%) [1-2) Low to medium (10-20%) [2-3) Medium to high (20-40%) [3-4) High (40-80%) [4-5] Extremely high (>80%)    
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • mars 2021
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mars, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Accommodation statistics are a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and have a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases data are compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • avril 2022
      Source : ASEAN +3 Macroeconomic Research Office
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 avril, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2023
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Jonathan Kilach
      Accès le : 22 mai, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      APD Regional Economic Outlook (REO) provides information on recent economic developments and prospects for countries in Asia and Pacific. Data for the REO for Asia and Pacific is prepared in conjunction with the semi-annual World Economic Outlook (WEO) exercises, spring and fall. Data are consistent with the projections underlying the WEO. REO aggregate data may differ from WEO aggregates due to differences in group membership. Composite data for country groups are weighted averages of data for individual countries. Arithmetic weighted averages are used for all concepts except for inflation and broad money, for which geometric averages are used. PPP GDP weights from the WEO database are used for the aggregation of real GDP growth, real non-oil GDP growth, real per capita GDP growth, investment, national savings, broad money, claims on the nonfinancial private sector, and real and nominal effective exchange rates. Aggregates for other concepts are weighted by GDP in U.S. dollars at market exchange rates.
    • août 2023
      Source : Reserve Bank of Australia
      Téléchargé par : Dinesh Kumar Gouducheruvu
      Accès le : 16 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Asylum applicant means a person having submitted an application for international protection or having been included in such application as a family member during the reference period. New asylum applicant means a person having submitted an application for international protection for the first time
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Asylum applicant means a person having submitted an application for international protection or having been included in such application as a family member during the reference period. New asylum applicant means a person having submitted an application for international protection for the first time.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Asylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator shows the number of first-time asylum applicants per million inhabitants and the number of positive first instance decisions per million inhabitants. Please note that caution is required when comparing these two values, since applications received in a given year might not be processed until a later year. Source data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. A first-time applicant for international protection is a person who lodged an application for asylum for the first time in a given Member State. First instance decisions are decisions granted by the respective authority acting as a first instance of the administrative/judicial asylum procedure in the receiving country.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The sum of elderly (65+) who are: at-risk-of-poverty or severely materially deprived or living in (quasi-)jobless households (i.e. with very low work intensity) as a share of the total population in the same age group.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The share of persons with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers).
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The at-risk-of-poverty rate is the share of people with an equivalised disposable income (after social transfer) below the at-risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income after social transfers. This indicator does not measure wealth or poverty, but low income in comparison to other residents in that country, which does not necessarily imply a low standard of living.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The share of persons with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers).
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator is defined as the share of persons with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers).
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The share of persons with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers). The indicator is based on the EU-SILC (statistics on income, social inclusion and living conditions).
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The share of persons with an equivalised disposable income below the at-risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers).
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The share of persons with an equivalised disposable income, before social transfers, below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers). Retirement and survivor's pensions are counted as income before transfers and not as social transfers.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The threshold is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers). It is expressed in Purchase Parity Standards (PPS) in order to take into account differences in cost of living across EU Member States.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The at-risk-of-poverty threshold is set at 60 % of national median equivalised disposable income.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_li01 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • avril 2021
      Source : Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The estimated resident population (ERP) is the official measure of the Australian population. This dataset contains annual ERP by country of birth, age and sex at the Australia level. At the state/territory level it is available for Census years only. Population_Estimates:_Concepts,_Sources_and_Methods_2009
    • juin 2021
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juin, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents the average number of students in a class by type of institution.
    • décembre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 août, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The average effective age of retirement is calculated as a weighted average of (net) withdrawals from the labour market at different ages over a 5-year period for workers initially aged 40 and over. In order to abstract from compositional effects in the age structure of the population, labour force withdrawals are estimated based on changes in labour force participation rates rather than labour force levels. These changes are calculated for each (synthetic) cohort divided into 5-year age groups. The estimates shown in red are less reliable as they have been derived from interpolations of census data rather than from annual labour force surveys. The estimates for women in Turkey are based on 3-yearly moving averages of participation rates for each 5-year age group. OECD estimates based on the results of national labour force surveys, the European Union Labour Force Survey and, for earlier years in some countries, national censuses.
    • juin 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities); Average remaining maturity of debt; Apparent cost of the debt; Market value of debt.
  • B
    • avril 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Balance of Payments, The International Monetary Fund. The Balance of Payments provides a framework that is applicable for a range of economies, from the smallest and least developed economies to the more advanced and complex economies. As a result, it is recognized that some items may not be relevant in all cases. The balance of payments is a statistical statement that summarizes transactions between residents and nonresidents during a period. It consists of the goods and services account, the primary income account, the secondary income account, the capital account, and the financial account. Contains balance of payments and international investment position (IIP) data of individual countries, jurisdictions, and other reporting entities, and regional and world totals for major components of the balance of payments. Both balance of payments and IIP data are presented in accordance with the standard components of the sixth edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual, BPM6. Balance of payments data are available for approximately 192 economies and international investment position data are available for approximately 152 economies.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The balance of payments is a statistical statement that provides a systematic summary of economic transactions of an economy with the rest of the world, for a specific time period. The transactions are for the most part between residents and non-residents of the economy. A transaction is defined as an economic flow that reflects the creation, transformation, exchange, transfer, or extinction of economic value and involves changes in ownership, of goods or assets, the provision of services, labour or capital.  This dataset presents countries compiling balance of payments statistics in accordance with the 6th edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual published by the IMF (BPM6). Transactions include: the goods and services accounts, the primary income account (income account in BPM5), the secondary income account (transfers in BPM5), the capital account, and the financial account. Changes in BPM6 compared to BPM5 are often a consequence of a stricter application of the change of ownership principle in particular in the goods and services accounts. They relate to transactions on goods and services (merchanting, goods for processing, Insurance), income (investment income), and financial operations (direct investment) .
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since the collection of 2009 data, the scope of the OECD Global Insurance Statistics questionnaire has been expanded. These changes led to the collection of key balance sheet and income statement items for direct insurance and reinsurance sectors, such as: gross claims paid, outstanding claims provision (changes), gross operating expenses, commissions, total assets, gross technical provisions (of which: unit-linked), shareholder equity, net income.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • juin 2018
      Source : Barro-Lee
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 décembre, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator measures the number and proportion of coastal and inland bathing sites with excellent water quality. The indicator assessment is based on microbiological parameters (intestinal enterococci and Escherichia coli). The new Bathing Water Directive requires Member States to identify and assess the quality of all inland and marine bathing waters and to classify these waters as ‘poor’, ‘sufficient’, ‘good’ or ‘excellent’.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Bertelsmann Stiftung
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Bertelsmann Stiftung’s Transformation Index (BTI) analyzes and evaluates the quality of democracy, a market economy and political management in 128 developing and transition countries. It measures successes and setbacks on the path toward a democracy based on the rule of law and a market economy flanked by sociopolitical safeguards. Within this framework, the BTI publishes two rankings, the Status Index and the Management Index. Countries are further categorized on the basis of these status index and management rankings/scores. For instance, countries are categorized in to 5 groups – viz; 5 or failed, 4 or very limited, 3 or limited, 2 or advanced, and 1 or highly advanced—based on their status index score of 1 to 10. A country with a high score, 8.5 and above, is categorized as highly advanced. A country with a low score, below 4, is categorized as failed. A country is categorized as ‘very limited’ if it has a status index score between 4 and 5.5. A score between 5.5 and 7 means the country is categorized as ‘limited’ and a country is categorized as ‘advanced’ for a score between 7.1 and 8.5. On the basis of the democratic status ranking, countries are further categorized as 5 or ‘hard - line autocracies,’ 4 or ‘moderate autocracies,’ 3 or ‘highly defective democracies,’ 2 or ‘defective democracies,’ and 1 or ‘democracies in consolidation.’ A country with a democratic status ranking below 4 is categorized as a hard line autocracy. A democratic status score between 4 and 5 means that the country is part of the ‘moderate autocracy’ group. A country is grouped as a ‘highly defective democracy’ for a score between 5 and 6. A country is recognized as a ‘defective democracy’ for a score between 6 and 8, and a score of 8 and above earns a country the status of a ‘democracy in consolidation.’ Countries are also categorized in to 5 groups based on their market economy status ranking. The countries are categorized as ‘rudimentary’ or group 5, ‘poorly functioning’ or group 4, ‘functional flaws’ or group 3, ‘functioning’ or group 2, and ‘developed’ or group 1. A country is recognized as a member of the ‘developed’ group with a market economy status ranking/score of 8 and above. A country is grouped as ‘functioning’ if it has a score between 7 and 8. A market economy status ranking between 5 and 7 means the country is categorized to group 3 or the ‘functional flaws’ group. A score between 3 and 5 means that the country is ‘poorly functioning’ and a score below 3 means the country enjoys a ‘rudimentary’ status. Based on the management index ranking, countries are categorized as 5 or failed, 4 or weak, 3 or moderate, 2 or good, and1 or very good. A country is categorized as ‘very good’ for a score of 7 and above. It is categorized as ‘good’ for a score between 5.6 and 7, and as ‘moderate’ for a score between 4.4 and 5.5. A score between 3 and 4.3 means a country is categorized as ‘weak,’ and a score below 3 means the categorization of a country as ‘failed.’ Countries are ranked between 1 and 10 on the basis of the level of difficulty they face. The level of difficulty is further categorized as 5 or negligible, 4 or minor, 3 or moderate, 2 or substantial, and 1 or massive. A score of 8.5 and above means the categorization of the country’s level of difficulty as ‘massive, and a score below 2.5 means the categorization of the level of difficulty faced by the country as ‘negligible.’ The level of difficulty score of 2.5 to 4.4 means a country faces a ‘minor’ level of difficulty and a score between 4.5 and 6.4 means the level of difficulty faced by a country is ‘moderate.’ A country with a score of 6.5 to 8.4 faces a ‘substantial’ level of difficulty.
    • avril 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 avril, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      STAN Bilateral Trade Database by Industry and End-use category (BTDIxE) provides values of imports and exports (as well as re-imports and re-exports) of goods broken down by industrial sectors and by end-use categories. BTDIxE was designed to extend the old BTD database which provided bilateral trade in goods by industry only.  BTDIxE allows, for example, insights into the patterns of trade in intermediate goods between countries to track global production networks and supply chains, and it helps to address policy issues such as trade in value added and trade in tasks.  The database presents estimates of bilateral flows of goods from 1990 to the latest available year, i.e. 2018; the latest year shown is subject to the availability of underlying product-based annual trade statistics.  Reporters are the OECD member countries and a large number of non-OECD economies, including the BRIICS: Brazil, the Russian Federation, India, Indonesia, People's Republic of China and South Africa; other selected G20 and Asian economies; and major African and Latin American nations.  It should be noted that starting from mid-2012, the OECD and the United Nations agreed to centralise the data collection and processing procedures within UNSD Comtrade.  The list of partners covers the OECD countries, more than a hundred of non-member economies as well as the partners "World", "Rest of the World" and "Unspecified". The partner "Total foreign trade" corresponds to the flows with partner "World" excluding intra-country flows. Trade flows are divided into economic activities based on the Revision 4 of ISIC and nine end-use categories including capital goods, intermediate goods and household consumption.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The residential property price statistics collect data from different countries. The BIS has obtained permission from various national data providers, with the assistance of its member central banks, to disseminate these statistics. The topic ‘Property prices: Selected series,’ contains nominal and real quarterly values for 58 countries, both in levels and in growth rates (ie four series per country). Real series are the nominal price series deflated by the consumer price index. The BIS has made the selection based on the Handbook on Residential Property Prices and the experience and metadata of central banks.   Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • juin 2023
      Source : bp
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the field of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections. Note:  1. For the below indicators "Converted data from Exajoules to Million tonnes ((Exajoules value *23884589.66)/1000000)=Million tonnes" Coal Consumption, Million tonnes oil equivalent Coal Production, Million tonnes oil equivalent Natural gas Consumption, Million tonnes oil equivalent Natural gas Production, Million tonnes oil equivalent Hydroelectricity Consumption, Million tonnes oil equivalent Nuclear energy Consumption, Million tonnes oil equivalent Oil Consumption, Million tonnes oil equivalent Primary energy Consumption, Million tonnes oil equivalent Primary Energy Consumption by fuel: Coal, Million tonnes oil equivalent Primary Energy Consumption by fuel: Oil, Million tonnes oil equivalent Primary Energy Consumption by fuel: Natural Gas, Million tonnes oil equivalent Primary Energy Consumption by fuel: Nuclear Energy, Million tonnes oil equivalent Primary Energy Consumption by fuel: Hydro electric, Million tonnes oil equivalent Primary Energy Consumption by fuel: Renewables, Million tonnes oil equivalent Primary Energy Consumption by fuel: Total Consumption, Million tonnes oil equivalent Renewable Consumption, Million tonnes oil equivalent Renewables Consumption - Solar, Million tonnes oil equivalent Renewables Consumption - Wind, Million tonnes oil equivalent Renewables Consumption - Geothermal, Biomass and Other, Million tonnes oil equivalent 2. For the below indicator "Converted data from Petajoules to Thousand tonnes ((Petajoules Values* 23884.58966275)/1000)=Thousand tonnes" Renewable energy - Bio-fuels Production, Thousand tonnes of oil equivalent
    • mars 2022
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The objective of the building permit index is to show the future development of construction activity in terms of per square meter of useful floor. The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from raw data.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows:Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document (see Business demography indicators).  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data on cultural enterprises come from 2 data collections and are summarised in 4 Tables : a) SBS (Structural Business Statistics) Table 1. Number and average size of enterprises in the cultural sectors by NACE Rev. 2 activity (cult_ent_num) Table 2. Value added and turnover of enterprises in the cultural sectors by NACE Rev. 2 activity (cult_ent_val), in millions of EUR and as a percentage of services except trade and financial and insurance activities (i.e. NACE Rev. 2 sections H to N, without K) Table 3. Services by employment size class (NACE Rev. 2, H-N, S95) (sbs_sc_1b_se_r2)   b) Business Demography (BD) Table 4. Business demography by size class (from 2004 onwards, NACE Rev. 2) (bd_9bd_sz_cl_r2)   The data focus on culture-related sectors of activity, as identified by international experts in the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012).   The cultural sphere in business statistics is therefore captured through the following NACE Rev. 2 codes, when they are covered (see 3.3. Sector coverage for details): J58.11 Book publishing J58.13 Publishing of newspapers J58.14 Publishing of journals and periodicals J58.21 Publishing of computer games J59 Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities J60 Programming and broadcasting activities J63.91 News agency activities M71.11 Architectural activities M74.1 Specialised design activities R90 Creative, arts and entertainment activities R91 Libraries, archives, museums and other cultural activities
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Business demography produces information such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates, and their employment shares. These main derived indicators are expressed as ratios of total active enterprises or enterprises born in the reference period. Presented data refer to the business economy, covering sections B to N (excluding activities of holding companies – K64.2) according to NACE Rev. 2.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Business demography contains information for characteristics and demography of the business population. The category presents main variables, such as enterprise births (often referred to as business entries), enterprise deaths (often referred to as business exits), and enterprise survivals. Enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not included in this data. Information refers to the business economy, covering sections B to N (excluding activities of holding companies – K64.2) according to NACE Rev. 2.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • janvier 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 février, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • janvier 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 février, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The business tendency survey indicators cover a standard set of indicators for four economic sectors: manufacturing, construction, retail trade and other services. This includes an indicator of overall business conditions or business confidence in each sector. The consumer opinion survey indicators cover a restricted set of indicators on consumer confidence, expected economic situation and price expectations.   Business and consumer opinion (tendency) surveys provide qualitative information that has proved useful for monitoring the current economic situation. Typically they are based on a sample of enterprises or households and respondents are asked about their assessments of the current situation and expectations for the immediate future. For enterprise surveys this concerns topics such as production, orders, stocks etc. and in the case of consumer surveys their intentions concerning major purposes, economic situation now compared with the recent past and expectations for the immediate future. Many survey series provide advance warning of turning points in aggregate economic activity as measured by GDP or industrial production. Such series are known as leading indicators in cyclical analysis. These types of survey series are widely used as component series in composite leading indicators.   The main characteristic of these types of surveys is that instead of asking for exact figures, they usually ask for the direction of change e.g. a question on tendency by reference to a “normal” state, e.g. of production level. Possible answers are generally of the three point scale type e.g. up/same/down or above normal/normal/below normal for enterprise surveys and of the five point scale type e.g. increase sharply/increase slightly/remain the same/fall slightly/fall sharply for consumer surveys. In presenting the results as a time series, only the balance is shown. That is “same” or “normal” answers are ignored and the balance is obtained by taking the difference between percentages of respondents giving favourable and unfavourable answers.   Virtually all business tendency and consumer opinion survey data are presented as time series of balances in this dataset, either in raw or seasonally adjusted form. Very few series are presented as indices, and where these exist they have generally been converted from underlying balances by countries before submitting the data to the OECD.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Business written in the reporting country on a gross and net premium basis. It contains a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies or foreign companies.
  • C
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The energy balance is the most complete statistical accounting of energy products and their flow in the economy. The energy balance allows users to see the total amount of energy extracted from the environment, traded, transformed and used by different types of end-users. It also allows seeing the relative contribution of each energy carrier (fuel, product). The energy balance allows studying the overall domestic energy market and monitoring impacts of energy policies. The energy balance offers a complete view on the energy situation of a country in a compact format, such as on energy consumption of the whole economy and of individual sectors. The energy balance presents all statistically significant energy products (fuels) of a country and their production, transformation and consumption by different type of economic actors (industry, transport, etc.). Therefore, an energy balance is the natural starting point to study the energy sector. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data in energy balances are presented in terajoules, kilotonnes of oil equivalent and gigawatt hours.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Government of Canada
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset is updated with data obtained from Statistics Canada and the U.S. Census Bureau. Trade Data is updated on a monthly and annual basis, with revisions in March, April, May, August and November to previous year's data. Trade Data is available on both product and industry-based versions. The product Trade Data is classified by Harmonized System (HS) codes while the industry data is based on North American Industry Classification System(NAICS) classification codes. Source: Statistics Canada and the U.S.Census Bureau
    • mai 2024
      Source : Statistics Canada
      Téléchargé par : Ritesh Kumar
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset provides detailed trade statistics on iron and steel commodities using the Harmonized System (HS) classification of goods (based on the 6-digit commodity level).
    • janvier 2024
      Source : American Cancer Society
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This data set provides the Estimated numbers of new cancer cases and deaths in 2023. In 2023, 1,958,310 new cancer cases and 609,820 cancer deaths are projected to occur in the United States. 
    • décembre 2018
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 janvier, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited: Global Burden of Disease Collaborative Network. Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016) Cancer Incidence, Mortality, Years of Life Lost, Years Lived with Disability, and Disability-Adjusted Life Years 1990-2016. Seattle, United States: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), 2018.   The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Estimates for deaths, disability-adjusted life years (DALYs), years lived with disability (YLDs), years of life lost (YLLs), prevalence, and incidence for 29 cancer groups by age and sex for 1990-2016 are available from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record are the web tables published in JAMA Oncology in June 2018 in "Global, Regional, and National Cancer Incidence, Mortality, Years of Life Lost, Years Lived With Disability, and Disability-Adjusted Life-years for 29 Cancer Groups, 1990 to 2016."
    • mars 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 mars, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:cpc_ecgov  The focus of this domain is on the following country groups:Acceeding country: Croatia (HR)Candidate countries: the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (MK), Montenegro (ME), Iceland (IS), Serbia (RS) and Turkey (TR)Potential candidate countries: Albania (AL), Bosnia and Herzegovina (BA), as well as Kosovo under UNSCR 1244/99 (XK)
    • mars 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 mars, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The focus of this domain is on enlargement countries, in other words the following country groups: candidate countries — Albania (AL), the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (MK), Montenegro (ME), Serbia (RS) and Turkey (TR)potential candidates — Bosnia and Herzegovina (BA), and Kosovo (XK) (*) An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. (*) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
    • avril 2024
      Source : International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      OICA Car Production Statistics 1999-2021 contains world motor vehicle production statistics, obtained from national trade organisations, OICA members or correspondents. Passenger cars are motor vehicles with at least four wheels, used for the transport of passengers, and comprising no more than eight seats in addition to the driver's seat. Commercial vehicles include light commercial vehicles, heavy trucks, coaches and buses.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). European data on fish catches, in tonnes live weight (TLW) have been recorded since 1950. Historical data up to 1999 are displayed under [fish_ca_h] while data from 2000 onwards are released in the [fish_ca] tables. These exclude catches in inland waters and focus on marine fishing areas that are legally covered, namely: 21 - Atlantic, Northwest 27 - Atlantic, Northeast 34 - Atlantic, Eastern Central 37 - Mediterranean and Black Sea 41 - Atlantic, Southwest 47 - Atlantic, Southeast 51 - Indian Ocean, Western
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total annual catch of fishery products by EU Member States, Iceland and Norway and other major fishing nations from all oceans and internal waters of the world. The data are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. This is the weight as the product is taken from the water (that is, before processing) but excludes any products which, for a variety of reasons, are not landed.
    • novembre 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 novembre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total annual catches by EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and other major fishing nations in the Eastern Central Atlantic. This region of the Atlantic Ocean, is roughly the area to the east of 40°W longitude between latitudes 36°N and 6°S. The data are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. This is the weight as the product is taken from the water (that is, before processing) but excludes any products which, for a variety of reasons, are not landed.
    • novembre 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 novembre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total annual catches by EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and other major fishing nations in the Mediterranean. This region, known as FAO Major Fishing Area 37, comprises the Mediterranean and the adjacent Black Sea. The data are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. This is the weight as the product is taken from the water (that is, before processing) but excludes any products which, for a variety of reasons, are not landed.
    • janvier 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 janvier, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total annual catches by EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and other major fishing nations in the North-east Atlantic. This region of the Atlantic Ocean, is roughly the area to the east of 42°W longitude and north of 36°N latitude. It includes the waters of the Baltic Sea. The data are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. This is the weight as the product is taken from the water (that is, before processing) but excludes any products which, for a variety of reasons, are not landed.
    • janvier 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 janvier, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total annual catches by EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and other major fishing nations in the North-west Atlantic. This region of the Atlantic Ocean, is roughly the area to the west of 42°W longitude and north of 35°N latitude. The data are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. This is the weight as the product is taken from the water (that is, before processing) but excludes any products which, for a variety of reasons, are not landed.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • mai 2024
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • juin 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The sum of children (0-17) who are: at-risk-of-poverty or severely materially deprived or living in (quasi-)jobless households (i.e. households with very low work intensity (below 20%) as a share of the total population in the same age group.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : General Administration of Customs of the People's Republic of China
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: Import and Export values for the month January and February 2020 are not available at source. HS Classified Names are as per https://www.seair.co.in/hs-codes/china.aspx
    • avril 2024
      Source : General Administration of Customs of the People's Republic of China
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Preliminary Release: China's Total Export & Import Values ​​by Country/Region (in USD)
    • décembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le taux de chômage est le nombre de personnes qui sont au chômage exprimé en pourcentage du nombre total de personnes pourvues d'un emploi et des chômeurs (c'est-à-dire, la population active). Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Dans le but de promouvoir la comparabilité internationale, les statistiques présentées sur ILOSTAT sont basées sur des définitions internationales standard dans la mesure du possible et peuvent différer des chiffres nationaux officiels. Cette série est basée sur les définitions de la 13e CIST. Pour la comparabilité des séries chronologiques, elle inclut les pays qui ont mis en >uvre les normes de la 19e CIST, pour lesquels des données sont également disponibles dans la base de données Statistiques du travail -- 19e CIST (WORK). Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas en emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données Statistiques sur la main-d'oeuvre (LFS et STLFS).
    • avril 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Dans le but de promouvoir la comparabilité internationale, les statistiques présentées sur ILOSTAT sont basées sur des définitions internationales standard dans la mesure du possible et peuvent différer des chiffres nationaux officiels. Cette série est basée sur les définitions de la 13e CIST. Pour la comparabilité des séries chronologiques, elle inclut les pays qui ont mis en >uvre les normes de la 19e CIST, pour lesquels des données sont également disponibles dans la base de données Statistiques du travail -- 19e CIST (WORK). Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas en emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données Statistiques sur la main-d'oeuvre (LFS et STLFS).
    • mars 2023
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Starting from 1750 Population statistics have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service: Publications on Population structure and Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) --- Description of statistic Quality descriptions Concepts and definitionsRegionThese statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2019 to the whole time series.NationalityCountries (ISO 3166). The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. In the classification of continents, Europe does not include the figures for Finland. Non-autonomous states are combined with the mother country. Czech Republic = Czech Republic + Former Czechoslovakia Sudan = Sudan + Former Sudan If a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, he/she will be included in statistics as a Finnish national. --- HDI = Human Development Index Ranking according to the 2016 HDI index by country: The former Soviet Union is included in the Russia HDI category The former Czechoslovakia is included in the Czech Republic HDI category The former Yugoslavia and Serbia and Montenegro are included in the Serbia HDI categoryAgeAge refers to a person's age in whole years as at 31 December.InformationPopulation 31 DecPopulation at the end of the statistical reference period.
    • mars 2023
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      ... confidentialFor reasons of privacy protection, cells with less than 10 cases of citizenship by municipality have been marked with three dots. Starting from 1750 Population statistics have been digitized into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service: Publications on Population structure and Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) --- Description of statistic Quality descriptions Concepts and definitionsAreaThese statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2019 to the whole time series. Data for merged municipalities have been combined. Partial municipal mergers have not been taken into account in the years preceding the merger.NationalityCountries (ISO 3166). The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. In the classification of continents, Europe does not include the figures for Finland. Non-autonomous states are combined with the mother country. Czech Republic = Czech Republic + Former Czechoslovakia Sudan = Sudan + Former Sudan If a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, he/she will be included in statistics as a Finnish national. --- HDI = Human Development Index Ranking according to the 2016 HDI index by country: The former Soviet Union is included in the Russia HDI category The former Czechoslovakia is included in the Czech Republic HDI category The former Yugoslavia and Serbia and Montenegro are included in the Serbia HDI categoryInformationPopulation 31 DecPopulation at the end of the statistical reference period.
    • décembre 2022
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Collins Omwaga
      Accès le : 16 décembre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Climate Change Knowledge Portal: CMIP6 Mean Projections
    • février 2023
      Source : End Coal
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Questionnaire on Air Transport Statistics is aimed to collect aggregated annual data on the air transport sector for the following domains: I. Infrastructure (covering commercial airports only) (status at 31/12) II. Transport equipment (covering commercial aircrafts only) (status at 31/12) III. Enterprises, economic performance and employment (status at 31/12) IV. Accidents (annual data) - as from 2015 data on accidents are no longer collected by the questionnaire but are obtained from European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) and disseminated under Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) part of Eurobase Data are collected and disseminated at country level or at airport level for major European airports. The questionnaire is not supported by any legal acts and it is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries (Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Turkey, FYROM and Montenegro). It is usually prefilled by Eurostat using its own sources as well as other ones (e.g. Airclaims or EASA) and sent to the countries for completion and validation. The completeness varies from country to country. Please note that information concerning data collected in the frame of the Air Transport Statistics Regulation can be found in the metadata documentation provided for this domain (Air Transport Measurement). The section on "Infrastructure" contains three tables: Number of main airports (with more than 150 000 passenger units per year) and other airports (between 15 000 and 150 000 passenger units per year) at country levelAirport infrastructures by type at airport levelAirport connections to other modes of transport at airport level. The section on "Transport Equipment" contains two tables: Commercial aircraft fleet by type of aircraft at country levelCommercial aircraft fleet by age of aircraft at country level The section on "Enterprises economic performance and employment" contains three tables: Number of aviation and airport enterprises at country levelEmployment in aviation and airport enterprises by gender at country levelEmployment in main airports by gender at airport level The section on "Accidents" (which contained two tables Number of injury accidents at country level and Number of fatalities in injury accidents at country level) has been removed from dissemination (in September 2015) and replaced by Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) tables: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca);Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw);Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah);Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal). More information on air accident victims under the following link.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Commissions in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • octobre 2021
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Compensation of employees is defined as the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable by an employer to an employee in return for work done by the latter. In particular, it also includes social contributions paid by the employer.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Compensation of employees (at current prices) is defined as the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable by an employer to an employee in return for work done by the latter during the accounting period. Compensation of employees consists of wages and salaries, and of employers' social contributions. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The data are expressed in million national currency.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Compensation of employees (at current prices) (ESA 2010, 4.02) is defined as the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable by an employer to an employee in return for work done by the latter during the accounting period. Compensation of employees consists of wages and salaries, and of employers' social contributions. Seasonally and calendar adjusted data (SCA).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Compensation of employees (at current prices) is defined as the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable by an employer to an employee in return for work done by the latter during the accounting period. Compensation of employees consists of wages and salaries, and of employers' social contributions. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The data are expressed in million national currency.
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The energy balance is the most complete statistical accounting of energy products and their flow in the economy. The energy balance allows users to see the total amount of energy extracted from the environment, traded, transformed and used by different types of end-users. It also allows seeing the relative contribution of each energy carrier (fuel, product). The energy balance allows studying the overall domestic energy market and monitoring impacts of energy policies. The energy balance offers a complete view on the energy situation of a country in a compact format, such as on energy consumption of the whole economy and of individual sectors. The energy balance presents all statistically significant energy products (fuels) of a country and their production, transformation and consumption by different type of economic actors (industry, transport, etc.). Therefore, an energy balance is the natural starting point to study the energy sector. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data in energy balances are presented in terajoules, kilotonnes of oil equivalent and gigawatt hours.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Statistical population: CLIs are calculated for 33 OECD countries (Iceland is not included), 6 non-member economies and 8 zone aggregates. A country CLI comprises a set of component series selected from a wide range of key short-term economic indicators.   CLIs, reference series data (see below) and standardised business and consumer confidence indicators are presented in various forms.   Recommended uses and limitations: The composite leading indicator is a times series, formed by aggregating a variety of component indicators which show a reasonably consistent relationship with a reference series (e.g. industrial production IIP up to March 2012 and since then the reference series is GDP) at turning points. The OECD CLI is designed to provide qualitative information on short-term economic movements, especially at the turning points, rather than quantitative measures. Therefore, the main message of CLI movements over time is the increase or decrease, rather than the amplitude of the changes. The OECD’s headline indicator is the amplitude adjusted CLI. In practice, turning points in the de-trended reference series have been found about 4 to 8 months (on average) after the signals of turning points had been detected in the headline CLI.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Business surveys provide a rapid means of compiling simple statistics with the results available before those of traditional statistical methods, and provide also information on areas not covered by quantitative statistics. Details provided by respondents are generally of very high quality since the questions related to subjects with which they are familiar, thus the past and future performance of their business is highly reliable. Similarly, consumers provide a very high quality information on their purchasing information and price trend. Source: DG ECFIN
    • avril 2024
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The consolidated banking statistics (CBS) measure international banking activity from a nationality perspective, focusing on the country where the banking group's parent is headquartered. While residence-based data such as the locational banking statistics indicate where positions are booked, they do not always identify where underlying decisions are made. This is because banking offices in one country may operate within a business model decided by the group's controlling parent, which may be headquartered in another country. The CBS capture the worldwide claims of banking groups based in reporting countries and exclude intragroup positions, similar to the consolidation approach followed by banking supervisors. The CBS provide several different measures of banking groups' country risk exposures, on either an immediate counterparty or an ultimate risk basis. The most appropriate exposure measure depends on the issue being analysed. The benchmark measure in the CBS is foreign claims, which capture credit to borrowers outside a banking group's home country.   Measure for all Combinations - Amounts Outstanding / Stocks   Note: Under "Reporting country" they have removed "Euro Area".   Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • avril 2023
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 avril, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Below Parameters are common for all combinations : Frequency - Quarterly Measure -Amounts Outstanding / Stocks CBS Bank Type - Domestic Banks CBS Reporting Basis - Immediate Counterparty Basis Balance Sheet Position - Total Claims Type of Instruments - All Instruments Remaining Maturity - All Maturities Currency Type of Booking Location - All Currencies Counterparty Sector - All Sectors Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents the Consolidated financial transactions by economic sector (Quarterly table 0610), according to SNA 2008 methodology. It comprises all flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsbu_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellingsWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons EmployedSERVICES  Turnover Index* Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsbu_q_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The objective of the construction cost index is to show the development of costs incurred by the contractor/producer to carry out the construction process, in others words the cost of labour, materials and plant and overheads. The construction sector corresponds to the NACE Rev. 2 section F but the split between building construction and civil engineering (CC1, CC2) is based on the Classification of types of Construction. Building construction (CC1) is further subdivided in residential building (CC11) and non-residential building (CC12). The data provided in this table concerns residential building excluding the subgroup of residencies for communities (CC11 excluding CC113). Data are not seasonally adjusted.
    • mai 2022
      Source : Statistics Indonesia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 juin, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains indicators related to construction for provincial level.
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Consumer price indexes, The International Monetary Fund Consumer price indexes (CPIs) are index numbers that measure changes in the prices of goods and services purchased or otherwise acquired by households, which households use directly, or indirectly, to satisfy their own needs and wants. In practice, most CPIs are calculated as weighted averages of the percentage price changes for a specified set, or ‘‘basket’’, of consumer products, the weights reflecting their relative importance in household consumption in some period. CPIs are widely used to index pensions and social security benefits. CPIs are also used to index other payments, such as interest payments or rents, or the prices of bonds. CPIs are also commonly used as a proxy for the general rate of inflation, even though they measure only consumer inflation. They are used by some governments or central banks to set inflation targets for purposes of monetary policy. The price data collected for CPI purposes can also be used to compile other indices, such as the price indices used to deflate household consumption expenditures in national accounts, or the purchasing power parities used to compare real levels of consumption in different countries.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsco_m Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsco_q Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Fertilisers contain important nutrients, such as nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P), which plants absorb from the soil for their growth. With the harvest of crops for human and livestock consumption and industrial uses, N and P is removed from the soil. Continuing agricultural production without fertilisation could lead to soil degradation and erosion. Fertilisers are therefore essential to sustain agricultural production. Fertilisers are also used to improve crop yields and soils. The use of manufactured fertilizers as a regular farming practice began in most European countries in the mid to late nineteenth century but the greatest increase in consumption in these countries occurred in the three decades following World War II. The manufacturing of fertilisers greatly enhanced crop yields and agricultural production, and aided the large increase in the world population in the 20th Century. However when the amount of fertiliser applied exceeds the plants' nutritional requirements, there is a greater risk of nutrient losses from agricultural soils into ground and surface water. The resulting higher concentration of nutrients (eutrophication) can cause serious degradation of ecosystems. With the storage and application to the land of manufactured fertilisers, Nitrogen can volatilise into the air as ammonia contributing to acidification, eutrophication and atmospheric particulate pollution, and nitrous oxides, a potent greenhouse gas contributing to climate change.  In addition fertilisers may also have adverse environmental effects resulting from their production processes. More specifically, nitrogenous fertilisers require large amounts of energy to be produced leading potentially to higher levels of greenhouse gas emissions. In a different way, phosphorus fertilisers also have an environmental impact, since the raw materials used to produce them are mined, therefore potentially leading to landscape destruction, water contamination, excessive water consumption or air pollution. This table contains data on the total use of manufactured fertilisers expressed in tonnes of N and tonnes of P received from the countries. Manufactured fertilisers are also often referred to as inorganic fertilisers or mineral fertilisers. For a definition see 3.4.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      For the countries belonging to the euro area, these are factors for converting euro fixed series (NAC) into euro/ECU series, and vice-versa.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Coordinated Direct Investment Survey, The International Monetary Fund. The CDIS database presents detailed data on "inward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment into the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investor, and data on "outward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment abroad by the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investment. The CDIS database contains breakdowns of direct investment position data, including, in most instances, separate data on net equity and net debt positions, as well as tables that present "mirror" data (i.e., tables in which data from the reporting economy are shown side-by-side with the data obtained from all other counterpart reporting economies).
    • mars 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Coordinated Portfolio Investment Survey (CPIS), The International Monetary Fund. The Coordinated Portfolio Investment Survey (CPIS) is a voluntary data collection exercise conducted under the auspices of the IMF. An economy provides data on its holdings of portfolio investment securities (data are separately requested for equity and investment fund shares, long-term debt instruments, and short-term debt instruments).   Worldwide portfolio holdings of equity and investment fund shares (31 USD trillion) at end-2017 surpasses holdings of debt securities (29.7 USD trillion). After the peak of the financial crisis in 2008, the annual growth rate of equity holdings has exceeded substantially that for debt securities holdings. That pattern is similar in all the economies with the largest cross border portfolio assets and liabilities. As per G20 emerging economies, while the holdings of equity and investment fund shares had already been consistently higher than those of debt securities, during the last five years the gap has widened even further.
    • mars 2022
      Source : Bloom Consulting
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 avril, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Bloom Consulting was founded in 2003 as a Nation Branding consultancy. Our Headquarters are located in Madrid, with offices in Lisbon and São Paulo. Bloom Consulting has been interviewed by The Economist, Forbes and CNN . According to Country Branding Central www.countrybrandingwiki.org, our CEO José Filipe Torres, a recurrent lecturer in Universities such as Harvard, is considered one of the top 3 international experts in the field of Nation Branding, Region and City Branding, providing advisory for the OECD. In addition, Bloom Consulting publishes the Bloom Consulting Country Brand Ranking © annually for both Trade and Tourism, to extensively analyze the brand performance of 193 countries and territories worldwide and the Digital Country Index - Measuring the Brand appeal of countries and territories in the Digital World.
    • juillet 2022
      Source : Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juillet, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Reports - Statistical Releases E.16 Country Exposure Lending Survey and Country Exposure Information Report
    • mai 2024
      Source : Our World in Data
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Our World in data-https://ourworldindata.org/coronavirus-source-data 
    • octobre 2022
      Source : Google
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      These Community Mobility Reports aim to provide insights into what has changed in response to policies aimed at combating COVID-19. The reports chart movement trends over time by geography, across different categories of places such as retail and recreation, groceries and pharmacies, parks, transit stations, workplaces, and residential.
    • mars 2022
      Source : EpiForecasts
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: For Measures-"Lower Credible (50%), Upper Credible(50%),Probability of Control", the data is available as of 25th June 2020 and there will be no further update for these measures as discontinued at source level. Latest estimates of the number of confirmed cases by date of infection, the effective reproduction number, and the doubling time (when negative this corresponds to the halving time) in each region. The mean and 90% credible interval is shown. Data cited at https://epiforecasts.io/covid/posts/global/
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Credit to Agriculture dataset provides national data for over 100 countries on the amount of loans provided by the private/commercial banking sector to producers in agriculture, forestry and fisheries, including household producers, cooperatives, and agro-businesses. For some countries, the three sub sectors of agriculture, forestry, and fishing are completely specified. In other cases, complete dis aggregations are not available. The dataset also provides statistics on the total credit to all industries, indicators on the share of credit to agricultural producers, and an agriculture orientation index (the agriculture share of credit, over the agriculture share of GDP).
    • mai 2024
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data set on credit to the non-financial sector captures borrowing activity by the government sector and the private non-financial sector in more than 40 economies. Quarterly data on credit to the government sector cover on average 20 years, while those on credit to the private non-financial sector on average more than 45 years. The statistics follow the framework of the System of National Accounts.   Data cited at: Bank for International Settlements (2024), Credit to the non-financial sector, BIS WS_TC 2.0 (data set), https://data.bis.org/topics/TOTAL_CREDIT/data.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : National Bank of Belgium
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Crop output is valued at basic prices. The basic price is defined as the price received by the producer, after deduction of all taxes on products but including all subsidies on products. The concept of output comprises sales, changes in stocks, and crop products used as animal feedingstuffs, for processing and own final use by the producers.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Crop statistics refer to the following types of annual data: area under cultivation, harvested production, yield,  humidity and main area for cereals and for other main field crops (mainly dried pulses, root crops, fodder and industrial crops);harvested area, harvested production and main area for vegetables ;production area, harvested production and main area for permanent crop.The data are provided at national level. For some products regional figures (NUTS 1 or 2) are available too. The areas  are expressed in 1 000 hectares,  the harvested quantities in 1 000 tonnes and the yields in t/ha. The production and yield data are available in EU standard humidity (apro_cpsh) and in national humidity (apro_cpnh). The information concerns more than 100 crop products. The earliest data are available from 1955 for cereals and from the early 1960's for fruits and vegetables. However, most Member States have started to send in data in the 1970's and 1980's. The statistical system has progressively improved and enlarged. The current Regulation (EC) No 543/2009 entered into force in January 2010. The annex was updated in 2015 through a Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 2015/1557. At present Eurostat receives and publishes harmonised statistical data from 28 Member States, form the EFTA countries and from the candidate and potential candidate countries broken down in: 17 categories and subcategories for cereals;29 categories and  subcategories for other main crops (mainly dry pulses and protein crops, root crops industrial crops and plants harvested green from arable land);40 categories and subcategories for vegetables;41 categories and subcategories for permanent crops;18 categories and subcategories for the Utilised Agricultural Area (UAA). For the full list of crops, please consult Annex. Some additional crops and transmission deadlines are covered by an ESS agreement on annual crop statistics. The main data sources are administrative records, surveys and expert estimates. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for the national data collection in accordance with the Regulations and agreements in force. Eurostat is responsible for drawing the EU aggregations. Regional metadata Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified the regional metadata is identical to the metadata for the national data.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Crop statistics refer to the following types of annual data: area under cultivation, harvested production, yield,  humidity and main area for cereals and for other main field crops (mainly dried pulses, root crops, fodder and industrial crops);harvested area, harvested production and main area for vegetables ;production area, harvested production and main area for permanent crop.The data are provided at national level. For some products regional figures (NUTS 1 or 2) are available too. The areas  are expressed in 1 000 hectares,  the harvested quantities in 1 000 tonnes and the yields in t/ha. The production and yield data are available in EU standard humidity (apro_cpsh) and in national humidity (apro_cpnh). The information concerns more than 100 crop products. The earliest data are available from 1955 for cereals and from the early 1960's for fruits and vegetables. However, most Member States have started to send in data in the 1970's and 1980's. The statistical system has progressively improved and enlarged. The current Regulation (EC) No 543/2009 entered into force in January 2010. The annex was updated in 2015 through a Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 2015/1557. At present Eurostat receives and publishes harmonised statistical data from 28 Member States, form the EFTA countries and from the candidate and potential candidate countries broken down in: 17 categories and subcategories for cereals;29 categories and  subcategories for other main crops (mainly dry pulses and protein crops, root crops industrial crops and plants harvested green from arable land);40 categories and subcategories for vegetables;41 categories and subcategories for permanent crops;18 categories and subcategories for the Utilised Agricultural Area (UAA). For the full list of crops, please consult Annex. Some additional crops and transmission deadlines are covered by an ESS agreement on annual crop statistics. The main data sources are administrative records, surveys and expert estimates. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for the national data collection in accordance with the Regulations and agreements in force. Eurostat is responsible for drawing the EU aggregations. Regional metadata Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified the regional metadata is identical to the metadata for the national data.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Crop statistics refer to the following types of annual data:area under cultivation, harvested production, yield,  humidity and main area for cereals and for other main field crops (mainly dried pulses, root crops, fodder and industrial crops);harvested area, harvested production and main area for vegetables ;production area, harvested production and main area for permanent crop. The data are provided at national level. For some products regional figures (NUTS 1 or 2) are available too. The areas  are expressed in 1 000 hectares,  the harvested quantities in 1 000 tonnes and the yields in t/ha. The production and yield data are available in EU standard humidity (apro_cpsh) and in national humidity (apro_cpnh). The information concerns more than 100 crop products. The earliest data are available from 1955 for cereals and from the early 1960's for fruits and vegetables. However, most Member States have started to send in data in the 1970's and 1980's. The statistical system has progressively improved and enlarged. The current Regulation (EC) No 543/2009 entered into force in January 2010. The annex was updated in 2015 through a Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 2015/1557. At present Eurostat receives and publishes harmonised statistical data from 28 Member States, form the EFTA countries and from the candidate and potential candidate countries broken down in:17 categories and subcategories for cereals;29 categories and  subcategories for other main crops (mainly dry pulses and protein crops, root crops industrial crops and plants harvested green from arable land);40 categories and subcategories for vegetables;41 categories and subcategories for permanent crops;18 categories and subcategories for the Utilised Agricultural Area (UAA). For the full list of crops, please consult Annex. Some additional crops and transmission deadlines are covered by an ESS agreement on annual crop statistics. The main data sources are administrative records, surveys and expert estimates. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for the national data collection in accordance with the Regulations and agreements in force. Eurostat is responsible for drawing the EU aggregations. Regional metadata Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified the regional metadata is identical to the metadata for the national data.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • avril 2024
      Source : Petroleum Association of Japan
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Japan: Crude Oil/Petroleum Products Import (Amount in Yen), Monthly Update
    • février 2023
      Source : Petroleum Association of Japan
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 février, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Monthly data on crude oil imports by country and by oil type in Japan.
    • mai 2020
      Source : European Commission
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: (1) Source: Council Regulation (EC) n°2964/95 of 20 December 1995. (2) The cif price includes the fob price (the price actually invoiced at the port of loading), the cost of transport, insurance and certain charges linked to crude oil transfer operations. (3) Due to confidentiality Czech Republic is excluded from EU(28). (4) For Romania November-2016 and December-2016 are estimations derived from Eurostat data
    • juin 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Statistics on culture cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. Employment in cultural sector statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of cultural employment to the overall employment. Cultural employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (see EU-LFS metadata) that is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012, in particular pp. 129-226) deals with the methodology applied to cultural statistics, including the scope of the 'cultural economic activities' and 'cultural occupations' based on two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the employer’s main activity, andthe ISCO classification(‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow to characterize cultural employment by different variables such as gender, age, employment status, working time, educational attainment, permanency of jobs by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE cultural codes as defined in the ESS-Net Culture Report 2012 (Annex 3 – Table 26 and Annex 4 – Table 27).
    • février 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Current taxes on income, wealth, etc. (ESA 2010 code D.5) cover all compulsory, unrequited payments, in cash or in kind, levied periodically by general government and by the rest of the world on the income and wealth of institutional units, and some periodic taxes which are assessed neither on that income nor that wealth. In ESA 2010, current taxes on income, wealth, etc. are divided into taxes on income and other current taxes.
  • D
    • mai 2024
      Source : National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global Surface Summary of the Day is derived from The Integrated Surface Hourly (ISH) dataset. The ISH dataset includes global data obtained from the USAF Climatology Center, located in the Federal Climate Complex with NCDC. The latest daily summary data are normally available 1-2 days after the date-time of the observations used in the daily summaries. Data cited at: https://www.ncei.noaa.gov/data/global-summary-of-the-day/archive/
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Euro-zone series: Until December 1998 it is an aggregate of interbank deposit bid rates weighted by country GDP (Gross Domestic Product). Thereafter the rate is the EONIA (Euro OverNight Index Average), the effective overnight reference rate for the euro, computed as a weighted average of all overnight unsecured lending transactions in the interbank market, initiated within the euro area by the contributing panel banks. EONIA is computed with the help of the European Central Bank. EU15 series: Until December 1998, this is a theoretical rate based on an aggregation of day-to-day rates weighted by country GDP. Thereafter the rate is an average of the EONIA and the rates of the non-euro-zone countries, weighted by country GDP. National series: broadly speaking, these are day-to-day interbank rates. Source: European Central Bank.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • mai 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juin, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • juillet 2022
      Source : Statistics Indonesia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juillet, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains indicators related to population for provincial level.
    • février 2024
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are collected directly from countries using the FAO questionnaire, which was developed by the International Monetary Fund, as the IMF collects global data on government expenditures and is the international organization responsible for developing guidelines on the Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG) . The FAO Questionnaire is also of interest to the questionnaire. The FAO dataset consists of a time series, from 2000 onwards, of government expenditures in: (1) Total; (2) Economic affairs; (3) Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing and Hunting, along with its three disaggregated subsectors of Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing; and 4) Environmental Protection. In addition, The purpose of the financial statements is to provide a more detailed description of the accounts and the future of the financial statements. Additional indicators include the total share of agriculture allocated to agriculture, and an agriculture index orientation (ratio of the total share of government expenditure to agriculture, over the total share of GDP from agricultural value-added). Contains the concept of a comprehensive set of data and provides a comprehensive set of information for the entire world. Additional indicators include the total share of agriculture allocated to agriculture, and an agriculture index orientation (ratio of the total share of government expenditure to agriculture, over the total share of GDP from agricultural value-added). Contains the concept of a comprehensive set of data and provides a comprehensive set of information for the entire world. Additional indicators include the total share of agriculture allocated to agriculture, and an agriculture index orientation (ratio of the total share of government expenditure to agriculture, over the total share of GDP from agricultural value-added). Contains the concept of a comprehensive set of data and provides a comprehensive set of information for the entire world.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business datawhere composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Click to collapse Item coverage Outstanding investment by direct insurance companies, classified by investment category, by the companies' nationality and by its destination (domestic or foreign). As of 2009, investment data exclude assets linked to unit-linked products sold to policyholders.
    • septembre 2021
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 octobre, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Financing Global Health 2019: Tracking Health Spending in a Time of Crisis This edition of the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation’s annual Financing Global Health report, the 11th in the series, provides up-to-date estimates of domestic spending on health, development assistance for health, spending for HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, and malaria, as well as projections of future health spending. Our health spending tracking and estimates show patterns between income groups and regions over time, highlight variations in how much each country spends on health, and identify where more resources are needed most. Financing Global Health 2020: Tracking Health Spending in a Time of Crisis This edition of IHME's annual Financing Global Health report, the 12th in the series, provides updated estimates of spending on health, development assistance for health, and projections of future health spending. This year's report specifically highlights changes in health spending during a global pandemic and includes dedicated sections on COVID-19, as well as in-depth analysis of pandemic preparedness spending and seven other health focus areas.
    • juin 2021
      Source : Bank of Canada
      Téléchargé par : Suraj Kumar
      Accès le : 16 juillet, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      In latest update, the total value of sovereign debt in default at US$443.2 billion in 2020 (0.5 percent of world public debt), up US$143.6 billion (48 percent) from the revised total of US$299.6 billion in 2019. This outpaces the 13 percent increase in gross world public debt. The data by major creditor categories show that the increase was driven mainly by foreign currency bonds in default, which rose by US$121.2 billion. This reflected:new defaults by Argentina, Belize, Ecuador and Surinamea first-time default on foreign currency bonds by Lebanona greater amount of interest arrears from ongoing bond defaults by Venezuela and Puerto Rico Local currency debt in default increased by US$0.9 billion. This was due mainly to Iraq’s restructuring of its short-term debt into debt with longer-term maturities and lower coupon rates.
    • avril 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Direction of Trade Statistics, The International Monetary Fund. The Direction of Trade Statistics (DOTS) presents current figures on the value of merchandise exports and imports dis-aggregated according to a country's primary trading partners. Area and world aggregates are included in the display of trade flows between major areas of the world. Reported data is supplemented by estimates whenever such data is not available or current. Imports are reported on a cost, insurance and freight (CIF) basis and exports are reported on a free on board (FOB) basis, with the exception of a few countries for which imports are also available FOB. Time series data includes estimates derived from reports of partner countries for non-reporting and slow-reporting countries.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This indicator is defined as the percentage of persons with an equivalised disposable income below respectively 40%, 50%, 60% and 70% of the national median equivalised disposable income.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The disposable income of private households is the balance of primary income (operating surplus/mixed income plus compensation of employees plus property income received minus property income paid) and the redistribution of income in cash. These transactions comprise social contributions paid, social benefits in cash received, current taxes on income and wealth paid, as well as other current transfers. Disposable income does not include social transfers in kind coming from public administrations or non-profit institutions serving households.
    • avril 2021
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • avril 2021
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • avril 2024
      Source : World Health Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Measles cases are defined as laboratory confirmed, epidemiologically linked, and clinical cases as reported to the World Health Organization.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • mars 2021
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mars, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Tourism can be regarded as a social, cultural and economic phenomenon related to the movement of people outside their usual place of residence.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table includes the areas, productions and humidity of field peas, broad and field beans, sweet lupins, dry beans, other dry peas, lentils, chickling vetch, chick peas, vetches and other protein crops sown in pure crops or as mixtures with cereals harvested dry for grain. This indicator uses the concepts of "area under cultivation", "harvested production" and "humidity". 1) The "area under cultivation" corresponds: • before the harvest, to the sown area; • after the harvest, to the sown area excluding the non-harvested area (e.g. area ruined by natural disasters, area not harvested for economic reasons, etc.) 2) The "harvested production" corresponds to the production for which harvesting started in year N, even thought harvesting may finish in year N+1. So N is the reference year for data published by Eurostat. 3) In order to facilitate the comparisons of production between the Members States, the publication of "humidity" for each country is needed. Only the EU-aggregate for the production is published with a standard EU humidity.
  • E
    • septembre 2020
      Source : Department of Statistics, Singapore
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Earnings Of Foreign Direct Investment In Singapore By Country/Region (During The Year), Annual
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      There has been a growing interest in monitoring patterns of trade in services around the world, which is partly associated with ongoing trade negotiations and partly due to the increasing importance of services in OECD economies. It has been developed to supplement other OECD publications on trade in services to address the data needs of trade analysts. It is also an important part of OECD's programme to facilitate the implementation of the recommendations of the revised Manual on Statistics of International Trade in Services 2010.Other commentsThe Task Force on Statistics of International Trade in Services maintains a matrix summarising the status of the trade in services data collection performed by International Organisations. The table displays links to the databases as well as update timetables, availability of metadata, availability of bilateral data, and other important characteristics.
    • mai 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 mai, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The economic accounts for forestry and logging are based on national accounts, but are collected with greater detail. Current prices means prices of that particular year. Annual inflation must yet be taken into account if one wishes to compare the values of different years. Basic prices means the price received by the producer after deduction of all taxes on products, but including all subsidies on products. Gross value added is the value of the output less the value of intermediate consumption. Fixed capital relates to longer-lived assets (e.g. equipment or buildings) that are either acquired (this is gross fixed capital formation) or consumed (this is fixed capital consumption, the annual reduction in the value of fixed assets). The definition of the activity of forestry and logging is based on Division 02 of NACE Rev. 2.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • juin 2020
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 octobre, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Latest Version is available here: https://knoema.com/OECDEO2020DEC/economic-outlook-no-108-december-2020   Economic Outlook No 107 (EO107) 2/2   Given the unusual level of uncertainty caused by the Covid-19 pandemic, this Economic Outlook (EO107) presents two scenarios for each country and economy – one scenario in which a second outbreak occurs in most economies towards the end of this year (double-hit scenario) and an alternative scenario where the second outbreak is avoided (single-hit scenario).Furthermore, only a limited number of series is made available compared to past editions.   This data set presents the double-hit scenario.   The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in selected non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available.   The database contains annual data (for all variables) and quarterly figures (for a subset of variables). Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD data bases such as Quarterly National Accounts, Annual National Accounts, Labour Force Statistics and Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 4 June 2020.   Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • juin 2020
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 juin, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Latest version is available here: https://knoema.com/OECDEO2020DEC/economic-outlook-no-108-december-2020   Economic Outlook No 107 (EO107) 1/2   Given the unusual level of uncertainty caused by the Covid-19 pandemic, this Economic Outlook (EO107) presents two scenarios for each country and economy – one scenario in which a second outbreak occurs in most economies towards the end of this year (double-hit scenario) and an alternative scenario where the second outbreak is avoided (single-hit scenario).Furthermore, only a limited number of series is made available compared to past editions.   This data set presents the single-hit scenario.   The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in selected non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available.   The database contains annual data (for all variables) and quarterly figures (for a subset of variables). Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD data bases such as Quarterly National Accounts, Annual National Accounts, Labour Force Statistics and Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 4 June 2020.   Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyzes the major economic trends over the coming 2 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labor markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD data bases such as Quarterly National Accounts, Annual National Accounts, Labor Force Statistics and Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was June 1, 2023. The aggregation of world trade takes into account the projections made for the main non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Algeria, Angola, Azerbaijan Bahrain, Brunei, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Ecuador, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Iran, Iraq, Kazakhstan, Kuwait, Libya, Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Timor-Leste , Trinidad and Tobago, Turkmenistan, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Venezuela); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Edelman
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Edelman Trust Barometer reveals that trust is in crisis around the world. The general population’s trust in all four key institutions — business, government, NGOs, and media — has declined broadly, a phenomenon not reported since Edelman began tracking trust among this segment in 2012. With the fall of trust, the majority of respondents now lack full belief that the overall system is working for them. In this climate, people’s societal and economic concerns, including globalization, the pace of innovation and eroding social values, turn into fears, spurring the rise of populist actions now playing out in several Western-style democracies. To rebuild trust and restore faith in the system, institutions must step outside of their traditional roles and work toward a new, more integrated operating model that puts people — and the addressing of their fears — at the center of everything they do.
    • mars 2022
      Source : Statistics Indonesia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains indicators related to Education for provincial level.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This indicator presents internationally comparable data regarding the labour force status and the educational attainment level by the National Educational Attainment Categories (NEAC) as reported by the labour force survey (LFS) and published in OECD Education at a Glance 2017. For trend data, the Education at a Glance Database includes data from 1981 to 2016 (or years with available data).
    • mars 2022
      Source : U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 avril, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2024
      Source : Climatescope
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      World: Electricity Prices
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This indicator presents electricity prices charged to final consumers. Electricity prices for non-household consumers are defined as follows: Average national price in Euro per kWh without taxes applicable for the first semester of each year for medium size industrial consumers (Consumption Band Ic with annual consumption between 500 and 2000 MWh). Electricity prices for household consumers are defined as follows: Average national price in Euro per kWh including taxes and levies applicable for the first semester of each year for medium size household consumers (Consumption Band Dc with annual consumption between 2500 and 5000 kWh).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly electricity prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT.  For the disaggregated electricity prices, separate price components are available for households and industrial consumers for production costs of electricitynetwork coststaxes and leviesOLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Electricity prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include electricity/basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above). For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later). Data on electricity prices for industrial consumers are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for electricity prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries, Potential candidate countries and EFTA countries (except Switzerland).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      These are data collected via the annual electricity and heat questionnaire and the annual renewables questionnaire, according to Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics. The variables are: Total capacity (MWe)Capacity by source of electricity production (MWe)Capacity by type of generation in power plants using combustible fuels (MWe)Capacity by type of firing and by type of fuel used in power plants using combustible fuels (MWe) All reported capacities are broken down by type of supplier (main activity producer or auto-producer) in nrg_inf_epc. For plants based on combustion of fuels the capacity is further divided by type of technology of the generating plant (steam, internal combustion….) in nrg_inf_epct, by type of firing and by type of fuels.  The dataset nrg_inf_epcrw offers more detailed renewable fuels. Total capacity calculated from the aggregation of individual categories coming from each of the datasets could yield slightly different values. indeed, the data come from different sources (different questionnaires) and different use of decimal places and rounding could result in these differences.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      ANNUAL Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption oby sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Data on annual statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   MONTHLY The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Data on monthly statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex C of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   SHORT-TERM MONTHLY Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics
    • mars 2022
      Source : Statistics Indonesia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains indicators related to Electricity, Gas and Water Supply for provincial level.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Total number of long-term emigrantsleaving from the reporting country during the reference year
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:  
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The annual Eurostat's collections on statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual data collection on provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least six months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least six months of the reference year on voluntary basis DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual data collection on provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on voluntary basis UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants,  emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements".   The migration data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes.   For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on migrants are collected under Unified Demographic data collection:   Immigrants by age, sex and by:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and by:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence 
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning crop residues consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced by the combustion of a percentage of crop residues burnt on-site. The mass of fuel available for burning should be estimated taking into account the fractions removed before burning due to animal consumption, decay in the field, and use in other sectors (e.g., biofuel, domestic livestock feed, building materials, etc.). FAOSTAT emission estimates are computed at Tier 1 following the IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, reguions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, by crop (maize, rice, sugarcane and wheat) and by aggregates. Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (biomass burned) are also provided.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from crop residues consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from nitrogen (N) in crop residues and forage/pasture renewal left on agricultural fields by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories, Vol. 4, Ch. 2 and 11(http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by crop and N content in residues.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from enteric fermentation consist of methane gas produced in digestive systems of ruminants and to a lesser extent of non-ruminants. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4 and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market)) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, mules and asses, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for CH4 and activity data are also provided
    • juin 2021
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 janvier, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GHG emissions from manure applied to soils consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from manure nitrogen (N) added to agricultural soils by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the application site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market) and turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (N content in manure) are also provided.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from synthetic fertilizers consist of nitrous oxide gas from synthetic nitrogen additions to managed soils. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the addition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (consumption) are also provided.
    • décembre 2022
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 décembre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The FAOSTAT domain Organic soils consist of nitrous oxide (N2O) and carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions associated with the drainage of organic soils ? using histosols as proxy ? for agriculture. Data are computed geospatially, using the Tier 1 method of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National greenhouse gas Inventories (IPCC, 2006). Estimates are available by country and with global coverage, in complete time series for the period 1990?2019. The database is updated annually. The FAOSTAT domain Organic soils disseminates information by country on: activity data (in hectares of organic soils drained for agriculture); and greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (in kilotonnes of N2O and CO2). Drainage and associated emissions are assessed separately for IPCC land use categories cropland and grassland, corresponding to FAO land use categories ??cropland?? and ??permanent meadows and pastures.?? Data are available for all countries and territories, for standard FAOSTAT regional aggregations, and for Annex I and non-Annex I country groups. This FAOSTAT domain also disseminates the activity data and emissions data reported by countries to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), under ?Cultivation of organic soils? for the N2O component and categories ?Cropland drained organic soils? and ?Grassland drained organic soils? for the CO2. Activity data are sourced from the most recently available GHG National Inventories (NGHGI) or from National Communications. Emission data are sourced directly from the UNFCCC data portal or from Biennial Update Reports (BURs). UNFCCC data are disseminated in FAOSTAT with permission, formalized via a FAO-UNFCCC Memorandum of Understanding.
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Dans le but de promouvoir la comparabilité internationale, les statistiques présentées sur ILOSTAT sont basées sur des définitions internationales standard dans la mesure du possible et peuvent différer des chiffres nationaux officiels. Cette série est basée sur les définitions de la 13e CIST. Pour la comparabilité des séries chronologiques, elle inclut les pays qui ont mis en >uvre les normes de la 19e CIST, pour lesquels des données sont également disponibles dans la base de données Statistiques du travail -- 19e CIST (WORK). Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données ventilées par activité économique sont présentées conformément à la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible. Les données peuvent avoir été reclassées à partir de classifications nationales, qui peuvent ne pas être strictement comparables à la CITI. Les données ventilées par profession sont présentées conformément à la version plus récente de la Classification Internationale Type des Professions (CITP) disponible. Les données peuvent avoir été reclassées à partir de classifications nationales, qui peuvent ne pas être strictement comparables à la CITP. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données Statistiques sur la main-d'oeuvre (LFS et STLFS).
    • décembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Dans le but de promouvoir la comparabilité internationale, les statistiques présentées sur ILOSTAT sont basées sur des définitions internationales standard dans la mesure du possible et peuvent différer des chiffres nationaux officiels. Cette série est basée sur les définitions de la 13e CIST. Pour la comparabilité des séries chronologiques, elle inclut les pays qui ont mis en >uvre les normes de la 19e CIST, pour lesquels des données sont également disponibles dans la base de données Statistiques du travail -- 19e CIST (WORK). Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données ventilées par activité économique sont présentées conformément à la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible. Les données peuvent avoir été reclassées à partir de classifications nationales, qui peuvent ne pas être strictement comparables à la CITI. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données Statistiques sur la main-d'oeuvre (LFS et STLFS).
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Dans le but de promouvoir la comparabilité internationale, les statistiques présentées sur ILOSTAT sont basées sur des définitions internationales standard dans la mesure du possible et peuvent différer des chiffres nationaux officiels. Cette série est basée sur les définitions de la 13e CIST. Pour la comparabilité des séries chronologiques, elle inclut les pays qui ont mis en >uvre les normes de la 19e CIST, pour lesquels des données sont également disponibles dans la base de données Statistiques du travail -- 19e CIST (WORK). Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données ventilées par activité économique sont présentées conformément à la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible. Les données peuvent avoir été reclassées à partir de classifications nationales, qui peuvent ne pas être strictement comparables à la CITI. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données Statistiques sur la main-d'oeuvre (LFS et STLFS).
    • décembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • décembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par situation dans la profession utilisant la dernière version de la Classification internationale type de situation dans la profession (CISP-93). La situation dans la profession fait référence au type de contrat de travail explicite ou implicite que la personne a avec d'autres personnes ou organisations. Les critères de base utilisés pour définir les catégories de la classification sont le type de risque économique et le type d'autorité que les titulaires d'un emploi ont ou auront sur les établissements et les autres travailleurs. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • décembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows:Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document (see Business demography indicators).  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bd_9fh_sz_cl_r2 The data category covers a group of variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not included in this data. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows:Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The data are drawn from business registers, although some individual countries improve the availability or freshness of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU28 average.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of activity employment and unemployment. Those indicators are based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator.  The most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). - for a number of indicators (employment, activity, unemployment, supplementary indicators) seasonally adjusted data are available Those adjustments may produce some differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for back data. For the most recent years these two series converge, due to the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators' in general. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of activity employment and unemployment. Those indicators are based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator.  The most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). - for a number of indicators (employment, activity, unemployment, supplementary indicators) seasonally adjusted data are available Those adjustments may produce some differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for back data. For the most recent years these two series converge, due to the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators' in general. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Employment consists of both employees and self-employed, who are engaged in some productive activity that falls within the production boundary of the system (ESA 2010, 11.11). Employment covers employees and self-employed working for production units resident on the economic territory (i.e. the domestic employment concept). Employment is measured in number of persons without distinction according to full-time or part-time work. The following countries provide employment data seasonally adjusted, without calendar adjustment: CZ, GR, FR, MT, PL, PT, SK and CH. The remaining countries provide employment data seasonally and calendar adjusted.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • août 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) collects, on an annual basis from all its participating countries, data on landings, aquaculture production, fleet, employment in the fisheries sector, and government financial transfers. Data are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. Concepts Classifications Data are collected by the OECD using the methodologies established by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP) (www.fao.org/fishery/cwp/search/en). This inter-agency body, created in 1960 to develop common procedures and standards for the collation of fisheries statistics, provides technical advice on fishery statistical matters. Its handbook of Fishery Statistical Standards comprises definitions of the various concepts used in fishery statistics, with the exception of Government Financial Transfers which is unique to the OECD. All other statistics are based on the CWP definitions. The OECD, a partner with the CWP, additionally collects information on values for its landings and records the breakdown between the types of landings (i.e. landings in domestic ports, landings in foreign ports) data series which are not collected by the FAO. While a number of countries cover landings in a similar fashion, the same does not hold true for capacity (feet/meters, GRT/engine powers), or for employment for which both Full-time equivalents or numbers of people are used. The OECD therefore does not duplicate FAO statistics but requests complementary information to feed its analytical work.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's database covers: 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products; 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data; 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging. The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU). Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'. Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • juin 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Sport employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). Employment in sport statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of sport employment to the overall employment. The EU-LFS is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union . The methodology for the design and development of sport employment statistics is based on the one proposed by the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012) which takes into account two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the main economic  activitiesthe ISCO classification (‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow characterizing employment in sport by different variables such as gender, age, educational attainment by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE selected sport codes.
    • juin 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Sport employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). Employment in sport statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of sport employment to the overall employment. The EU-LFS is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union . The methodology for the design and development of sport employment statistics is based on the one proposed by the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012) which takes into account two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the main economic  activitiesthe ISCO classification (‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow characterizing employment in sport by different variables such as gender, age, educational attainment by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE selected sport codes.
    • juin 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Sport employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). Employment in sport statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of sport employment to the overall employment. The EU-LFS is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union . The methodology for the design and development of sport employment statistics is based on the one proposed by the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012) which takes into account two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the main economic  activitiesthe ISCO classification (‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow characterizing employment in sport by different variables such as gender, age, educational attainment by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE selected sport codes.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Regional (NUTS level 2) employment rate of the age group 15-64 represents employed persons aged 15-64 as a percentage of the population of the same age group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey. The survey covers the entire population living in private households and excludes those in collective households such as boarding houses, halls of residence and hospitals. The employed persons are those aged 15-64, who during the reference week did any work for pay, profit or family gain for at least one hour, or were not at work but had a job or business from which they were temporarily absent.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Persons in employment are those who, during the reference week, did any work for pay or profit, or were not working but had a job from which they were temporarily absent. Anyone who receives a wage for on-the-job training that involves the production of goods or services is also considered as being in employment. Self-employed and family workers are also included. Employment is measured in number of persons without distinction according to full-time or part-time work. The data are expressed in 1000 persons. The quarterly data are not seasonally adjusted. Data are sourced from National accounts data. The ESA 2010 distinguishes two employment concepts depending on the geographical coverage: resident persons in employment (i.e. the national scope of employment) and employment in resident production units irrespective of the place of residence of the employed person (i.e. domestic scope). The table presents total employment, according to the domestic concept.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 avril, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      6.1. Reference area
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The energy balance is the most complete statistical accounting of energy products and their flow in the economy. The energy balance allows users to see the total amount of energy extracted from the environment, traded, transformed and used by different types of end-users. It also allows seeing the relative contribution of each energy carrier (fuel, product). The energy balance allows studying the overall domestic energy market and monitoring impacts of energy policies. The energy balance offers a complete view on the energy situation of a country in a compact format, such as on energy consumption of the whole economy and of individual sectors. The energy balance presents all statistically significant energy products (fuels) of a country and their production, transformation and consumption by different type of economic actors (industry, transport, etc.). Therefore, an energy balance is the natural starting point to study the energy sector. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data in energy balances are presented in terajoules, kilotonnes of oil equivalent and gigawatt hours.
    • août 2022
      Source : Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 octobre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      BGR provides the biennial energy study which covers data and developments concerning German and Global energy supplies. In addition the study also provides information on the global generation of renewable energies, including geothermal energy and hydrogen. 
    • août 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator measures the total amount of energy tax revenue in millions of euro for all NACE activities plus households, non-residents and not allocated. This shows the size that the energy taxes take in absolute (currency) terms, to complement the share of energy taxes paid by paying sector. Energy taxes are one of the four tax categories that make up environmental taxes (the other three being pollution taxes, resource taxes (excluding taxes on oil and gas extraction) and transport taxes). As per environmental taxes, the energy tax base is a physical unit of something that has a proven specific negative impact on the environment, but it is restricted to certain items that are concerning the energy sector, which also includes CO2 taxes.
    • août 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator measures the percentage of energy taxes that are raised against seven paying sectors as a proportion of the total amount of tax revenue raised from energy taxes. The seven sectors are: Households, Industry (except Construction), Construction, Wholesale and retail trade and repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles, Transportation and storage, Services (except wholesale and retail trade, transportation and storage), and Agriculture, forestry and fishing. Energy taxes are one of the four tax categories that make up environmental taxes (the other three being pollution taxes, resource taxes (excluding taxes on oil and gas extraction) and transport taxes). As per environmental taxes, the energy tax base is a physical unit of something that has a proven specific negative impact on the environment, but it is restricted to certain items that are concerning the energy sector, which also includes CO2 taxes.
    • janvier 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 janvier, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries in Eastern Europe, namely Armenia (AM), Azerbaijan (AZ), Belarus (BY), Georgia (GE), Moldova (MD) and Ukraine (UA). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain.
    • janvier 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 janvier, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:enpr_inisoc The domain focuses on the Eastern European Neighbourhood Policy countries (ENP): Armenia (AM), Azerbaijan (AZ), Belarus (BY), Georgia (GE), Moldova (MD) and the Ukraine (UA). Data are provided for 200 to 300 indicators.
    • janvier 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 janvier, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:enpr_scienc The domain focuses on the Eastern European Neighbourhood Policy countries (ENP): Armenia (AM), Azerbaijan (AZ), Belarus (BY), Georgia (GE), Moldova (MD) and the Ukraine (UA). Data are provided for 200 to 300 indicators.
    • février 2024
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      1: Most surveys were administered using the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology as outlined in the Methodology page, while some others did not strictly adhere to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology. For example, for surveys which do not follow the Global Methodology, the Universe under consideration may have consisted of only manufacturing firms or the questionnaire used may have been different from the standard global questionnaire. Data users should exercise caution when comparing raw data and point estimates between surveys that did and did not adhere to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology. For surveys which did not adhere to the Global Methodology plus Afghanistan 2008, any inference from one of these surveys is representative only for the data sample itself. 2: Regional and "all countries" averages of indicators are computed by taking a simple average of country-level point estimates. For each economy, only the latest available year of survey data is used in this computation. Only surveys, posted during the years 2009-2017, and adhering to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology are used to compute these regional and "all countries" averages. 3: Descriptions of firm subgroup levels, e.g. how the ex post groupings are constructed, are provided in the Indicator Descriptions (PDF, 710KB) document. 4: Statistics derived from less than or equal to five firms are displayed with an "n.a." to maintain confidentiality and should be distinguished from ".." which indicates missing values. Also note for three growth-related indicators under the "Performance" topic, these indicators are not computed when they are derived from less than 30 firms. 5: Standard errors are labeled "n.c.", meaning not computed, for the following:    1) indicators for all surveys that were not conducted using the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology and    2) for indicator breakdowns by ex post groupings: exporter or ownership type, and gender of the top manager.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Yale Center for Environmental Law & Policy
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Wendling, Z. A., Emerson, J. W., Esty, D. C., Levy, M. A., de Sherbinin, A., et al. (2018). 2018 Environmental Performance Index. New Haven, CT: Yale Center for Environmental Law & Policy. https://epi.yale.edu/   The Environmental Performance Index (EPI) is constructed through the calculation and aggregation of 20 indicators reflecting national-level environmental data. These indicators are combined into nine issue categories, each of which fit under one of two overarching objectives. The two objectives that provide the overarching structure of the EPI are Environmental Health and Ecosystem Vitality. Environmental Health measures the protection of human health from environmental harm. Ecosystem Vitality measures ecosystem protection and resource management. These two objectives are further divided into nine issue categories that span high-priority environmental policy issues, including air quality, forests, fisheries, and climate and energy, among others. The issue categories are extensive but not comprehensive. Underlying the nine issue categories are 20 indicators calculated from country-level data and statistics. After more than 15 years of work on environmental performance measurement and six iterations of the EPI, global data are still lacking on a number of key environmental issues. These include: freshwater quality, toxic chemical exposures, municipal solid waste management, nuclear safety, wetlands loss, agricultural soil quality and degradation, recycling rates, adaptation, vulnerability, and resiliency to climate change, desertification.
    • janvier 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 janvier, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator is presented in two ways. Firstly, as the proportion of environmental tax revenues in total revenues from all taxes and social contributions. This evidences the different taxation splits that Member States have between environment and other factors such as labour and capital. Secondly, the indicator is presented as the proportion of environmental tax revenues in Gross Domestic Product (GDP). This allows a comparison of environmental taxation between Member States taking into account the size of the different national economies.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Definition of an environmental tax (Regulation (EU) N° 691/2011) An environmental tax is a tax whose tax base is a physical unit (or a proxy of a physical unit) of something that has a proven, specific negative impact on the environment, and which is identified in ESA2010 as a tax. Eurostat collects data on environmental tax revenue (by tax category - energy, transport, pollution and resource taxes) broken down by economic activities (tax payers) using the NACE classification for production activities plus households and non-residents. Eurostat with the European Commission's Directorate General for Taxation and Customs Union also produces annually an analysis of each tax listed in the national accounts of European countries including: - assigning an economic function to each tax; - attributing an environmental code to the environmental taxes (E for Energy, T for Transport, P for Pollution, RS for Resource). These function and environmental codes are reported by countries in their national tax list (NTL) and are validated by Eurostat. Efforts are made to ensure full consistency of the data on environmental taxes by economic activities and revenue data based on the national tax lists even if some discrepancies remain for some countries.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:
    • janvier 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 janvier, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, external trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner, - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      A yield curve (which is known as the term structure of interest rates) represents the relationship between market remuneration (interest) rates and the remaining time to maturity of debt securities. The zero coupon yield curves and their corresponding time series are calculated using "AAA-rated" euro area central government bonds, i.e. debt securities with the most favourable credit risk assessment. They represent the yields to maturity of hypothetical zero coupon bonds. Source: European Central Bank.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
       A yield curve, also known as term structure of interest rates, represents the relationship between market remuneration (interest) rates and the remaining time to maturity of debt securities. The information content of a yield curve reflects the asset pricing process on financial markets. When buying and selling bonds, investors include their expectations of  future inflation, real interest rates and their assessment of risks. An investor calculates the price of a bond by discounting the expected future cash flows (coupon payments and/or redemption). The European Central Bank estimates zero-coupon yield curves for the euro area and also derives forward and par yield curves. A zero coupon bond is a bond that pays no coupon and is sold at a discount from its face value. The zero coupon curve represents the yield to maturity of hypothetical zero coupon bonds, since they are not directly observable in the market for a wide range of maturities. They must therfore be estimated from existing zero coupon bonds and fixed coupon bond prices or yields.  The forward curve shows the short-term (instantaneous) interest rate for future periods implied in the yield curve. The par yield reflects hypothetical yields, namely the interest rates the bonds would have yielded had they been priced at par (i.e. at 100). An outlier removal mechanism is applied to bonds that have passed the selection criteria described in 11.1. Bonds are removed if their yields deviate by more than twice the standard deviation from the average yield in the same maturity bracket. Afterwards, the same procedure is repeated. 
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      A yield curve, also known as term structure of interest rates, represents the relationship between market remuneration (interest) rates and the remaining time to maturity of debt securities. The information content of a yield curve reflects the asset pricing process on financial markets. When buying and selling bonds, investors include their expectations of  future inflation, real interest rates and their assessment of risks. An investor calculates the price of a bond by discounting the expected future cash flows (coupon payments and/or redemption). ECB estimates zero-coupon yield curves for the euro area and also derives forward and par yield curves. A zero coupon bond is a bond that pays no cupon and is sold at a discount from its face value. The zero coupon curve represents the yield to maturity of hypothetical zero coupon bonds, since they are not directly observable in the market for a wide range of maturities. They must therfore be estimatedfrom existing zero coupon bonds and fixed coupon bond prices or yields.  The forward curve shows the short-term (instantaneous) interest rate for future periods implied in the yield curve. The par yield reflects hypothetical yields, namely the interest rates the bonds would have yielded had they been priced at par (i.e. at 100).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
       A yield curve, also known as term structure of interest rates, represents the relationship between market remuneration (interest) rates and the remaining time to maturity of debt securities. The information content of a yield curve reflects the asset pricing process on financial markets. When buying and selling bonds, investors include their expectations of  future inflation, real interest rates and their assessment of risks. An investor calculates the price of a bond by discounting the expected future cash flows (coupon payments and/or redemption). The European Central Bank estimates zero-coupon yield curves for the euro area and also derives forward and par yield curves. A zero coupon bond is a bond that pays no coupon and is sold at a discount from its face value. The zero coupon curve represents the yield to maturity of hypothetical zero coupon bonds, since they are not directly observable in the market for a wide range of maturities. They must therfore be estimated from existing zero coupon bonds and fixed coupon bond prices or yields.  The forward curve shows the short-term (instantaneous) interest rate for future periods implied in the yield curve. The par yield reflects hypothetical yields, namely the interest rates the bonds would have yielded had they been priced at par (i.e. at 100). An outlier removal mechanism is applied to bonds that have passed the selection criteria described in 11.1. Bonds are removed if their yields deviate by more than twice the standard deviation from the average yield in the same maturity bracket. Afterwards, the same procedure is repeated. 
    • février 2024
      Source : European Commission
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Dataset includes European Economic economic forecast releases from Autumn 2017 through Winter 2023.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsci_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • juillet 2023
      Source : InterNations
      Téléchargé par : Andrene Gayle
      Accès le : 20 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits, which consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs; administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration; other expenditure, which consists of miscellaneous expenditure by social protection schemes (payment of property income and other). It is calculated in current prices.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits, which consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs; administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration; other expenditure, which consist of miscellaneous expenditure by social protection schemes (payment of property income and other).
    • septembre 2023
      Source : U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Téléchargé par : Misha Gusev
      Accès le : 29 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: Data is no longer being updated on source: https://www.ers.usda.gov/topics/international-markets-us-trade/international-consumer-and-food-industry-trends/#data The Dataset contain data on expenditures on food (including nonalcoholic beverages), alcoholic beverages, and tobacco as a share of consumer expenditures on all goods and services for 86 countries. The tables also contain data on per capita consumer expenditures on goods and services, as well as per capita food expenditures for these countries. Data is available for the 104 countries for which this type of information is currently available in the source database, Euromonitor International. All expenditure data are in current U.S. dollars.
    • mars 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mars, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities:solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • décembre 2022
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Jonathan Kilach
      Accès le : 23 décembre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table presents annual statistics on international trade in services of individual economies by some 100 service categories for trade-partner “World total”. It further contains aggregated figures for various groups of economies for selected principal service categories. The data presented are the result of the common work of UNCTAD and the World Trade Organization (WTO).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      ANNUAL Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption oby sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Data on annual statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   MONTHLY The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Data on monthly statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex C of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   SHORT-TERM MONTHLY Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Statistics Norway
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2019
      Source : Statistics Canada
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      ANNUAL Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption oby sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Data on annual statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   MONTHLY The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Data on monthly statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex C of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   SHORT-TERM MONTHLY Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics
  • É
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Dans le but de promouvoir la comparabilité internationale, les statistiques présentées sur ILOSTAT sont basées sur des définitions internationales standard dans la mesure du possible et peuvent différer des chiffres nationaux officiels. Cette série est basée sur les définitions de la 13e CIST. Pour la comparabilité des séries chronologiques, elle inclut les pays qui ont mis en >uvre les normes de la 19e CIST, pour lesquels des données sont également disponibles dans la base de données Statistiques du travail -- 19e CIST (WORK). L'écart de salaires entre hommes et femmes est non ajusté et est calculé comme la différence entre les gains moyens des hommes et ceux des femmes, exprimée en pourcentage des gains moyens des hommes. Cet indicateur fournit une mesure de la différence relative entre les gains des hommes et ceux des femmes. Les données ventilées par profession sont présentées conformément à la version plus récente de la Classification Internationale Type des Professions (CITP) disponible. Les données peuvent avoir été reclassées à partir de classifications nationales, qui peuvent ne pas être strictement comparables à la CITP. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données Indicateurs d'égalité des sexes et de non-discrimination (GEND).
  • F
    • mars 2024
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The dataset includes data on gross and net production indices for various food and agriculture aggregates expressed in both totals and per capita.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Dinesh Kumar Gouducheruvu
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: Ex: <0.1,<0.2,<0.3 considered as 0.1,0.2,0.3 values  
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Price domain of FAOSTAT contains data on prices received by farmers (called Producer prices) for primary crops, live animals, livestock primary products as collected at the point of initial sale (prices paid at the farm-gate). Data are provided for over 160 countries and for some 200 commodities. The Price domain provides price data in three units: i) Local Currency Units (LCU) ii) Standard Local Currency (SLC) iii) US Dollars.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The food and agricultural trade dataset is collected, processed and disseminated by FAO according to the standard International Merchandise Trade Statistics Methodology. The data is mainly provided by UNSD, Eurostat, and other national authorities as needed. This source data is checked for outliers, trade partner data is used for non-reporting countries or missing cells, and data on food aid is added to take into account total cross-border trade flows. The trade database includes the following variables: export quantity, export value, import quantity and import value. The trade database includes all food and agricultural products imported/exported annually by all the countries in the world.   Classification system: HS 2012 converted into FAO Commodity List (also known as FCL, which is a classification based on the item tree approach used for the compilation of SUA/FBS).   Sector coverage: The dataset contains all food and agricultural products imported and exported during the reference year by country. In addition to the individual country data, other item and country aggregates are disseminated. The processed trade data is essential for the compilation of Supply/Utilization Accounts (SUA) and Food Balance Sheets (FBS).   Statistical concepts and definitions:Quantity of food and agricultural exports: Export quantity is defined by the IMTS as the physical quantity of domestic origin or manufactured products shipped out of the country. It includes re-exports. According to the FAO methodology, the quantity of food and agricultural exports included in the FAOSTAT database is expressed in terms of weight (tonnes) for all commodities except for live animals which are expressed in units (heads); poultry, rabbits, pigeons and other birds are expressed in thousand units. As a general rule, trade quantity refers to net weight, excluding any sort of container.  Value of agricultural exports: Value of agricultural exports are expressed in thousand US dollars in the FAOSTAT database. Export values are reported as FOB  (free on board—that is, the value of the goods plus the value of the services performed to deliver the goods to the border of the exporting country). Quantity of food and agricultural imports: Import quantity represents the physical quantity of the products imported for domestic consumption or processing shipped into a country. It includes re-imports. According to the FAO methodology, the quantity of food and agricultural imports included in the FAOSTAT database is expressed in terms of weight (tonnes) for all commodities except for live animals which are expressed in units (heads); poultry, rabbits, pigeons and other birds are expressed in thousand units. As a general rule, trade quantity refers to net weight, excluding any sort of container. It includes also food aid quantities, where relevant.  Value of agricultural imports: Value of agricultural imports are expressed in thousand US dollars in the FAOSTAT database. Import values are reported as CIF (cost insurance and freight—that is, the value of the goods, plus the value of the services performed to deliver goods to the border of the exporting country, plus the value of the services performed to deliver the good from the border of the exporting country to the border of the importing country). Statistical unit:All crops and livestock products registered by the customs office in the country. In case of non-customs trade data, the observation unit is the trade operator. For example, within intra-EU trade statistics, this unit is any taxable person carrying out intra-EU trade. For more information, see the IMTS compiler manual, edition 2012. Statistical population:All trade data on food and agricultural products, including livestock, are compiled by all customs offices in the country. For intra-EU trade, the statistical population is all trade operators recording trade transactions over a certain threshold. Total merchandise import/export value is also included.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Value of gross production has been compiled by multiplying gross production in physical terms by output prices at farm gate. Thus, value of production measures production in monetary terms at the farm gate level. Since intermediate uses within the agricultural sector (seed and feed) have not been subtracted from production data, this value of production aggregate refers to the notion of "gross production". Value of gross production is provided in both current and constant terms and is expressed in US dollars and Standard Local Currency (SLC). The current value of production measures value in the prices relating to the period being measured. Thus, it represents the market value of food and agricultural products at the time they were produced. Knowing this figure is helpful in understanding exactly what was happening within a given economy at that point in time. Often, this information can help explain economic trends that emerged in later periods and why they took place. Value of production in constant terms is derived using the average prices of a selected year or years, known as the base period. Constant price series can be used to show how the quantity or volume of products has changed, and are often referred to as volume measures. The ratio of the current and constant price series gives a measure of price movements. US dollar figures for value of gross production are converted from local currencies using official exchange rates as prevailing in the respective years. The SLC of a country is the local currency prevailing in the latest year. Expressing data series in one uniform currency is useful because it avoids the influence of revaluation in local currency, if any, on value of production
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Fertilizers by Product dataset contains information on product amounts for the Production, Trade, Agriculture Use and Other Uses of chemical and mineral fertilizers products, over the time series 2002-present. The fertilizer statistics data are validated separately for a set of over thirty individual products. Both straight and compound fertilizers are included.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2017
      Source : International Fertilizer Industry Association
      Téléchargé par : Suraj Kumar
      Accès le : 07 novembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Assessment of Fertilizer Use by Crop at the Global Level 2015. Fully understanding the contribution of the different crop types to fertilizer use at national, regional and global levels is a prerequisite to the development of sound fertilizer demand forecasts. IFA gathers information on fertilizer use by crop in the main fertilizer-consuming countries. IFA’s country estimates currently cover 28 countries (considering the European Union (EU-28) as a single country). These countries account together for 94% of world fertilizer consumption.
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      cThe dataset contains data on Import and Export Value (expressed in 1000 USD) for a selected list of fertilizers, from 1961 on wards. Country and country aggregate data are available. The fertilizers covered are: Nitrogenous fertilizers; Phosphate fertilizers; Potash fertilizers; Fertilizers Manufactured, nes; Fertilizers, Organic; Natural Phosphates; Natural Potassic Salts; Natural Sodium Nitrate.
    • juin 2022
      Source : International Federation of Association Football
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juin, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Monthly updates of FIFA World Football Men's Ranking 
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income) The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income)namq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Final consumption expenditure by general government includes the value of goods and services purchased or produced by general government and directly supplied to private households for consumption purposes.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Private consumption expenditure consists of expenditure incurred for the direct satisfaction of individual or collective needs by private households or non-profit institutions serving households (such as religious societies, sports and other clubs, political parties, etc.).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Private consumption expenditure consists of expenditure incurred for the direct satisfaction of individual or collective needs by private households or non-profit institutions serving households (such as religious societies, sports and other clubs, political parties, etc.).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Private consumption expenditure consists of expenditure incurred for the direct satisfaction of individual or collective needs by private households or non-profit institutions serving households (such as religious societies, sports and other clubs, political parties, etc.). The data are presented in % of GDP and million units of national currency.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Final consumption expenditure (ESA 2010, 3.94) consists of expenditure incurred by resident institutional units on goods or services that are used for the direct satisfaction of individual needs or wants or the collective needs of members of the community. The consumption expenditure may take place on the domestic territory or abroad. Private final consumption expenditure includes households' (ESA 2010, 2.118) and NPISH's final consumption expenditure. Non Profit Institutions Serving Households (NPISH, ESA 2010, 2.129) are separate legal entities serving households. They include for example trade unions, professional societies, political parties, churches, charities, sports clubs etc. Values are seasonally adjusted (SA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Final decision on appeal means a decision granted at the final instance of administrative/judicial asylum procedure and which results from the appeal lodged by the asylum seeker rejected in the preceding stage of the procedure.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This indicator expresses the sum of the energy supplied to agriculture for all energy uses.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Final energy consumption covers the energy consumption of end-users, such as industry, transport, households, services and agriculture. It excludes consumption of the energy sector itself and losses occurring during transformation and distribution of energy (e.g. power plants, district heating plants, oil refineries, coke ovens, blast furnaces). It is also excluding all non-energy use of energy carriers (e.g. natural gas used for producing chemicals, oil based lubricants, bitumen used for road surface). Quantities delivered to international aviation and international marine bunkers are also excluded from the final energy consumption.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'. 
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'. 
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The financial flows and stocks data are reported quarterly to the European Central Bank. Once validated the data are transmitted to Eurostat.  Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows and represent  the difference between opening balance sheet  at the beginning of the year and closing balance sheet at the end of the year.  Â
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that shows at a point in time the value and composition of: -financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, and -liabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The difference between an economy’s external financial assets and liabilities is the economy’s net IIP, which may be positive or negative. According to the functional category, the cross-border financial positions are classified as: 1) For the assets - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options ; Other investment and Reserve assets 2) For the liabilities - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other investment The financial positions are further classified according the different instruments and institutional sectors. The data are expressed in million units of national currency. The indicator is based on the Eurostat data from the Balance of payment statistics, these data are quaterly reported to the ECB by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that shows at a point in time the value and composition of: -financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, and -liabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The difference between an economy’s external financial assets and liabilities is the economy’s net IIP, which may be positive or negative. According to the functional category, the cross-border financial positions are classified as: 1) For the assets - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options ; Other investment and Reserve assets 2) For the liabilities - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other investment The financial positions are further classified according the different instruments. The data on portfolio investment are expressed in million units of national currency. The indicator is based on the Eurostat data from the Balance of payment statistics, these data are quaterly reported to the ECB by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that shows at a point in time the value and composition of: -financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, and -liabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The difference between an economy’s external financial assets and liabilities is the economy’s net IIP, which may be positive or negative. According to the functional category, the cross-border financial positions are classified as: 1) For the assets - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options ; Other investment and Reserve assets 2) For the liabilities - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other investment The financial positions are further classified according the different instruments and institutional sectors. The data are expressed in million units of national currency. The indicator is based on the Eurostat data from the Balance of payment statistics, these data are quaterly reported to the ECB by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • mai 2022
      Source : Tax Justice Network
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 mai, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: tax justice network - https://fsi.taxjustice.net/en/introduction/fsi-results;  License term - https://fsi.taxjustice.net/en/introduction/copyright-license     Jurisdiction Note for Year 2020: Footnote 1: The territories marked in dark color are Overseas Territories (OTs) and Crown Dependencies (CDs) where the Queen is head of state; powers to appoint key government officials rest with the British Crown; laws must be approved in London; and the UK government holds various other powers (see here for more details: www.financialsecrecyindex.com/PDF/UnitedKingdom.pdf). Territories marked in light color are British Commonwealth territories which are not OTs or CDs but whose final court of appeal is the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council in London (see here for more details: http://www.taxjustice.net/cms/upload/pdf/Privy_Council_and_Secrecy_Scores.pdf). Footnote 6: For jurisdictions marked with 2, we provide special narrative reports exploring the history and politics of their offshore sectors. You can read and download these reports by clicking on the country name.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Financial sector leverage (debt-to-equity ratio) indicator shows the relative proportion of debt used to finance assets to shareholders' equity. It is obtained as the ratio of the sum of Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans and Financial derivatives and employee stock options to Equity and investment fund shares.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsfs_m Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Financial Soundness Indicators (FSIs) were developed by the IMF, together with the international community, with aim of supporting analysis and assessing strengths and vulnerabilities of financial systems. The Statistics Department of the IMF, disseminates data and metadata on selected FSIs provided by participating countries. For a description of the various FSIs, as well as the consolidation basis, consolidation adjustments, and accounting rules followed, please refer to the concepts and definitions document in the document tab. Reporting countries compile FSI data using different methodologies, which may also vary for different points in time for the same country. Users are advised to consult the accompanying metadata to conduct more meaning cross-country comparisons or to assess the evolution of a given FSI for any of the countries.
    • juillet 2022
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 août, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Financial Soundness Indicators (FSI), Reporting Entities, The International Monetary Fund. The Reporting entities dataset provides information on the structure, size, and coverage of the financial institutions that are used for compiling financial soundness indicators. It provides a better understanding of the structure of the reporting entities in terms of the type of institution, number of entities, size of assets, and type of control. Reporting entities are domestically incorporated entities but are divided into two: domestically controlled and foreign controlled. The concepts of residency criterion and control are determined based on FSI Guide methodology which is in line with international best practices such as Systems of National Accounts. Data on reporting entities cover the branches,
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'.Â
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The financial flows and stocks data are reported quarterly to the European Central Bank. Once validated the data are transmitted to Eurostat.  Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows and represent  the difference between opening balance sheet  at the beginning of the year and closing balance sheet at the end of the year
    • mars 2023
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Starting from 1750 Population statistics have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service: Publications on Population structure and Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) --- Description of statistic Quality descriptions Concepts and definitionsSecond nationalityCountries (ISO 3166). The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. In the classification of continents, Europe does not include the figures for Finland. Non-autonomous states are combined with the mother country. Czech Republic = Czech Republic + Former Czechoslovakia Sudan = Sudan + Former Sudan If a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, Finnish is as his/her first nationality in statistics. --- HDI = Human Development Index Ranking according to the 2016 HDI index by country: The former Soviet Union is included in the Russia HDI category The former Czechoslovakia is included in the Czech Republic HDI category The former Yugoslavia and Serbia and Montenegro are included in the Serbia HDI categoryAgeAge refers to a person's age in whole years as at 31 December.InformationFinnish citizens with dual nationalityFinnish citizens with dual nationality who are included in the Finnish population on 31 December
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      First instance decision means a decision made in response to an asylum application at the first instance level of the asylum procedure.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residence permit means any authorisation valid for at least 3 months issued by the authorities of a Member State allowing a third country national to stay legally on its territory. First permit means the residence permit issued to a person for the first time. A residence permit is considered as a first permit also if the time gap between expiry of the old permit and the start of validity of the new permit issued for the same reason is at least 6 months, irrespective of the year of issuance of the permit.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residence permits statistics refers to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) receiving a residence permits or an authorisation to reside in one of the EU or EFTA Member States. The definitions used for residence permits and other concepts (e.g. first permit) are presented in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. The detailed data collection methodology is presented in Annex 8 of this metadta file. LEGAL FRAMEWORK - Residence data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007.  This legal framework refers to the initial residence permits data colection with 2008 first reference period (e.g. first residence permits; change of immigration status or reason to stay; all valid residence permits in the end of the year and long-term residence permits valid in the end of the year) and it provides also a general framework for newer data collections based on speciffic European legal acts (e.g. statistics on EU Blue Cards and statistics on single permits) or provided on voluntary basis (e.g. new long-term residence permits issued during the year and residence permits issued for family reunification with beneficiaries of  protection status). DATA SOURCE - Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following the reference year. AVAILABLE DATASETS I. Residence permits statistics by reason to stay, citizenship and permit's lenght of validity based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007. These statistics are avilable from 2008 reference year.     First Permits - see the definition in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions.First permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfirst)2. The totals presented in this tables are depended on data availability in the following four tables migr_resfam + migr_resedu+ migr_resocc+ migr_resoth.First permits issued for family reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfam)First permits issued for education reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resedu)First permits issued for remunerated activities by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resocc)First permits issued for other reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resoth)     Residence Permits issued with the occasion of changing the immigration status or reason to stayChange of immigration status permits by reason and citizenship (migr_reschange)               Residence permits valid in the end of the yearAll valid permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvalid)Long-term residents by citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslong)     Share of long term residence permitsLong-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%) (migr_resshare) II. Residence permits statistics by age (5-year age groups) and sex collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2010 reference year.First permits by reason, age, sex and citizenship (migr_resfas)  All valid permits by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvas)               Long-term residents by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslas) III. EU Blue Cards data collection based on Article 20 of the Directive 2009/50/EC. These statistics are avilable from 2012 reference year2.EU Blue Cards by type of decision, occupation and citizenship (migr_resbc1)       Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders by type of decision and citizenship (migr_resbc2)EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residence (migr_resbc3) IV. Single Permit data collection based on Art 15 Directive 2011/98/EU. These statistics are avilable from 2013 reference year.Single Permits issued by type of decision, length of validity (migr_ressing)  V. Pilot data collections collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2016 reference year and the data quality assesment is ongoing.Long-term residence permits issued during the year (migr_resltr)First permits issued for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps1)Permits valid at the end of the year for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps2) VI. New statistics on Intra-Corporate Transfers and Seasonal Workers New data collections with 2017 first reference period are in the preparetion phase to be released in 2018: Intra-Corporate Transfers data collection under Art 24 of Directive 2014/66/EU and Seasonal Workers data collection under Art 26 Directive 2014/36/EU.   Share of long-tem residence permits The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories.   Data consistency between tables The data providers should use the same methodological specifications provided by Eurostat and some tables from Resper statistics should be consistent between them according to this methodology.  However, consistency issues between tables exist due to some technical limitations (e.g. different data sources) or different methodology applied to each table (see the quality information from below or the national metadata files) or different point in time of producing each tables.   1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions. 2 The EU Blue cards issued during the year are collected in two datasets: 1. in the table migr_resocc countig the EU Blue Cards issued as "first permits" and 2. in the EU Blue Cards counting all EU Blue Cards issued. The diference between these two categories is represented by the EU Blue cards that are not first permits. However these two tables might be updated/revised at a different point in time and the consistency between tables might be affected.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • mars 2023
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 avril, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This database contains capture production statistics by country or territory, species item, and FAO Major Fishing Area.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Fisheries R&D expenditures dataset contains the budgetary expenditures in research and development on total budgetary FSE. Three variables are presented in this dataset:  • R&D expenditures - they are budgetary expenditures that finance research and development activities related to fisheries, irrespective of the institution (private or public, ministry, university, research centre or fisher group) or where they take place, the nature of research (scientific, institutional, etc.), or its purpose. The focus is on research and development expenditures on applied research related to the fisheries sector. Social-sciences research related to fisheries is included. It is also included data dissemination when associated primarily with research and development (knowledge generation), e.g. reports from research and databases developed as an adjunct to research. •FISHERIES SUPPORT ESTIMATE - Budgetary - it is the annual monetary value of gross transfers from taxpayers to fishers arising from policy measures that support fisheries, regardless of their nature, objectives or impacts. Data on FSE are collected by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) on an annual basis from all its participating countries. Data are provided by Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. The original financial data is collected in national currency at current values; they are converted and published also in US dollars, for analytical purposes and to allow data comparisons. • Share of R&D expenditures on FSE - it is the share of budgetary research and development expenditures on total budgetary FSE. Please notice that total budgetary FSE is defined ‘net’, i.e. it is adjusted for costs incurred by fishers in order to receive the support. Whenever these costs are of significant amount, total budgetary FSE becomes remarkably low or negative. The corresponding share of research and development expenditures turns into a percentage exceptionally high or negative.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Fisheries Support Estimates (FSE) database is intended to be the best source of information on fisheries policies in OECD members and participating non-OECD economies.   It is designed to monitor and quantify developments in fisheries policy, to establish a common basis for policy dialogue among countries, and to provide economic data to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of policies.   These tables report country programmes data aggregated according to the main categories presented in the FSE Manual.   More detailed documentation on country programmes can be found in country-level metadata; more data on country programmes can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format - link provided below). Statistics are organized in pivot tables to make possible cross-country comparisons and to filter disaggregated policy-level data by policy implementation criteria and country.   The FSE data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies.   Data on landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Statistics Indonesia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains indicators related to Fishery for provincial level.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Fisheries fleet: The FAO has a two dimensional definition, of which the OECD only uses the concept of fishing vessel. Fishery Fleet: The term "fishery fleet" or "fishery vessels" refers to mobile floating objects of any kind and size, operating in freshwater, brackishwater and marine waters which are used for catching, harvesting, searching, transporting, landing, preserving and/or processing fish, shellfish and other aquatic organisms, residues and plants. Fishing vessel: The term "fishing vessel" is used instead when the vessel is engaged only in catching operations. Gross Register Tonnage: The Gross Register Tonnage represents the total measured cubic content of the permanently enclosed spaces of a vessel, with some allowances or deductions for exempt spaces such as living quarters (1 gross register ton = 100 cubic feet = 2.83 cubic metres).
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data are on the total number, tonnage and power of fishing vessels broken down by tonnage classes, power classes, length classes, age classes.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data are on the total number, tonnage and power of fishing vessels broken down by tonnage, length, age and power classes, and by gear categories.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total number of fishing vessels of EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. In general the data refer to the situation of the national fleets on 31 December of the reference year. EU data are extracted from the Community Fishing Fleet Register managed by the Directorate-General for Fisheries and Maritime Affairs, with the data for Iceland and Norway being supplied directly by the national authorities.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total tonnage of the fishing fleets of EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. The period covered by this table is that of the transition of measuring the tonnage in Gross Registered Tonnage (GRT) to that in Gross Tonnage (GT). This change which has taken place at different speeds within the national administrations gives rise to the possibility of non-comparability of data over time and, particularly for the earlier period, of non-comparability between countries.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le flux sortant de ressortissants nationaux pour l'emploi fait référence au nombre de citoyens légaux d'un pays donné qui ont changé leur pays de résidence habituelle pour un pays autre que celui-là pendant la période de référence pour des raisons liées à l'emploi. Les données ventilées par activité économique sont présentées conformément à la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible. Les données peuvent avoir été reclassées à partir de classifications nationales, qui peuvent ne pas être strictement comparables à la CITI. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données Statistiques sur la migration internationale de main-d'oeuvre (ILMS)).
    • novembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le flux sortant de ressortissants nationaux pour l'emploi fait référence au nombre de citoyens légaux d'un pays donné qui ont changé leur pays de résidence habituelle pour un pays autre que celui-là pendant la période de référence pour des raisons liées à l'emploi. Les données se présentent par sexe et niveau d'éducation. Le niveau d'éducation correspond au plus haut niveau de scolarité complété, selon la version la plus récente de la Classification internationale type de l'éducation (CITE 2011). Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à notre page sur les concepts et définitions.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le flux sortant de ressortissants nationaux pour l'emploi fait référence au nombre de citoyens légaux d'un pays donné qui ont changé leur pays de résidence habituelle pour un pays autre que celui-là pendant la période de référence pour des raisons liées à l'emploi. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données Statistiques sur la migration internationale de main-d'oeuvre (ILMS)).
    • novembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le flux sortant de ressortissants nationaux pour l'emploi fait référence au nombre de citoyens légaux d'un pays donné qui ont changé leur pays de résidence habituelle pour un pays autre que celui-là pendant la période de référence pour des raisons liées à l'emploi. Les données se présentent par sexe et profession, selon la version la plus récente de la Classification Internationale Type des Professions (CITP-08). Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à notre page sur les concepts et définitions.
    • février 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le flux sortant de ressortissants nationaux fait référence au nombre de citoyens légaux d'un pays donné qui ont changé leur pays de résidence habituelle pour un pays autre que celui-là pendant la période de référence. Le pays de résidence habituelle d'une personne est le pays dans lequel la personne a un endroit où elle passe normalement son temps quotidien de repos. Les voyages temporaires à l'étranger pour loisirs, vacances, affaires, traitement médical ou pélerinage religieux n'impliquent pas de changement dans le pays de résidence habituelle. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données Statistiques sur la migration internationale de main-d'oeuvre (ILMS)).
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Food Balance Sheet presents a comprehensive picture of the pattern of a country's food supply during a specified reference period. The food balance sheet shows for each food item - i.e. each primary commodity and a number of processed commodities potentially available for human consumption - the sources of supply and its utilization. The total quantity of foodstuffs produced in a country added to the total quantity imported and adjusted to any change in stocks that may have occurred since the beginning of the reference period gives the supply available during that period. On the utilization side a distinction is made between the quantities exported, fed to livestock, used for seed, put to manufacture for food use and non-food uses, losses during storage and transportation, and food supplies available for human consumption. The per caput supply of each such food item available for human consumption is then obtained by dividing the respective quantity by the related data on the population actually partaking of it. Data on per caput food supplies are expressed in terms of quantity and - by applying appropriate food composition factors for all primary and processed products - also in terms of caloric value and protein and fat content.
    • juillet 2021
      Source : U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Téléchargé par : Dinesh Kumar Gouducheruvu
      Accès le : 06 août, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Food Security Measures for IFSA Countries, 2021 and 2031
    • mars 2024
      Source : Innovation and Science Australia, Department of Industry
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Resources and Energy Quarterly (REQ) contains the Office of the Chief Economist’s forecasts for the value, volume, and price of Australia’s major resources and energy commodity exports.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • septembre 2023
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Jonathan Kilach
      Accès le : 10 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains information on foreign direct investment (FDI) inward and outward flows and stock, expressed in millions of dollars. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is an investment made by a resident enterprise in one economy (direct investor or parent enterprise) with the objective of establishing a lasting interest in an enterprise that is resident in another economy (direct investment enterprise or foreign affiliate). The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. The ownership of 10% or more of the voting power of a direct investment enterprise by a direct investor is evidence of such a relationship. FDI flows comprise mainly three components:acquisition or disposal of equity capital. FDI includes the initial equity transaction that meets the 10% threshold and all subsequent financial transactions and positions between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise;reinvestment of earnings which are not distributed as dividends;inter-company debt.   FDI flows are transactions recorded during the reference period (typically year or quarter). FDI stocks are the accumulated value held at the end of the reference period (typically year or quarter). In 2014, many countries implemented the new guidelines for the compilation of FDI data based on the Sixth edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual (BPM6) and the Fourth edition of OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment (BD4). One of the major changes introduced in BPM6 and BD4 is the presentation of FDI statistics on an asset/liability basis instead of the directional principle (as recommended by the previous editions of these guidelines). On an asset/liability basis, direct investment statistics are organized according to whether the investment relates to an asset or a liability for the reporting country. Under the directional principle, the direct investment statistics are organized according to the direction of the investment for the reporting country - either inward or outward. The two presentations differ in their treatment of reverse investment (reverse investment is when an affiliate provides loans to its parent). Under the directional presentation, reverse investment is subtracted to derive the total outward or inward investment of the reporting economy. Therefore, FDI statistics on an asset/liability basis tends to be higher than those under the directional principle, but such is not always the case. While the presentation on an asset/liability basis is appropriate for macroeconomic analysis (i.e. the impact on the balance of payments), the presentation on directional principle is more appropriate to assist policymakers and government officials to formulate investment policies. This is because the presentation of the FDI data on directional basis reflects the direction of influence by the foreign direct investor underlying the direct investment: inward or outward direct investment. FDI data in this table are on directional principle, unless otherwise indicated.
    • avril 2022
      Source : World Trade Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 avril, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      WTO-UNCTAD-ITC Annual trade in services dataset
    • mai 2023
      Source : Bahrain Open Data Portal
      Téléchargé par : manish pandey
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The dataset provided by the iGA via http://www.data.gov.bh and terms of use available at http://www.data.gov.bh/en/TermsOfUse . To the full extent permitted by law the iGA is not liable for any damage or loss of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the use of the datasets or any derived analyzes or application
    • mars 2023
      Source : Statistics Sweden
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      country of birthKosovo: 2008-03-04, Sweden declared Kosovos independence.country of birthData for countries with fewer than 100 persons in total are reported in the country group other countries of birth.Population for all countries of birth is reported in this table: Population by country of birth, age and sex.years since last immigrationYears since last immigration to Sweden is based on registered year of immigration. 0 years means that immigration to Sweden took place during the reference year, 1 year means that immigration took place the year before the reference year, etc.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Number of persons born abroad, (according to present time borders), whether in other EU Member States or non-EU countries, who are usually resident in the reporting country on 1 January of the respective year.
    • mai 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 mai, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The database contains data on the production and trade in roundwood and primary wood and paper products for all countries and territories in the world. The main types of primary forest products included in are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. These products are detailed further. The definitions are available. The database contains details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals (production) by type of wood and assortment - Production and trade in roundwood, woodfuel and other basic products - Industrial roundwood by assortment and species - Sawnwood, panels and other primary products - Pulp and paper & paperboard. More detailed information on wood products, including definitions, can be found at http://www.fao.org/forestry/statistics/80572/en/
    • avril 2024
      Source : bp
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2024
      Source : Fund for Peace
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Fragile States Index - https://fragilestatesindex.org/ The FSI focuses on the indicators of risk and is based on thousands of articles and reports that are processed by our CAST Software from electronically available sources. Measures of fragility, like Demographic Pressures,Refugees and IDPs and etc., have been scaled on 0 to 10 where 10 is highest fragility and 0 no fragility.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Freedom House
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Freedom on the Net measures the subtle and not-so-subtle ways that governments and non-state actors around the world restrict our intrinsic rights online. Freedom on the Net scores are based on a scale of 0 to 100 with 100 representing the best level of freedom on the net progress and 0 the worst. The Research and Scoring ProcessObstacles to Access (0-25 points) details infrastructural and economic barriers to access, legal and ownership control over internet service providers , and independence of regulatory bodiesLimits on Content (0-35 points)analyzes legal regulations on content, technical filtering and blocking of websites, self-censorship, the vibrancy and diversity of online news media, and the use of digital tools for civic mobilization.Violations of User Rights (0-40 points) tackles surveillance, privacy, and repercussions for online speech and activities, such as imprisonment, extralegal harassment, or cyber attacks.Total Score (100-70 = Free, 69-40 = Partly Free, and 39-0 = Not Free) Note: 1)The 2017 ratings reflect the period of June 1, 2016 through May 31, 2017 2)The 2016 ratings reflect the period of June 1, 2015 through May 31, 2016. 3)The 2015 ratings reflect the period January 1 through December 31, 2014.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table includes the areas of all brassicas, leafy and stalked vegetables, vegetables cultivated for fruit, root, tuber and bulb vegetables, fresh pulses, other vegetables harvested fresh (not dry), including melons, and strawberries grown on arable land outdoor in rotation with other agricultural or horticultural crops and under glass or high accessible cover. This indicator uses the concepts of "harvested area". The "harvested area" corresponds to the total sown area for the production of a specific crop during the same year (i.e. the sum of the areas sown and harvested more than once in the same year) excluding the non-harvested area. For instance, radishes have a cropping time of between 4 and 6 weeks. If 1 ha is sown and harvested four times, within the same year, and all the sown area is harvested except the last one, where only 80% of the field is harvested, then the harvested area will be 3,8 hectares (4 hectares minus non harvested area 0,2 hectares).
    • août 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 août, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Water removed from any freshwater source, either permanently or temporarily. Mine water and drainage water as well as water abstractions from precipitation are included, whereas water used for hydroelectricity generation (in situ use) is excluded.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Total groundwater and surface water abstraction per capita.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Freshwater abstractions:   This dataset shows water abstractions by source (surface and ground water) and by major uses. Water abstractions refer to water taken from ground or surface water sources and conveyed to the place of use. If the water is returned to a surface water source, abstraction of the same water by the downstream user is counted again in compiling total abstractions.   When interpreting those data, it should be borne in mind that the definitions and estimation methods employed by member countries may vary considerably.   Data source(s): Joint OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on Inland Waters. Data for non-OECD countries is sourced from UNSD (https://unstats.un.org/unsd/envstats/country_files)  
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Future of Business Survey is an original source of information on small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). Launched in February 2016, the survey is a partnership between Facebook, OECD, and the World Bank. It provides timely information on business owners’ assessment of the current state and future outlook of their business, job creation perspectives, main business challenges and participation in international trade. Several data breakdowns are available, in particular by size of the enterprise, age, sector, trading status and gender of owners or managers.
  • G
    • mars 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains statistics on Consumer Price Indices - all items, for G20 countries and for the G20 as a whole.  The G20 area consists of the following economies: Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Korea, Mexico, the Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Türkiye, the United Kingdom, the United States, the African Union and the European Union. 
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      En matière de statistiques sur les salaires, le concept de gains s'entend de la rémunération en espèces et en nature versée aux salariés, en règle générale à intervalles réguliers, au titre des heures de travail effectuées ou du travail accompli, ainsi que de la rémunération afférente aux heures non effectuées, par exemple pour le congé annuel, d'autres congés payés ou les jours fériés. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à notre page sur les concepts et définitions.
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les gains des salariés représentent la rémunération en espèces et en nature versée aux salariés, en règle générale à intervalles réguliers, au titre des heures de travail effectuées ou du travail accompli, ainsi que la rémunération afférente aux heures non effectuées, par exemple pour le congé annuel, d>autres congés payés ou les jours fériés. Les gains ne comprennent pas les contributions que les employeurs versent pour leurs salariés aux régimes de sécurité sociale et de pension, non plus que les prestations reçues par les salariés dans le cadre de ces régimes. Sont également exclues les indemnités de licenciement et de cessation de service. Les statistiques sur les gains font référence aux gains bruts, c>est-à-dire, avant toute déduction de la part de l>employeur. Il s>agit d>une série harmonisée : (1) lorsque les données collectées font référence aux gains hebdomadaires ou annuels, ceux-ci sont convertis en gains mensuels en monnaie locale grâce aux données sur le temps du travail (lorsqu>elles sont disponibles); et (2) les données sont toutes exprimées en dollars américains en tant que monnaie commune, en utilisant le taux de change avec le dollar US ou les taux de parité de pouvoir d>achat (PPA) de 2017 pour les dépenses de consommation privée. Cette dernière série permet de réaliser des comparaisons internationales en tenant compte des différences relatives de prix entre pays. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à notre page sur les concepts et définitions.
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les gains des salariés représentent la rémunération en espèces et en nature versée aux salariés, en règle générale à intervalles réguliers, au titre des heures de travail effectuées ou du travail accompli, ainsi que la rémunération afférente aux heures non effectuées, par exemple pour le congé annuel, d>autres congés payés ou les jours fériés. Les gains ne comprennent pas les contributions que les employeurs versent pour leurs salariés aux régimes de sécurité sociale et de pension, non plus que les prestations reçues par les salariés dans le cadre de ces régimes. Sont également exclues les indemnités de licenciement et de cessation de service. Il s>agit d>une série harmonisée : (1) lorsque les données collectées font référence aux gains hebdomadaires, mensuels ou annuels, ceux-ci sont convertis en gains par heure grâce aux données sur le temps du travail (lorsqu>elles sont disponibles) ; et (2) les données sont toutes exprimées en dollars américains en tant que monnaie commune, en utilisant le taux de change avec le dollar US ou les taux de parité de pouvoir d>achat (PPA) de 2017 pour les dépenses de consommation privée. Cette dernière série permet de réaliser des comparaisons internationales en tenant compte des différences relatives de prix entre pays. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à notre page sur les concepts et définitions.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly natural gas prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands.  The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation: prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT   OLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Natural gas prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st   July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include gas basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above under new methodology): For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later).For further details see : Data on energy prices are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for gas prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis Gas prices are presented at national level for the Members of the European Union (except Cyprus and Malta for industrial end users, expect Cyprus (is not providing data for households), Malta and Finland, EFTA-country Liechtenstein, Candidate countries (except The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania for households and except Albania for industrial end-users), Potential candidate country Kosovo (under UNSCR 1244/1999). 
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly natural gas prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands.  The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation: prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT   OLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Natural gas prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st   July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include gas basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above under new methodology): For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later).For further details see : Data on energy prices are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for gas prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis Gas prices are presented at national level for the Members of the European Union (except Cyprus and Malta for industrial end users, expect Cyprus (is not providing data for households), Malta and Finland, EFTA-country Liechtenstein, Candidate countries (except The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania for households and except Albania for industrial end-users), Potential candidate country Kosovo (under UNSCR 1244/1999). 
    • mars 2019
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Global Burden of Disease Collaborative Network. Global Burden of Disease Study 2017 (GBD 2017) Health-related Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) Indicators 1990-2030. Seattle, United States: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), 2018.   The Global Burden of Disease Study 2017 (GBD 2017), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors from 1990 to 2017. The United Nations established, in September 2015, the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), which specify 17 universal goals, 169 targets, and 232 indicators leading up to 2030. Drawing from GBD 2017, this dataset provides estimates on progress for 41 health-related SDG indicators for 195 countries and territories from 1990 to 2017, and projections, based on past trends, for 2018 to 2030. Estimates are also included for the health-related SDG index, a summary measure of overall performance across the health-related SDGs.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income) The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income)namq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes.
    • février 2024
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset provides information on gross domestic product (GDP), total and per capita at current and constant (2010) prices also it contains annual average growth rates of gross domestic product (GDP), total and per capita, in per cent. The total GDP is expressed in millions of dollars, while GDP per capita is expressed in dollars.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data from 1st of December 2019. For most recent GDP data, consult dataset nama_10_gdp. Gross domestic product (GDP) is a measure for the economic activity. It is defined as the value of all goods and services produced less the value of any goods or services used in their creation. The volume index of GDP per capita in Purchasing Power Standards (PPS) is expressed in relation to the European Union average set to equal 100. If the index of a country is higher than 100, this country's level of GDP per head is higher than the EU average and vice versa. Basic figures are expressed in PPS, i.e. a common currency that eliminates the differences in price levels between countries allowing meaningful volume comparisons of GDP between countries. Please note that the index, calculated from PPS figures and expressed with respect to EU27_2020 = 100, is intended for cross-country comparisons rather than for temporal comparisons."
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • juin 2022
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 janvier, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Gender Statistics Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/gender-statistics License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The GID-DB is a database providing researchers and policymakers with key data on gender-based discrimination in social institutions. This data helps analyse women’s empowerment and understand gender gaps in other key areas of development.Covering 180 countries and territories, the GID-DB contains comprehensive information on legal, cultural and traditional practices that discriminate against women and girls.
    • juin 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Public deficit/surplus is defined in the Maastricht Treaty as general government net borrowing/lending according to the European System of Accounts. The general government sector comprises central government, state government, local government, and social security funds. The relevant definitions are provided in Council Regulation 479/2009, as amended.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Public deficit/surplus is defined in the Maastricht Treaty as general government net borrowing/lending according to the European System of Accounts. The general government sector comprises central government, state government, local government, and social security funds. The relevant definitions are provided in Council Regulation 479/2009, as amended.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The general government deficit/surplus is defined in the Maastricht Treaty as general government net lending (+)/net borrowing (-) according to the European System of Accounts. The general government sector comprises central government, state government, local government, and social security funds. The relevant definitions are provided in Council Regulation 479/2009, as amended.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      These indicators present total expenditure of general government devoted to three different socio-economic functions (according to the Classification of the Functions of Government - COFOG), expressed as a ratio to GDP. The COFOG divisions covered are 'health', 'education' and 'social protection'.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      General government gross fixed capital formation (ESA 2010 code P.51g) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of government producer or units. Fixed assets are produced assets used in production for more than one year.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union defines this indicator as the ratio of government debt outstanding at the end of the year to gross domestic product at current market prices. For this calculation, government debt is defined as the total consolidated gross debt at nominal value in the following categories of government liabilities (as defined in ESA 2010): currency and deposits (AF.2), debt securities (AF.3) and loans (AF.4). The general government sector comprises the subsectors of central government, state government, local government and social security funds. For further methodological guidance and interpretation, please refer to the Eurostat Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Total government gross debt in million EUR is shown as well.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator is defined (in the Maastricht Treaty) as consolidated general government gross debt at nominal (face) value, outstanding at the end of the year in the following categories of government liabilities (as defined in ESA 2010): currency and deposits, debt securities and loans. The general government sector comprises the subsectors: central government, state government, local government and social security funds.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data correspond to quarterly government debt. Public debt is defined in the Maastricht Treaty as consolidated general government gross debt at nominal (face) value, outstanding at the end of the year. Data for the general government sector are consolidated between subsectors at the national level. Data are non-seasonally adjusted.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      For the purpose of the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP) in the Economic and monetary union (EMU), as well as for the Growth and Stability Pact, the current Protocol 12, annexed to the 2012 consolidated version of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, provides a complete definition of government debt: debt means total gross debt at nominal value outstanding at the end of the year and consolidated between and within the sectors of general government. This definition is supplemented by Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009, as amended by the Commission Regulation (EU) No 220/2014 (which has only updated references to ESA 2010 instruments) specifying the components of government debt with reference to the definitions of financial liabilities in ESA 2010. In this context, the stock of government debt in the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP debt) is equal to the sum of liabilities, at the end of year, of all units classified within the general government sector (S.13) in the following categories: AF.2 (currency and deposits) + AF.3 (debt securities) + AF.4 (loans). Basic data are expressed in national currency, converted into euro using end-year exchange rates for the euro provided by the European Central Bank (ECB). The MIP headline indicator is calculated as: [GGDt/GDPt]*100. The indicative threshold is 60% of GDP. The data are expressed in millions of units of national currency and in % of GDP.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The quarterly government debt data are conceptually consistent with the corresponding annual data compiled on a national accounts (EDP and ESA 2010) basis. For the purpose of the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP) in the Economic and monetary union (EMU), as well as for the Growth and Stability Pact, the current Protocol 12, annexed to the 2012 consolidated version of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, provides a complete definition of government debt: debt means total gross debt at nominal value outstanding at the end of the year and consolidated between and within the sectors of general government. This definition is supplemented by Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009, as amended by the Commission Regulation (EU) No 220/2014 (which has only updated references to ESA 2010 instruments) specifying the components of government debt with reference to the definitions of financial liabilities in ESA 2010. The data are expressed in million units of national currency and in % of GDP. Data are non-seasonally adjusted. The differences between the annual and quarterly debt figures may arise as a result of different timetables in the transmission on revised data. Annual EDP data notified by Member States in April and October are the subject of a thorough verification by Eurostat, which can lead to a revision of past quarterly data.
    • février 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      General government gross fixed capital formation (ESA 2010 code P.51g) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of government producer or units. Fixed assets are produced assets used in production for more than one year.
    • février 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      General government output (ESA 2010 code P.1) consists of the products created by general government institutional units (i.e. units within the subsectors central government, state government, local government or social security funds). ESA 2010 category P.1 includes three types of output: market output, output for own final use and non-market output.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator measures the general government total expenditure on law courts according to the classification of the functions of government (COFOG). This includes expenditure on administration, operation or support of civil and criminal law courts and the judicial system, including enforcement of fines and legal settlements imposed by the courts and operation of parole and probation systems; legal representation and advice on behalf of government or on behalf of others provided by government in cash or in services. Law courts include administrative tribunals, ombudsmen and the like, and exclude prison administrations. In computing the per capita indicator, the average National Accounts (NA) population data of the reference year is used as denominator (calculated as the arithmetic mean of the population on 1st January of two consecutive years).
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This part contains general information on number of insurance companies and employees within the sector.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment, sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment, sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: ECDC will cease to update this dataset on 1 December 2023. Note:Data cited at European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control, an agency of the European Union: https://www.ecdc.europa.eu/en/publications-data/download-todays-data-geographic-distribution-covid-19-cases-worldwideThe population data in the databases are from the World Bank.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Gini coefficient is defined as the relationship of cumulative shares of the population arranged according to the level of equivalised disposable income, to the cumulative share of the equivalised total disposable income received by them.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2023
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mai, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This database contains statistics on production volume and value by species, country or area, fishing area and culture environment
    • décembre 2020
      Source : World Economic Forum
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 décembre, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: The World Economic Forum https://www.weforum.org/ Topic: The Global Competitiveness Report Publication URL: https://www.weforum.org/reports/the-global-competitiveness-report-2020 License: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode
    • avril 2024
      Source : DHL
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      DHL Global Connectedness Report, released in partnership with New York University’s Stern School of Business, unveils a remarkable finding: Globalization reached a record high in 2022 and has remained near that level in 2023
    • juillet 2023
      Source : International Telecommunication Union
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Cybersecurity Index (GCI) was first launched in 2015 by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) to measure the commitment of 193 ITU Member States and the State of Palestine1 to cybersecurity to help them identify areas of improvement and encourage countries to take action, through raising awareness on the state of cybersecurity worldwide. As cybersecurity risks, priorities, and resources evolve, the GCI has also adapted to give a more accurate snapshot of cybersecurity measures taken by countries. This report aims to better understand countries’ commitments to cybersecurity, identify gaps, encourage the incorporation of good practices, and provide useful insights for countries to improve their cybersecurity postures.     Update on this version: Unlike previous iterations, which have a scale of 0 to 1, this iteration of the GCI is on a scale of 0 to 100, with each pillar weighted at 20 points. As a composite weighted index, each indicator, sub-indicator, and micro-indicator are assigned a weight given the relative importance to the indicator group. Weightage can have a significant impact on final scores, and different techniques will produce different rankings.
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Debt Database (GDD) is the result of a multiyear investigative process that started with the October 2016 Fiscal Monitor. The dataset includes total gross debt of the (private and public) non financial sector for an unbalanced panel of 190 advanced economies, emerging market economies and low-income countries, dating back to 1950. For more details on the methodology and definitions, please refer to Mbaye, Moreno Badia and Chae (2018). 
    • avril 2024
      Source : International Energy Agency
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2019
      Source : Global Entrepreneurship and Development Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 janvier, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global Entrepreneurship Index provides information about global entrepreneurship sub Index ranks and scoring of all countries. It also provides information about certain indicators like attitudes, abilities and aspirations with their ranks and scores
    • mai 2024
      Source : Global Entrepreneurship Monitor
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The GEM Adult Population Survey (APS) measures the level and nature of entrepreneurial activity around the world. It is administered to a representative national sample of at least 2000 respondents. The Global Entrepreneurship Monitor is the world's foremost study of entrepreneurship. Through a vast, centrally coordinated, internationally executed data collection effort, GEM is able to provide high quality information, comprehensive reports and interesting stories, to enhance the understanding of the entrepreneurial phenomenon.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Global Entrepreneurship Monitor
      Téléchargé par : Jonathan Kilach
      Accès le : 11 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at:  GEM National Expert Survey The GEM National Expert Survey (NES) monitors the factors that are believed to have a significant impact on entrepreneurship, known as the Entrepreneurial Framework Conditions (EFCs). It is administered to a minimum of 36 carefully chosen 'experts' in each country. The Global Entrepreneurship Monitor is the world's foremost study of entrepreneurship. Through a vast, centrally coordinated, internationally executed data collection effort, GEM is able to provide high quality information, comprehensive reports and interesting stories, to enhance the understanding of the entrepreneurial phenomenon.
    • avril 2024
      Source : United Nations Statistics Division
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2023
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Research by the Global Burden of Disease Health Financing Collaborator Network produced projected health spending estimates for 2019-2050 for 204 countries and territories. The estimates cover total health spending, health spending disaggregated by source into three domestic financing source categories (government, out-of-pocket, and Prepaid Private), and development assistance for health (DAH). Retrospective health spending estimates for 1995-2018 and key covariates (including GDP per capita, total government spending, total fertility rate, and fraction of the population older than 65 years) were used to forecast GDP and health spending through 2050. Estimates are reported in constant 2020 US dollars, constant 2020 purchasing-power parity-adjusted (PPP) dollars, and as a percent of gross domestic product.
    • mars 2023
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : manish pandey
      Accès le : 08 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Contains global production statistics (capture and aquaculture). This database contains the volume of aquatic species caught by country or area, by species items, by FAO major fishing areas, and year, for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purposes. The harvest from maricultural, aquaculture and other kinds of fish farming is also included
    • juin 2023
      Source : World Economic Forum
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: The World Economic Forum https://www.weforum.org/ Topic: Global Gender Gap Report 2023 Publication URL: https://www.weforum.org/reports/global-gender-gap-report-2023 License: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode   The Global Gender Gap Index annually benchmarks the current state and evolution of gender parity across four key dimensions (Economic Participation and Opportunity, Educational Attainment, Health and Survival, and Political Empowerment). It is the longest-standing index tracking the progress of numerous countries’ efforts towards closing these gaps over time since its inception in 2006. This year, the 17th edition of the Global Gender Gap Index benchmarks gender parity across 146 countries, providing a basis for robust cross country analysis.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Emission Database for Global Atmospheric Research
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Direct greenhouse gases: Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Methane (CH4), Nitrous Oxide (N2O), Hydrofluorocarbons (HFC-23, 32, 125, 134a, 143a, 152a, 227ea, 236fa, 245fa, 365mfc, 43-10-mee), Perfluorocarbons (PFCs: CF4, C2F6, C3F8, c-C4F8, C4F10, C5F12, C6F14, C7F16), Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF6), Nitrogen Trifluoride (NF3) and Sulfuryl Fluoride (SO2F2). Emissions are calculated by individual countries using country-specific information. The countries are organized in different world regions for illustration purposes. Emissions of some small countries are presented together with other countries depending on country definition and availability of activity statistics. Source: European Commission, Joint Research Centre (JRC)/PBL Netherlands Environmental Assessment Agency.
    • avril 2022
      Source : Dual Citizen LLC
      Téléchargé par : Shylesh Naik
      Accès le : 27 décembre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • février 2022
      Source : World Health Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 février, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Citation: Global Health Observatory (GHO) Data: https://www.who.int/gho/en/: World Health Organization; 2019. License: CC BY-NC-SA 3.0 IGO   The GHO data provides access to indicators on priority health topics including mortality and burden of diseases, the Millennium Development Goals (child nutrition, child health, maternal and reproductive health, immunization, HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria, neglected diseases, water and sanitation), non communicable diseases and risk factors, epidemic-prone diseases, health systems, environmental health, violence and injuries, equity among others.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Global Hunger Index
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global Hunger Index, 2023 The 2023 Global Hunger Index shows that since 2015 little progress has been made in reducing hunger. The 2023 GHI score for the world is 18.3, considered moderate. This is less than one point below the world’s 2015 GHI score of 19.1, indicating that progress on reducing hunger has largely stalled. In contrast, between 2000, 2008, and 2015, the world made significant headway against hunger. There has been an increase in the prevalence of undernourishment, one of the indicators used in the calculation of GHI scores, rising from a low of 7.5 percent in 2017 to 9.2 percent in 2022.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : International Telecommunication Union
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: International Telecommunication Union-https://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Pages/stat/default.aspx 
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Global Innovation Index
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Innovation Index 2023 captures the innovation ecosystem performance of 132 economies and tracks the most recent global innovation trends.  The GII 2023 tracks global innovation trends against a background of uncertainty caused by slow economic recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic, high-interest rates, and geopolitical conflict, but with the promise of the Digital Age and Deep Science innovation waves and technological progress.  
    • février 2022
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 mars, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This data set contains information of The insurance industry is a major component of the economy by virtue of the amount of premiums it collects, the scale of its investment and, more fundamentally, the essential social and economic role it plays by covering personal and business risks. This annual report monitors global insurance market trends to support a better understanding of the insurance industry's overall performance and health.The OECD has collected and analysed data on insurance such as the number of insurance companies and employees, insurance premiums and investments by insurance companies dating back to the early 1980s. Over time, the framework of this exercise has expanded and now includes key balance sheet and income statement items for the direct insurance and reinsurance sector.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Knowledge4All
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at:  Knowledge4All, United Nations Development Program & Mohammed Bin Rashid Al Maktoum Knowledge Foundation.
    • mai 2022
      Source : International Group of Liquefied Natural Gas Importers
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      In 2020, global LNG imports reached 356.1 million tons (MT), increasing by 1.4 MT or 0.4% compared with the previous year. Despite the challenges imposed by the pandemic, LNG trade has proven resilient, increasingly diverse and global. Trade continued to grow strongly in the first quarter of 2020 but as demand weakened in the second and third quarters, supply-side adjustments helped balance the market.
    • juin 2018
      Source : Open Knowledge International
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : International Finance and Macroeconomics (IFM) Milken Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Opportunity Index (GOI) answers a pressing need for information that's vital to a thriving global economy like what policies can governments pursue to attract foreign direct investment (FDI), expand their economies, and accelerate job creation, everything multinational companies, other investors, and development agencies need to know before making large-scale, long-term capital commitments.   Methodology The GOI considers economic and financial factors that influence investment activities as well as key business, legal and regulatory policies that governments can modify to support and often drive investments. Overall, it tracks countries’ performance on more than 50 variables aggregated in five categories, each measuring an aspect of a country’s attractiveness for investors: (1) its economic performance; (2) the ability for investors to access financial services; (3) the cost of doing business; (4) the level of support its institutions provide to businesses; and (5) the extent to which its institutions, policies, and legal system facilitate international integration.
    • juin 2022
      Source : Jones Lang LaSalle
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 juillet, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Real Estate Transparency Index covers 100 markets and is based on 186 indicators. These variables are divided into six areas –performance measurement, market fundamentals, governance of listed vehicles, regulatory & legal frameworks, transaction process and environmental sustainability
    • mai 2024
      Source : countryeconomy.com
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global Stock Market Indexes, Daily Update
    • novembre 2023
      Source : INSEAD
      Téléchargé par : Jonathan Kilach
      Accès le : 24 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: INSEAD-https: //knowledge.insead.edu/talent-management/global-talent-competitiveness-index-2932
    • juillet 2022
      Source : KPMG
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juillet, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Text from source:Please note that this content is no longer being updated. The tax rate information on this page was last updated in January 2021 and the below historical tax rate data is available for reference only. For the latest information and insights on Global Tax rates, and what they may mean for your organization, please speak with your local KPMG Tax professional. Thank you.
    • novembre 2021
      Source : World Health Organization
      Téléchargé par : Collins Omwaga
      Accès le : 29 novembre, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global Trends in Prevalence of Tobacco Smoking 2000-2025
    • mars 2017
      Source : International Youth Foundation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Youth Wellbeing Index details the performance and provides comparative analysis of 30 countries in terms of overall youth wellbeing and within six domains. The Index is designed to facilitate both thought and action by elevating youth needs and opportunities and young people’s participation on national and global agendas. It also provides public and private sector decision-makers an easier way to understand the big picture, guide actions and investments, and drive progress over time.   Wellbeing is a multidimensional concept that includes a person’s physical and mental health, educational status, economic position, physical safety, access to freedoms, and ability to participate in civic life, all components have again multiple aspects. It is, in a sense, the abundance or scarcity of opportunities available to an individual. The definition of wellbeing and the indicators selected to create a picture of wellbeing draw upon the body of work measuring quality of life and economic and social progress as well as the discipline of positive youth development, which is a framework that builds on young people’s assets while still addressing their deficits. Scores for countries are on a scale of 0 to 1, and ranks are assigned based on the numeric scores from highest to lowest.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • mars 2023
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2024
      Source : Google Trends
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: Daily data is getting released with a time gap of T-2. For example, 16-March-2020 data is released on 18-March-2020   This dataset gives Google Web Search Trend for search item - "coronavirus" for past 90 days. Interest over time: Numbers represent search interest relative to the highest point on the chart for the given region and time. A value of 100 is the peak popularity for the term. A value of 50 means that the term is half as popular. A score of 0 means there was not enough data for this term.
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      10-year government bond yields are reference rates, based on government bonds with a maturity close to 10 years.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      10-year government bond yields are reference rates, based on government bonds with a maturity close to 10 years.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Government debt is defined as total gross debt at nominal value outstanding at the end of the year and consolidated between and within the sectors of general government. This definition is supplemented by Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009, as amended by the Commission Regulation (EU) No 220/2014 (which has only updated references to ESA 2010 instruments) specifying the components of government debt with reference to the definitions of financial liabilities in ESA 2010. In this context, the stock of government debt in the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP debt) is equal to the sum of liabilities, at the end of year, of all units classified within the general government sector (S.13) in the following categories: AF.2 (currency and deposits) + AF.3 (debt securities) + AF.4 (loans). Basic data are expressed in national currency, converted into euro using end-year exchange rates for the euro provided by the European Central Bank (ECB).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors: Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Government final consumption expenditure (ESA 2010, 3.98) includes two categories of expenditures: the value of goods and services produced by general government itself other than own-account capital formation, and purchases by general government of goods and services produced by market producers that are supplied to households - without any transformation - as social transfers in kind. Values are seasonally adjusted (SA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset provides a comprehensive view of the functions, or socioeconomic objectives, that government aims to achieve through various kinds of expenditure, comprising detailed classifications of general public service, defense, public order and safety, economic affairs, environment protection, housing and community services, health, recreation, culture and religion, education, and social protection services.
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset provides a comprehensive view of government expense, including detailed classifications of compensation of employees, use of goods and services, consumption of fixed capital, interest payable, subsidies payable, grants payable, social benefits, and other expense.
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset provides a comprehensive view of government revenue, including detailed classifications of taxes, social contributions, grants receivable, and other revenue.
    • juillet 2022
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 août, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset provides an overview of government’s cash flows, as summarized in the Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash, for those countries compiling GFS on a noncash basis (for example, an accrual basis) and are also including a cash flow statement.
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset provides a comprehensive view of the integrated balance sheet. In other words, changes between the opening and closing stock positions in assets and liabilities are explained through transactions, holding gains/losses, and other changes in the volume of assets and liabilities. Data on net investment in non-financial assets – a component of total expenditure – on its components and related stock positions are provided.
    • avril 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset provides an overview of government operations and stock positions, as well as several derived balances. The Statement of Government Operations shows revenue and expense, with their main components, the operating balance and net lending/net borrowing, as well as financing. The Balance sheet shows stock positions in assets and liabilities, with their main components, as well as net worth and net financial worth. In addition, data on gross debt and net debt are included.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data on contingent liabilities and potential obligations of government are collected in the context of the Enhanced Economic Governance package (the "six-pack") adopted in 2011. In particular, Council Directive 2011/85 on requirements for budgetary frameworks of the Member States requires the Member States to publish relevant information on contingent liabilities with potentially large impacts on public budgets, including government guarantees, non-performing loans, and liabilities stemming from the operation of public corporations, including the extent thereof. The liabilities are called “contingent” in the sense that they are by nature only potential and not actual liabilities. Non-performing loans could imply a potential loss for government if these loans were not repaid. This new data collection represents a step towards further transparency of public finances in the EU by giving a more comprehensive picture of EU Member States’ financial positions3 It is to be underlined that contingent liabilities are not part of the general government (Maastricht) debt as defined in the Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009 of 25 May 2009 on the application of the Protocol on the excessive deficit procedure annexed to the Treaty establishing the European Community. Eurostat collects and publishes the following indicators: government guarantees, liabilities related to public-private partnerships recorded off-balance sheet of government, liabilities of government controlled entities classified outside general government (public corporations) and non-performing loans. Regarding government controlled entities, it should be mentioned that this refers to  government controlled units, not classified in general government, and which are controlled, directly or indirectly (through other public units), by government. In cases when the government share in a corporation is lower than 50% and government does not have control over an entity, the corporation is not considered as controlled by government. Regarding the control criteria, according to ESA 2010 paragraph 20.18: “Control over an entity is the ability to determine the general policy or programme of that entity (…)”. The criteria to be used for corporations are indicated in ESA 2010 paragraphs 2.38 and further detailed in paragraph 20.309. ESA 2010 paragraph 2.38 specifies that: “General government secures control over a corpo­ration as a result of special legislation, decree or reg­ulation which empowers the government to deter­mine corporate policy. The following indicators are the main factors to consider in deciding whether a corporation is controlled by government:(a) government ownership of the majority of the voting interest; (b) government control of the board or governing body; (c) government control of the appointment and removal of key personnel;(d) government control of key committees in the entity; (e) government possession of a golden share; (f) special regulations; (g) government as a dominant customer; (h) borrowing from government. A single indicator may be sufficient to establish control, but, in other cases, a number of separate indicators may collectively indicate control.”
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Main revenue and expenditure items of the general government sector, notified by national authorities in Table 2 of the ESA2010 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities (National Statistical Institutes)
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator refers to Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data measure government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development, the OECD’s Frascati Manual from 2002. GBAORD data are broken down by socio-economic objectives in accordance to the nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007).
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table includes the productions of all grapes; in particular, for wine, for table use and for raisins. This indicator uses the concept of "harvested production" which corresponds to the production for which harvesting started in year N, even thought harvesting may finish in year N+1. So N is the reference year for data published by Eurostat.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Green Growth database contains selected indicators for monitoring progress towards green growth to support policy making and inform the public at large. The database synthesises data and indicators across a wide range of domains including a range of OECD databases as well as external data sources. The database covers OECD member and accession countries, key partners (including Brazil, China, India, Indonesia and South Africa) and other selected non-OECD countries.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      ANNUAL Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption oby sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Data on annual statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   MONTHLY The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Data on monthly statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex C of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   SHORT-TERM MONTHLY Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Gross claims payments in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (including Non-Profit Institutions Serving Households) is defined as loans (ESA 2010 code: AF4), liabilities divided by gross disposable income (B6G) with the latter being adjusted for the net change in pension entitlements (D8net). Detailed data and methodology on site http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/sectoraccounts.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross national disposable income (ESA 2010, 8.95) is the sum of the gross disposable incomes of the institutional sectors. It is equal to: Gross national income (at market prices) + current transfers receivable by resident units from the rest of the world - current transfers payable to non-resident units from the rest of the world. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • mars 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 mars, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator provided is GERD (Gross domestic expenditure on R&D) as a percentage of GDP. "Research and experimental development (R&D) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications" (Frascati Manual, 2002 edition, § 63 ). (i) More information on national targets can be found here
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table presents the relative shares of the different sources of funds in R&D. More specifically the indicators provided are percentage of GERD (Gross domestic expenditure on R&D) financed respectively by industry, government, the higher education and the private non profit sector. The fifth source of funds shown, which also make the breakdown complete, is GERD financed from abroad. R&D is an activity where there are significant transfers of resources between units, organisations, sectors and countries. The importance of the source of funding has been recognized in one of the Barcelona targets of the Lisbon agenda where it is said that the appropriate split for R&D is 1/3 financed by public funds and 2/3 by private.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator measures gross domestic expenditure on R&D (GERD) as a percentage of the gross domestic product (GDP). "Research and experimental development (R&D) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications" (Frascati Manual, 2002 edition, § 63).
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The research and experimental development (R&D) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications (Frascati Manual, 2002 edition, § 63 ). The GDP used in denominator of the MIP indicator comes from the ESA 2010 transmission programme.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It is defined as the value of all goods and services produced less the value of any goods or services used in their creation. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are presented in million units of national currency.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It is defined as the value of all goods and services produced less the value of any goods or services used in their creation. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are seasonally adjusted and presented in million units of national currency.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator for a nation´s economic situation. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production. Expressing GDP in PPS (purchasing power standards) eliminates differences in price levels between countries, and calculations on a per head basis allows for the comparison of economies significantly different in absolute size.
    • octobre 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 octobre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator for a nation's economic situation. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units (ESA 2010, 8.89). It can be defined in three ways: a production approach, an income approach and an expenditure approach. Values are seasonally adjusted (SA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units (ESA 2010, 8.89). It can be defined in three ways: a production approach, an income approach and an expenditure approach. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates 'q/q-1 (sca)' with respect to the previous quarter and 'q/q-4 (sca)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates 'q/q-4 (nsa)' with respect to the same quarter of the previous year are calculated from raw data.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross fixed capital formation consists of resident producers´ aquisitions, less disposals, of fixed tangible or intangible assets. This covers in particular machinery and equipment, vehicles, dwellings and other buildings.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals, of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of producer or institutional units. GFCF includes acquisition less disposals of, e.g. buildings, structures, machinery and equipment, mineral exploration, computer software, literary or artistic originals and major improvements to land such as the clearance of forests. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. Data are expressed as % of GDP, in million euro and in million units of national currency.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF, ESA 2010, 3.124) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals, of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of producer or institutional units. GFCF includes acquisition less disposals of, e.g. buildings, structures, machinery and equipment, mineral exploration, computer software, literary or artistic originals and major improvements to land such as the clearance of forests. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Seasonally and calendar adjusted data (SCA).
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF, ESA 2010, 3.124) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals, of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of producer or institutional units. GFCF includes acquisition less disposals of, e.g. buildings, structures, machinery and equipment, mineral exploration, computer software, literary or artistic originals and major improvements to land such as the clearance of forests. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Seasonally and calendar adjusted data (SCA).
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU28 average.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF, ESA 2010, 3.124) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals, of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of producer or institutional units. GFCF includes acquisition less disposals of, e.g. buildings, structures, machinery and equipment, mineral exploration, computer software, literary or artistic originals and major improvements to land such as the clearance of forests. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross national income (at market prices) (ESA 2010, 8.94) represents total primary income receivable by resident institutional units: compensation of employees, taxes on production and imports less subsidies, property income (receivable less payable), gross operating surplus and gross mixed income. It is equal to: GDP (Gross Domestic Product) + primary income receivable by resident institutional units from the rest of the world - primary incomes payable to the rest of the world. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      A loan, other than held for trading, is considered as non-performing if satisfies either or both of the following criteria: (a) It is a material loan which is more than 90 days past-due; (b) The debtor is assessed as unlikely to pay its credit obligations in full without realisation of collateral, regardless of the existence of any past-due amount or of the number of days past-due. Non -performing loans include defaulted and impaired loans and follow the harmonised definition of the European Banking Authority (EBA) used for supervisory reporting. The MIP indicator is defined as total gross non-performing loans and advances as % of total gross loans and advances (gross carrying amount), for the reporting sector "domestic banking groups and stand-alone banks, foreign controlled subsidiaries and foreign controlled branches, all institutions". Data on domestically controlled banks are consolidated across borders and sectors at the prudential perimeter of consolidation. Data source: European Central Bank (ECB)
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. This part contains gross operating expenses in the reporting country, with a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • mars 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This is an indicator of profitability that corresponds to the share of gross operating surplus in turnover. The gross operating surplus is the surplus generated by operating activities after the labour factor input has been recompensed. It can be calculated from the value-added at factor cost less the personnel costs. Turnover is the total of all sales (excluding VAT) of goods and services carried out by the enterprise of a given sector during the reference period.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Statistics Indonesia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Indonesia: Gross Regional Domestic Product
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross saving (ESA 2010, 8.96) measures the portion of gross national disposable income that is not used for final consumption expenditure. Gross national saving is the sum of the gross savings of the various institutional sectors. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE A = Agriculture, forestry, fishing. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE B+C+D+E = Mining and quarrying, manufacturing, electricity, gas and water supply, water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE C = Manufacturing. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE F = Construction. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE G+H+I = Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles, transportation and storage, accommodation and food service activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE J = Information and communication. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE K = Financial and insurance activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE L = Real estate activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE M + N = Professional, scientific and technical activities; administrative and support service activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE O+P+Q = Public administration and defence, compulsory social security, education, human health and social work activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE R+S+T+U = Arts, entertainment and recreation, repair of household goods and other services. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is conceptually close to GDP (Gross domestic product), but unlike GDP available in a breakdown by branch of economic activity. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU28 average.
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • août 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • septembre 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Productivity is a key driver of economic growth and changes in living standards. Labour productivity growth implies a higher level of output for unit of labour input (hours worked or persons employed). This can be achieved if more capital is used in production or through improved overall efficiency with which labour and capital are used together, i.e., higher multifactor productivity growth (MFP). Productivity is also a key driver of international competitiveness, e.g. as measured by Unit Labour Costs (ULC).   The OECD Productivity Database aims at providing users with the most comprehensive and the latest productivity estimates. The update cycle is on a rolling basis, i.e. each variable in the dataset is made publicly available as soon as it is updated in the sources databases. However, some time lag may arise which affects individual series and/or countries for two reasons: first, hours worked data from the OECD Employment Outlook are typically updated less frequently than the OECD Annual National Accounts Database; second, source data for capital services are typically available in annual national accounts later than source data for labour productivity and ULCs.   Note to users: The OECD Productivity Database accounts for the methodological changes in national accounts' statistics, such as the implementation of the System of National Accounts 2008 (2008 SNA) and the implementation of the international industrial classification ISIC Rev.4. These changes had an impact on output, labour and capital measurement. For Chile, China, Colombia, India, Japan, Turkey and the Russian Federation the indicators are in line with the System of National Accounts 1993 (1993 SNA); for all other countries, the indicators presented are based on the 2008 SNA
    • juin 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Statistics Norway
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Guest nights, by type of accommodation and country of residenceSvalbard is not defined as a county in the legal sense, but in official statistics Svalbard is treated in the same way as the other counties in Norway.
  • H
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • mai 2024
      Source : Department of Business, Economic Development & Tourism, State of Hawaii
      Téléchargé par : Suraj Kumar
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      OECD Health Data 2017 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.B1:B4
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      A System of Health Accounts 2011 provides an updated and systematic description of the financial flows related to the consumption of health care goods and services. As demands for information increase and more countries implement and institutionalise health accounts according to the system, the data produced are expected to be more comparable, more detailed and more policy relevant. It builds on the original OECD Manual, published in 2000 to create a single global framework for producing health expenditure accounts that can help track resource flows from sources to uses. It is the result of a collaborative effort between the OECD, WHO and the European Commission, and sets out in more detail the boundaries, the definitions and the concepts – responding to health care systems around the globe – from the simplest to the more complicated. The accounting framework is organised around a tri-axial system for the recording of health care expenditure, namely classifications of the functions of health care (ICHA-HC), health care provision (ICHA-HP), and financing schemes (ICHA-HF).
    • décembre 2022
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 décembre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Health Nutrition and Population Statistics database provides key health, nutrition and population statistics gathered from a variety of international and national sources. Themes include global surgery, health financing, HIV/AIDS, immunization, infectious diseases, medical resources and usage, noncommunicable diseases, nutrition, population dynamics, reproductive health, universal health coverage, and water and sanitation.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      OECD Health Data 2016 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows: Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document.  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents annual population data from 1950 to 2050 by sex and five year age groups as well as age-dependency ratios. The data is available for 46 countries. Data from 1950 to 2011 (2012) are historical data while data from 2012 (2013) are projections. In order to estimate the population in coming years, fertility rate, life expectancy and level of immigration have to be estimated. Assumptions underlying the estimations of each of these three elements are usually categorise as low, medium or high within one specific country. Where a range of projections are available, the projection data presented here are based on the "medium variant". Assumptions underlying the projection data shown are described country per country in the metadata table as well as the source of data. There are three sources for the data: national statistical institutes, Eurostat or the United Nations. The population data is presented in 18 five year age groups which refer to the population from 0-4 to 85 and more. The following age groups are also available: less than 15, less than 20, 15 to 64, 20-64, 65 and over. Age-dependency ratios are also presented. Assumptions by country. Data are presented for 46 countries. The 34 OECD member countries, the 6 EU countries not belonging to the OECD, and Brazil, Colombia, India, Indonesia, China, Russia and South Africa.
    • décembre 2022
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      In December 2022, IHME paused its COVID-19 modeling. IHME has developed projections for total and daily deaths, daily infections and testing, hospital resource use, and social distancing due to COVID-19 for a number of countries. Forecasts at the subnational level are included for select countries. The projections for total deaths, daily deaths, and daily infections and testing each include a reference scenario: Current projection, which assumes social distancing mandates are re-imposed for 6 weeks whenever daily deaths reach 8 per million (0.8 per 100k). They also include two additional scenarios: Mandates easing, which reflects continued easing of social distancing mandates, and mandates are not re-imposed; and Universal Masks, which reflects 95% mask usage in public in every location. Hospital resource use forecasts are based on the Current projection scenario. Social distancing forecasts are based on the Mandates easing scenario. These projections are produced with a model that incorporates data on observed COVID-19 deaths, hospitalizations, and cases, information about social distancing and other protective measures, mobility, and other factors. They include uncertainty intervals and are being updated daily with new data. These forecasts were developed in order to provide hospitals, policy makers, and the public with crucial information about how expected need aligns with existing resources, so that cities and countries can best prepare. Dataset contains Observed and Projected data
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Statistics Netherlands
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table presents an overview of the number of guests and their overnight stays in the Netherlands in all hotels, motels, boarding houses, apartments with hotel services, youth accommodation and bed & breakfasts with at least 5 sleeping places. The figures can be broken down by country of residence of the guest, and by star rating. Figures are available for The Netherlands as a whole, and for the city of Amsterdam. The breakdown by star rating is based on the opinion of the accommodation itself. The star rating does not have to be officially registered. The breakdown contains all types of accommodation mentioned above, not just hotels. The '5 stars' category contains 5 star hotels, but also for instance 5 star bed&breakfasts. Break in series: Figures on guests and overnight stays per star rating for the years until 2015, that were published before, were based on offical registrations of the number of stars by the 'Bedrijfschap Horeca en Catering'. This official registration does no longer exist. Therefore, Statistics Netherlands started asking accommodations about their number of stars in its annual survey. For this reason, the figures in this table are not directly comparable with figures published about the years until 2015. Data available from: 2017 Status of the figures: All figures are provisional. Changes as of 9 January 2019: Figures for October 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? Figures of a new month become available within three months after the end of that month, these are provisional figures. The figures for the complete year are revised one month after publication of the December figures, these are revised provisional figures. Two months later definite figures will be published.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Unit of measure usedIndex: Year 2015 = 100 The Hourly Earnings (MEI) dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 35 OECD member countries and for selected non-member economies.  The MEI Earnings dataset provides monthly and quarterly data on employees' earnings series. It includes earnings series in manufacturing and for the private economic sector. Mostly the sources of the data are business surveys covering different economic sectors, but in some cases administrative data are also used. The target series for hourly earnings correspond to seasonally adjusted average total earnings paid per employed person per hour, including overtime pay and regularly recurring cash supplements. Where hourly earnings series are not available, a series could refer to weekly or monthly earnings. In this case, a series for full-time or full-time equivalent employees is preferred to an all employees series.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The house price index captures price changes of all residential properties purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing, independently of their final use and their previous owners. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component is included. The data are expressed as quarterly index (2015=100), annual rate of change and quarterly rate of change.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The House Price Index (HPI) measures inflation in the residential property market. The HPI captures price changes of all kinds of residential property purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component of the residential property is included. These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing mostly within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat. HPI is available for EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. In addition to the individual country series Eurostat produces indices for the euro area and for the EU. The national HPIs are produced by NSIs, while the European aggregates are computed by Eurostat, by aggregating the national indices. The data released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the same quarter of the previous year. House Sales cover the total value of dwellings transactions at national level (both houses and flats) where the purchaser is a household. House Sales indicators complement the data on the HPI in order to offer a more comprehensive picture of the housing market. At this moment Eurostat is publishing the annual index for the value of housing transactions and the annual rate of change.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The House Price Index (HPI) measures inflation in the residential property market. The HPI captures price changes of all kinds of residential property purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component of the residential property is included. These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing mostly within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat. HPI is available for EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. In addition to the individual country series Eurostat produces indices for the euro area and for the EU. The national HPIs are produced by NSIs, while the European aggregates are computed by Eurostat, by aggregating the national indices. The data released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the same quarter of the previous year. House Sales cover the total value of dwellings transactions at national level (both houses and flats) where the purchaser is a household. House Sales indicators complement the data on the HPI in order to offer a more comprehensive picture of the housing market. At this moment Eurostat is publishing the annual index for the value of housing transactions and the annual rate of change.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The House Price Index (HPI) measures price changes of all residential properties purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing, independently of their final use and their previous owners. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component is included.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The deflated house price index (or real house price index) is the ratio between the house price index (HPI) and the national accounts deflator for private final consumption expenditure (households and non-profit institutions serving households (NPISHs) ). This indicator therefore measures inflation in the house market relative to inflation in the final consumption expenditure of households and NPISHs. Eurostat HPI captures price changes of all residential properties purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing, independently of their final use and their previous owners. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component is included. The data are expressed as annual index 2015=100 and as 1 year % change. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the year-on-year growth rate of the deflated house price index, with an indicative threshold of 6%. The scoreboard indicator is calculated using the formula: [((HPIt/DEFLt)–(HPIt-1/DEFLt-1))/(HPIt-1/DEFLt-1)]*100.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The deflated house price index (or real house price index) is the ratio between the house price index (HPI) and the national accounts deflator for private final consumption expenditure (households and non-profit institutions serving households (NPIs) ). This indicator therefore measures inflation in the house market relative to inflation in the final consumption expenditure of households and NPIs. Eurostat HPI captures price changes of all residential properties purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing, independently of their final use and their previous owners. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component is included. The data are expressed as quarterly index (2015=100), annual rate of change and quarterly rate of change.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Final consumption expenditure consists of expenditure incurred by resident institutional units on goods or services that are used for the direct satisfaction of individual needs or wants or the collective needs of members of the community (ESA 2010 3.94). Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Seasonally and calendar adjusted data
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Final consumption expenditure consists of expenditure incurred by resident institutional units on goods or services that are used for the direct satisfaction of individual needs or wants or the collective needs of members of the community (ESA 2010 3.94). Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Seasonally and calendar adjusted data.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The gross investment rate of households (including Non-Profit Institutions Serving Households) is defined as gross fixed capital formation (ESA 2010 code: P51G) divided by gross disposable income (B6G), with the latter being adjusted for the net change in pension entitlements (D8net). Household investment mainly consists of the purchase and renovation of dwellings. Detailed data and methodology on site http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/sectoraccounts.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The gross saving rate of households is defined as gross saving (ESA 2010 code: B8g) divided by gross disposable income (B6g), with the latter being adjusted for the change in the net equity of households in pension funds reserves (D8net). Gross saving is the part of the gross disposable income which is not spent as final consumption expenditure (ESA 2010 8.96). Indicator described is calculated on the basis of quarterly sector accounts data by institutional sectors. Household sector comprises all households, household firms and Non Profit Institutions Serving Households (NPISH) (ESA 2010 codes S14 and S15). Sector accounts are compiled in accordance with European System of Accounts (ESA 2010). Data are expressed in percentage, in non-seasonal adjusted as well as in seasonal and calendar adjusted form.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The gross investment rate of households is defined as gross fixed capital formation (ESA 2010 code: P51g) divided by gross disposable income (B6g), with the latter being adjusted for the change in the net equity of households in pension funds reserves (D8net). Household investment mainly consists of the purchase and renovation of dwellings. Indicator described is calculated on the basis of quarterly sector accounts data by institutional sectors. Household sector comprises all households, household firms and Non Profit Institutions Serving Households (NPISH) (ESA 2010 codes S14 and S15). Sector accounts are compiled in accordance with European System of Accounts (ESA 2010). Data are expressed in percentage, in non-seasonal adjusted as well as in seasonal and calendar adjusted form.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      How’s Life? Well-being is the one-stop shop for the 80+ indicators of the OECD Well-being Dashboard, providing information on current well-being outcomes, well-being inequalities and the resources and risks that underpin future well-being. The 11 dimensions of current well-being relate to material conditions that shape people’s economic options (Income and Wealth, Housing, Work and Job Quality) and quality-of-life factors that encompass how well people are (and how well they feel they are), what they know and can do, and how healthy and safe their places of living are (Health, Knowledge and Skills, Environmental Quality, Subjective Well-being, Safety). Quality of life also encompasses how connected and engaged people are, and how and with whom they spend their time (Work-Life Balance, Social Connections, Civic Engagement). The distribution of current well-being is taken into account by looking at three types of inequality: gaps between population groups (horizontal inequalities); gaps between those at the top and those at the bottom of the achievement scale in each dimension (vertical inequalities); and deprivations (i.e. the share of the population falling below a given threshold of achievement). The systemic resources that underpin future well-being over time are expressed in terms of four types of capital: Economic, Natural, Human and Social.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2024
      Source : United Nations Development Programme
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data Cited at: UNITED NATIONS DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME, Human Development Data Center The Human Development Index (HDI) is a summary measure of achievements in three key dimensions of human development: a long and healthy life, access to knowledge and a decent standard of living. The HDI is the geometric mean of normalized indices for each of the the three dimensions.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Cato Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data Cited at: Cato Institute-https://www.cato.org/human-freedom-index-new Note:- Each indicator is rated on a 0–10 scale, with 10-representing the most freedom.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Human resources in science and technology (HRST) as a share of the active population in the age group 25-64. The data shows the active population in the age group 25-64 that is classified as HRST (i.e. having successfully completed an education at the third level or being employed in science and technology) as a percentage of total active population aged 25-64. HRST are measured mainly using the concepts and definitions laid down in the Canberra Manual, OECD, Paris, 1995.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Human resources in science and technology (HRST) as a share of the active population in the age group 15-74 at the regional NUTS 2 level. The data shows the active population in the age group 15-74 that is classified as HRST (i.e. having successfully completed an education at the third level or being employed in science and technology) as a percentage of total active population aged 15-74. HRST are measured mainly using the concepts and definitions laid down in the Canberra Manual, OECD, Paris, 1995.
  • I
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The objective of these data is to support the growing awareness of policy-makers of the importance of ICT specialists in the economic and social transformations related to digitisation. Eurostat works towards this objective by providing reliable official estimates based on a well-grounded and internationally agreed conceptual framework. A wide range of the EU policy initiatives have demonstrated a need for ICT specialists statistics, with the Agenda for New Skills and Jobs (2010), the Grand Coalition for Digital Jobs (2013) and the EU Skills Panorama (2014) being among the most cited ones. Moreover, the recently updated Digital Single Market strategy accentuates the need for policies aimed at boosting stability in the European labour markets and enhancing the EU competitive position; in this context, monitoring of the ICT specialists' employment gains in importance. ICT specialists' data are constructed using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data production. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. The ICT specialists' indicator and its breakdowns are based on the microdata from the Labour Force Survey (LFS). For this reason, LFS reference metadata needs to be consulted for all questions related to the underlying primary source data (see Related Metadata section). The ICT specialists data is conceptually in accordance with the data collected in the special module on ICT specialists and skills in the survey ICT usage and e-commerce in enterprises (see Related Metadata Section and Annexes for more information), i.e. it operates with the same definition of ICT specialists (see Section 3.4). Representation ICT specialists statistics contains four indicators updated on an annual basis: (1) ICT specialists, total (2) ICT specialists by gender (3) ICT specialists by level of education (4) ICT specialists by age Each indicator is presented in the country/year dimensions and is measured in absolute (1000s) and relative (%) terms. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2004 until the latest year available. Following the release practice of the EU LFS, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(4) are updated yearly from 2004 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made in the source data, the EU LFS.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The objective of these data is to support the growing awareness of policy-makers of the importance of ICT specialists in the economic and social transformations related to digitisation. Eurostat works towards this objective by providing reliable official estimates based on a well-grounded and internationally agreed conceptual framework. A wide range of the EU policy initiatives have demonstrated a need for ICT specialists statistics, with the Agenda for New Skills and Jobs (2010), the Grand Coalition for Digital Jobs (2013) and the EU Skills Panorama (2014) being among the most cited ones. Moreover, the recently updated Digital Single Market strategy accentuates the need for policies aimed at boosting stability in the European labour markets and enhancing the EU competitive position; in this context, monitoring of the ICT specialists' employment gains in importance. ICT specialists' data are constructed using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data production. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. The ICT specialists' indicator and its breakdowns are based on the microdata from the Labour Force Survey (LFS). For this reason, LFS reference metadata needs to be consulted for all questions related to the underlying primary source data (see Related Metadata section). The ICT specialists data is conceptually in accordance with the data collected in the special module on ICT specialists and skills in the survey ICT usage and e-commerce in enterprises (see Related Metadata Section and Annexes for more information), i.e. it operates with the same definition of ICT specialists (see Section 3.4). Representation ICT specialists statistics contains four indicators updated on an annual basis: (1) ICT specialists, total (2) ICT specialists by gender (3) ICT specialists by level of education (4) ICT specialists by age Each indicator is presented in the country/year dimensions and is measured in absolute (1000s) and relative (%) terms. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2004 until the latest year available. Following the release practice of the EU LFS, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(4) are updated yearly from 2004 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made in the source data, the EU LFS.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The objective of these data is to support the growing awareness of policy-makers of the importance of ICT specialists in the economic and social transformations related to digitisation. Eurostat works towards this objective by providing reliable official estimates based on a well-grounded and internationally agreed conceptual framework. A wide range of the EU policy initiatives have demonstrated a need for ICT specialists statistics, with the Agenda for New Skills and Jobs (2010), the Grand Coalition for Digital Jobs (2013) and the EU Skills Panorama (2014) being among the most cited ones. Moreover, the recently updated Digital Single Market strategy accentuates the need for policies aimed at boosting stability in the European labour markets and enhancing the EU competitive position; in this context, monitoring of the ICT specialists' employment gains in importance. ICT specialists' data are constructed using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data production. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. The ICT specialists' indicator and its breakdowns are based on the microdata from the Labour Force Survey (LFS). For this reason, LFS reference metadata needs to be consulted for all questions related to the underlying primary source data (see Related Metadata section). The ICT specialists data is conceptually in accordance with the data collected in the special module on ICT specialists and skills in the survey ICT usage and e-commerce in enterprises (see Related Metadata Section and Annexes for more information), i.e. it operates with the same definition of ICT specialists (see Section 3.4). Representation ICT specialists statistics contains four indicators updated on an annual basis: (1) ICT specialists, total (2) ICT specialists by gender (3) ICT specialists by level of education (4) ICT specialists by age Each indicator is presented in the country/year dimensions and is measured in absolute (1000s) and relative (%) terms. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2004 until the latest year available. Following the release practice of the EU LFS, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(4) are updated yearly from 2004 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made in the source data, the EU LFS.
    • avril 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Fiscal Monitor surveys and analyzes the latest public finance developments, it updates fiscal implications of the crisis and medium-term fiscal projections and assesses policies to put public finances on a sustainable footing. 
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The FAS is the key source of global supply-side data on financial inclusion, encompassing data on access to and usage of financial services by firms and households that can be compared across countries and over time. Contains 180 time series and 65 indicators that are expressed as ratios to GDP, land area, or adult population to facilitate cross-economy comparisons. Provision of FAS data is voluntary.
    • avril 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The baseline forecast is for the world economy to continue growing at 3.2 percent during 2024 and 2025, at the same pace as in 2023. A slight acceleration for advanced economies—where growth is expected to rise from 1.6 percent in 2023 to 1.7 percent in 2024 and 1.8 percent in 2025—will be offset by a modest slowdown in emerging market and developing economies from 4.3 percent in 2023 to 4.2 percent in both 2024 and 2025. The forecast for global growth five years from now—at 3.1 percent—is at its lowest in decades. Global inflation is forecast to decline steadily, from 6.8 percent in 2023 to 5.9 percent in 2024 and 4.5 percent in 2025, with advanced economies returning to their inflation targets sooner than emerging market and developing economies. Core inflation is generally projected to decline more gradually.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Total number of long-term immigrants arriving into the reporting country during the reference year
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:  
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:  
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual collection of provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least 6 months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least 6 months of the reference year on a voluntary basis. DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual collection of provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on a voluntary basis. UNIDEMO Unified demographic The most in-depth annual national and regional data collection on demography and migration, for population, births, deaths, immigrants, emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Article 3 of Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Article 3 of Regulation (EC) No 862/2007).   The aim is to collect annual mandatory and voluntary data from the national statistical institutes. Mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed under ‘6.1. Institutional mandate — legal acts and other agreements’. The quality of the demographic data collected on a voluntary basis depends on the availability and quality of information provided by the national statistical institutes. For more information on mandatory/voluntary data collection, see 6.1. Institutional mandate — legal acts and other agreements. The following data on migrants are collected under unified demographic data collection:  Immigrants by age, sex and:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual collection of provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least 6 months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least 6 months of the reference year on a voluntary basis. DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual collection of provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on a voluntary basis. UNIDEMO Unified demographic The most in-depth annual national and regional data collection on demography and migration, for population, births, deaths, immigrants, emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Article 3 of Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Article 3 of Regulation (EC) No 862/2007).   The aim is to collect annual mandatory and voluntary data from the national statistical institutes. Mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed under ‘6.1. Institutional mandate — legal acts and other agreements’. The quality of the demographic data collected on a voluntary basis depends on the availability and quality of information provided by the national statistical institutes. For more information on mandatory/voluntary data collection, see 6.1. Institutional mandate — legal acts and other agreements. The following data on migrants are collected under unified demographic data collection:  Immigrants by age, sex and:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The annual Eurostat's collections on statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual data collection on provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least six months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least six months of the reference year on voluntary basis DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual data collection on provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on voluntary basis UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants,  emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements".   The migration data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes.   For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on migrants are collected under Unified Demographic data collection:   Immigrants by age, sex and by:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and by:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence 
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:  
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The annual Eurostat's collections on statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation NOWCAST Annual data collection on provisional monthly data on live births and deaths covering at least six months of the reference year (Article 4.3 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional monthly data on migrants covering at least six months of the reference year on voluntary basis DEMOBAL Demographic balance Annual data collection on provisional data on population, total live births and total deaths at national level (Article 4.1 of the Commission implementing regulation (EU) No 205/2014) and provisional data on total migrants at national level on voluntary basis UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants,  emigrants, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements".   The migration data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes.   For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on migrants are collected under Unified Demographic data collection:   Immigrants by age, sex and by:                  a.   country of citizenship                  b.   country of birth                  c.   country of previous residenceImmigrants by country of citizenship and country of birthEmigrants by age, sex and by:                   a.   country of citizenship                   b.   country of birth                   c.   country of next residence 
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows: l
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's annual collections of statistics on international migration flows are structured as follows: l
    • mars 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mars, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities:solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      ANNUAL Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption oby sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Data on annual statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   MONTHLY The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Data on monthly statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex C of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   SHORT-TERM MONTHLY Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      ANNUAL Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption oby sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Data on annual statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   MONTHLY The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Data on monthly statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex C of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   SHORT-TERM MONTHLY Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Tourism can be regarded as a social, cultural and economic phenomenon related to the movement of people outside their usual place of residence.
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Regional accounts are a regional specification of the national accounts and therefore based on the same concepts and definitions as national accounts (see domain nama10). The main specific regional issues are addressed in chapter 13 of ESA2010, but not practically specified. For practical rules and recommendations on sources and methods see the publication "Manual on regional accounts methods": http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-manuals-and-guidelines/-/KS-GQ-13-001 . Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expenditure approach cannot be used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees plus gross operating surplus and mixed income plus taxes on products less subsidies plus consumption of fixed capital. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU Member States average.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Heritage Foundation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Heritage Foundation   Economic freedom is the fundamental right of every human to control his or her own labor and property. In an economically free society, individuals are free to work, produce, consume, and invest in any way they please, with that freedom both protected by the state and unconstrained by the state. In economically free societies, governments allow labor, capital and goods to move freely, and refrain from coercion or constraint of liberty beyond the extent necessary to protect and maintain liberty itself. Economic Freedom Scores: Range and level of freedom 80–100:- Free 70–79.9:- Mostly Free 60–69.9:- Moderately Free 50–59.9:- Mostly Unfree 0–49.9:- Repressed
    • mai 2024
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      La collection primaire d'indicateurs de développement de la Banque mondiale, compilée à partir de sources internationales officiellement reconnues. Il présente les données les plus récentes et les plus précises sur le développement mondial et comprend des estimations nationales, régionales et mondiales.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This indicator covers all individuals aged 16 to 74. Financial investments are excluded.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The basic or above basic overall digital skills represent the two highest levels of the overall digital skills indicator, which is a composite indicator based on selected activities performed by individuals aged 16-74 on the internet in the four specific areas (information, communication, problem solving, content creation). It is assumed that individuals having performed certain activities have the corresponding skills; therefore the indicator can be considered as a proxy of the digital competences and skills of individuals. The indicator is based on the EU survey on the ICT usage in households and by individuals and is available for the years 2015 and 2016 (it will be compiled in 2017 as well).
    • juin 2022
      Source : United Nations Industrial Development Organization
      Téléchargé par : Andrene Gayle
      Accès le : 28 juin, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Please refer the latest version here : https://knoema.com/UNIDOISR2022/industrial-statistics-database-indstat-4-2022-isic-revision-4 The UNIDO Industrial Statistics Database at the 2-digit level of ISIC (INDSTAT2) contains disaggregated data on the manufacturing sector. 
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsin_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsin_q_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:sbs_sc_ind_r2 SBS covers the Nace Rev.2 Section B to N and division S95 which are organized in four annexes, covering Industry (sections B-E), Construction (F), Trade (G) and Services (H, I, J, L, M, N and S95). Financial services are covered in three specific annexes and separate metadata files have been compiled. Up to reference year 2007 data was presented using the NACE Rev.1.1 classification. The SBS coverage was limited to NACE Rev.1.1 Sections C to K. Starting from the reference year 2008 data is available in NACE Rev.2. Double reported data in NACE Rev.1.1 for the reference year 2008 will be available in the first and second quarter of 2011. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables               - labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked)               - goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases)               - capital input (e.g. Material investments) Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4 digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' in NACE Rev 1.1 sections H, I, K have been aggregated. Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available. Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009.  For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by N°1614/2002 and N°1669/2003. SBS data are collected primarily by National Statistical Institutes (NSI). Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provides the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE  Rev 1.1 Section J). 
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data source(s) used The inland fisheries data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. Data on marine landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.   Data are collected in tonnes and national currency at current values. For analytical purposes and data comparisons, value data are converted and published also in US dollars. Exchange rates are average yearly spot rates, taken from the dataset OECD Economic Outlook: Statistics and Projections. Data reported in this dataset are expressed in tonnes, in units of national currency and in US dollars. Data are recorded on a landed weight basis, i.e. the mass (or weight) of a product at the time of landing, regardless of the state in which is landed (i.e. whole, gutted, filleted, meal, etc.). For exceptions, please see the individual notes. Statistical population The statistical population is the set of countries participating in the work of the COFI, i.e. OECD members, excluding landlocked countries, with some exceptions (Czech Republic and Slovakia are included, Israel is not). The group includes also the following partner countries: Argentina, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Indonesia, Lithuania, Peru, Philippines, Thailand and Chinese Taipei. In order to facilitate analysis and comparisons over time, historical data for OECD members have been provided over as long a period as possible, often even before a country became a member of the Organisation. Information on the membership dates of all OECD countries can be found at OECD Ratification Dates. Key statistical concept Inland fisheries include catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic invertebrates (and animals), residues and seaweeds in lakes, rivers, ponds, inland canals and other land-locked water bodies. For the purpose of this questionnaire the boundary between inland and marine areas at the river mouth is left to the discretion of the national authority. Production from aquaculture installations should not be reported on this form. However, catches from fisheries that are managed by stocking should be included. The methodological reference document for fisheries and aquaculture statistics is the CWP Handbook of Fishery Statistics.
    • avril 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 avril, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: fish_aq2a: Aquaculture production at first sale for human consumption (excluding hatcheries and nurseries)  by species, by FAO major area, by cultivation method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight), in Euro and Euro/TLW. fish_aq2b: Production of fish eggs (roe) at first sale for human consumption  by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW.fish_aq3: Input to capture-based aquaculture, i.e. wild seed, by species in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW.fish_aq4a: Production of fertilised eggs at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions.fish_aq4b: Production of juveniles at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions.   According to Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale intended for human consumption. Non-commercial aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded as well as production for industrial, functional or research purposes. Every three years, these data are complemented by fish_aq5 data on the structure of the aquaculture sector by species group, FAO major area, production method, aquatic environment in hectares, 1000 cubic metres or metres. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture. EEA Member States do also provide three annual data on the structure of the aquaculture sector and annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics with details on the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling aquaculture data as well as quality aspects. This information is currently not published.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Breakdown of net premiums written in the reporting country in terms of domestic risks and foreign risks, thus providing an indicator of direct cross-border operations of insurance business.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Covers business written abroad by branches, agencies and subsidiaries established abroad of domestic undertakings and includes all business written outside the country by these entities (in both OECD and non-OECD countries).
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This data deals with premiums written by classes of non-life insurance for the business written in the reporting country.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Geographic coverage OECD countries, Selected African and Asian countries, Selected Latin American countries Institutional coverage The insurance industry is a key component of the economy by virtue of the amount of premiums it collects, the scale of its investment and, more fundamentally, the essential social and economic role it plays in covering personal and business risks. The "OECD Insurance Statistics" publication provides major official insurance statistics for all OECD countries. The reader will find information on the diverse activities of this industry and on international insurance market trends. The data, which are standardised as far as possible, are broken down under numerous sub-headings, and a series of indicators makes the characteristics of the national markets more readily comprehensible. This publication is an essential tool for civil servants, businessmen and academics working in the insurance field. Item coverage This part consists of tables by indicators, which reflect the most significant characteristics of the OECD insurance market. In most cases, the tables contain data of all OECD countries as well as aggregated "OECD", "EU15" (the 15 member countries of the European Union in 1995) and "NAFTA" data from 1983 to 2015, for the following categories: - life insurance, - non-life insurance - and total. The premiums amounts are converted from national currencies into US dollar. Exchange rates used are end-of-period exchanges rates for all variables valued at the end of the year, and period-average for variables representig a flow during the year.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The present data collection consists of the following indicators:Interest rates : Day-to-day money market interest rates, 3-month interest rates, Euro yields and Long term government bond yields - Maastricht definitionEuro/Ecu exchange rates: Exchange rates against the ECU/euroEffective exchange rates indices : Nominal Effective Exchange Rate, Real Effective Exchange Rate Â
    • mai 2024
      Source : Knoema
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2024
      Source : Federal Aviation Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Under the International Aviation Safety Assessment (IASA) program, the FAA determines whether another country's oversight of its air carriers that operate, or seek to operate, into the US, or codeshare with a US air carrier, complies with safety standards established by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO). The IASA program is administered by the FAA Associate Administrator for Aviation Safety (AVS), Flight Standards Service (AFS), International Programs and Policy Division (AFS-50).   The FAA has established two ratings for the status of countries at the time of the assessment: Does comply with ICAO standards, and Does not comply with ICAO standards. They are defined as follows:Category 1, Does Comply with ICAO Standards:  A country's civil aviation authority has been assessed by FAA inspectors and has been found to license and oversee air carriers in accordance with ICAO aviation safety standards.Category 2, Does Not Comply with ICAO Standards:  The Federal Aviation Administration assessed this country's civil aviation authority (CAA) and determined that it does not provide safety oversight of its air carrier operators in accordance with the minimum safety oversight standards established by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO). This rating is applied if one or more of the following deficiencies are identified:the country lacks laws or regulations necessary to support the certification and oversight of air carriers in accordance with minimum international standards;the CAA lacks the technical expertise, resources, and organization to license or oversee air carrier operations;the CAA does not have adequately trained and qualified technical personnel;the CAA does not provide adequate inspector guidance to ensure enforcement of, and compliance with, minimum international standards;  ANDthe CAA has insufficient documentation and records of certification and inadequate continuing oversight and surveillance of air carrier operations. This category consists of two groups of countries.One group are countries that have air carriers with existing operations to the United States at the time of the assessment. While in Category 2 status, carriers from these countries will be permitted to continue operations at current levels under heightened FAA surveillance. Expansion or changes in services to the United States by such carriers are not permitted while in category 2, although new services will be permitted if operated using aircraft wet-leased from a duly authorized and properly supervised U.S. carrier or a foreign air carrier from a category 1 country that is authorized to serve the United States using its own aircraft.The second group are countries that do not have air carriers with existing operations to the United States at the time of the assessment. Carriers from these countries will not be permitted to commence service to the United States while in Category 2 status, although they may conduct services if operated using aircraft wet-leased from a duly authorized and properly supervised US carrier or a foreign air carrier from a Category 1 country that is authorized to serve the United States with its own aircraft. No other difference is made between these two groups of while countries in a category 2 status.   Category 1 and 2 coded as 1 and 0 respectively. Category 1 implies Meets ICAO standards and Category 2 implies Does not meets ICAO standard
    • mars 2024
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: International Debt Statistics Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/international-debt-statistics License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   Focuses on financial flows, trends in external debt, and other major financial indicators for low- and middle-income countries. Includes over 200 time series indicators from 1970 to 2016, for most reporting countries, and pipeline data for scheduled debt service payments on existing commitments to 2024. Note: Total reserves in months of imports=(Total reserves/Total Imports)*12
    • mai 2024
      Source : U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: International Financial Statistics (IFS), The International Monetary Fund. The International Financial Statistics database covers about 200 countries and areas, with some aggregates calculated for selected regions, plus some world totals. Topics covered include balance of payments, commodity prices, exchange rates, fund position, government finance, industrial production, interest rates, international investment position, international liquidity, international transactions, labor statistics, money and banking, national accounts, population, prices, and real effective exchange rates. The International Financial Statistics is based on various IMF data collections. It includes exchange rates series for all Fund member countries plus Anguilla, Aruba, China, PR: Hong Kong, China, PR: Macao, Montserrat, and the Netherlands Antilles. It also includes major Fund accounts series, real effective exchange rates, and other world, area, and country series. Data are available for most IMF member countries with some aggregates calculated for select regions, plus some world totals. National Accounts, Indicators of Economic Activity, Labor Markets, Prices, Government and Public Sector Finance, Financial Indicators, Balance of Payments, International Investment Position, International Reserves, Fund Accounts, External Trade, Exchange Rates, and Population.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2021
      Source : United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 janvier, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The estimates are based on official statistics on the foreign-born or the foreign population, classified by sex, and age. Most of the statistics utilised to estimate the international migrant stock were obtained from population censuses. Additionally, population registers and nationally representative surveys provided information on the number and composition of international migrants. The designations employed and the material in this publication do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of the Secretariat of the United Nations concerning the legal status of any country, territory or area or its authorities, or concerning the delimitation of its frontiers or boundaries. The term “country” as used in this publication also refers, as appropriate, to territories or areas. The names and composition of geographical areas follow those presented in “Standard country or area codes for statistical use” (ST/ESA/STAT/SER.M/49/Rev.3), available at http://unstats.un.org/unsd/methods/m49/m49.htm.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Unit of measure used: Thousands   OECD countries seldom have tools specifically designed to measure the inflows and outflows of the foreign population, and national estimates are generally based either on population registers or residence permit data. This note is aimed at describing more systematically what is measured by each of the sources used.   Flows derived from population registers   Population registers can usually produce inflow and outflow data for both nationals and foreigners. To register, foreigners may have to indicate possession of an appropriate residence and/or work permit valid for at least as long as the minimum registration period. Emigrants are usually identified by a stated intention to leave the country, although the period of (intended) absence is not always specified.   When population registers are used, departures tend to be less well recorded than arrivals. Indeed, the emigrant who plans to return to the host country in the future may be reluctant to inform about his departure to avoid losing rights related to the presence on the register. Registration criteria vary considerably across countries (as the minimum duration of stay for individuals to be defined as immigrants ranges from three months to one year), which poses major problems of international comparison. For example, in some countries, register data cover a portion of temporary migrants, in some cases including asylum seekers when they live in private households (as opposed to reception centres or hostels for immigrants) and international students.   Flows derived from residence and/or work permits   Statistics on permits are generally based on the number of permits issued during a given period and depend on the types of permits used. The so-called “settlement countries” (Australia, Canada, New Zealand and the United States) consider as immigrants persons who have been granted the right of permanent residence. Statistics on temporary immigrants are also published in this database for these countries since the legal duration of their residence is often similar to long-term migration (over a year). In the case of France, the permits covered are those valid for at least one year (excluding students). Data for Italy and Portugal include temporary migrants.   Another characteristic of permit data is that flows of nationals are not recorded. Some flows of foreigners may also not be recorded, either because the type of permit they hold is not tabulated in the statistics or because they are not required to have a permit (freedom of movement agreements). In addition, permit data do not necessarily reflect physical flows or actual lengths of stay since: i) permits may be issued overseas but individuals may decide not to use them, or delay their arrival; ii) permits may be issued to persons who have in fact been resident in the country for some time, the permit indicating a change of status, or a renewal of the same permit.   Permit data may be influenced by the processing capacity of government agencies. In some instances a large backlog of applications may build up and therefore the true demand for permits may only emerge once backlogs are cleared.   Flows estimated from specific surveys   Ireland provides estimates based on the results of Quarterly National Household Surveys and other sources such as permit data and asylum applications. These estimates are revised periodically on the basis of census data. Data for the United Kingdom are based on a survey of passengers entering or exiting the country by plane, train or boat (International Passenger Survey). One of the aims of this survey is to estimate the number and characteristics of migrants. The survey is based on a random sample of approximately one out of every 500 passengers. The figures were revised significantly following the latest census in each of these two countries, which seems to indicate that these estimates do not constitute an “ideal” source either. Australia and New Zealand also conduct passenger surveys which enable them to establish the length of stay on the basis of migrants’ stated intentions when they enter or exit the country.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Property Rights Alliance
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The 2022 IPRI classifies 129 countries, representing 93.91% of the world population and 97.73% of the global GDP. The selection of countries was determined solely by the availability of sufficient data. The results continue to suggest that countries with high scores on the IPRI and its components also show high levels of income and development, indicating the positive relationship between a property rights regime and quality of life. The average score of the IPRI for 2022 is  5.19, where the Legal and Political Environment (LP) was the weakest component with a score of 5.06, followed by the Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) component with a score of 5.24; and quite close, the Physical Property Rights (PPR) was the strongest component with a score of 5.27  For the fourth consecutive year, we found a decrease in the overall score of the IPRI and this year, also for all of its components. Finland leads the IPRI (8.17) as well as its PPR component (8.53), while New Zealand leads the LP (8.76) and the USA the IPR component (8.73). Singapore ranks 2nd in its IPRI score (7.97) followed by Switzerland (7.94) and New Zealand (7.93).  
    • mai 2024
      Source : Baker Hughes
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      data cited at: Baker Hughes Rig Count Rotary Rig:  A rotary rig rotates the drill pipe from surface to drill a new well (or sidetracking an existing one) to explore for, develop and produce oil or natural gas. The Baker Hughes Rotary Rig count includes only those rigs that are significant consumers of oilfield services and supplies and does not include cable tool rigs, very small truck mounted rigs or rigs that can operate without a permit. Non-rotary rigs may be included in the count based on how they are employed. For example, coiled tubing and workover rigs employed in drilling new wells are included in the count.
    • mai 2024
      Source : U.S. Census Bureau
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The international goods and services deficit was $74.6 billion in April, up $14.0 billion from $60.6 billion in March. April exports were $249.0 billion, $9.2 billion less than March exports. April imports were $323.6 billion, $4.8 billion more than March imports. 
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an  economic area during a given period and provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account, the capital and the financial account. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), are an important component of the BoP current account, and are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. ITS data are collected by national enterprise surveys, International Transaction System (ITRS) and administrative records. Guidance for compilers is provided in the Manual on Statistics of International Trade in services 2010 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/TFSITS/msits2010/docs/MSITS%202010%20M86%20(E)%20web.pdf)
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents official international trade statistics in fisheries products, directly sourced from the UN Comtrade Database.
    • mars 2024
      Source : U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      International services – detailed annual statistics for trade in services and services supplied through affiliates.
    • mars 2024
      Source : U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The mission of the Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3) is to provide the public with a reliable and convenient reporting mechanism to submit information to the FBI concerning suspected Internet-facilitated criminal activity and to develop effective alliances with industry partners. Information is processed for investigative and intelligence purposes for law enforcement and public awareness.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Sport and its spill-over effects in manufacturing, services and as well in international trade are gaining the growing impact in the worldwide economies and societies. As a consequence, sport has been awarded a significant role in numerous European programs and policies like Erasmus+. The comparable statistics on number of jobs created by sport related sectors, value added generated by sport related industries and services or impact of the trade of sport goods on total international trade volume are only few indicators that can assess the relative contribution of sport to the economic growth. The international trade in sport goods is the indicator enabling to measure the weight of trade of sport goods in the whole external trade of a given country or at EU-28 level as the Eurostat international trade domain provides the imports and exports values of goods traded among Member States and internationally. "Goods" in this particular case means all movable property, in other terms products having a physical dimension. So, external trade in licenses and copyrights is not included. Data source International trade statistics are stored in the administrated by Eurostat database on international trade - Comext. Comext contains statistics on goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). The trade values for other political or geographical entities like EFTA and Candidate countries are as well collected. Comext database is built around 6 main dimensions:REPORTERPARTNERFLOWPRODUCTTIMEINDICATOR The Reporter dimension includes country declaring commercial transactions. In the Partner dimension the trade partners of declaring country are included. This dimension lists all the countries of the world. The Flow dimension distinguishes exports and imports. The Indicator dimension specifies the value or volume of traded products. The Product dimension contains the items by HS, CN or SITC depending on the dataset Concerning Time, both annual and monthly breakdowns are available. The Comext data are updated regularly and the CN classification undergoes a regular revision to ensure it is kept up to date in the light of changes in the technology and international trade patterns. Sport goods The frames for the establishment of the list of sport goods provided the Vilnius Definition, the Study on the Contribution of Sport to Economic Growth and Employment in the EU and UNESCO in its framework for cultural statistic. In the final selection of the list of sport goods Eurostat took into account the 'sport content' and ' sport intensity' of the codes identified within the Harmonised Systems (HS) nomenclature. The retained in the sport scope items are explicitly sport related – they are manufactured in sport manufacturing sector and they correspond explicitly to major sport disciplines or equipment. The identified codes by HS (6 digit) are aggregated in the meaningful groups  (see below):Skis and related equipmentSkatesWater sportGolfRacket sport (tennis and badminton)BallsGymnastic, athletic and swimming equipmentFishingBicyclesParachutesSportswearFootwearShotguns Detailed list of codes according to HS composing the aggregates can be found in the Annex 1 of Metadata. Based on the number of dimensions available in Comext, the following indicators can be extracted and then calculated for imports and exports of sport goods.Trade value in thousands of euroPercentage of total national trade (only for total of sport goods)Percentage of total EU-28 tradePercentage of total trade of sport goods Then the data are compiled for the following trade partners:Intra EU-28Extra EU-28 WorldMain trading partners
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Sport and its spill-over effects in manufacturing, services and as well in international trade are gaining the growing impact in the worldwide economies and societies. As a consequence, sport has been awarded a significant role in numerous European programs and policies like Erasmus+. The comparable statistics on number of jobs created by sport related sectors, value added generated by sport related industries and services or impact of the trade of sport goods on total international trade volume are only few indicators that can assess the relative contribution of sport to the economic growth. The international trade in sport goods is the indicator enabling to measure the weight of trade of sport goods in the whole external trade of a given country or at EU-28 level as the Eurostat international trade domain provides the imports and exports values of goods traded among Member States and internationally. "Goods" in this particular case means all movable property, in other terms products having a physical dimension. So, external trade in licenses and copyrights is not included. Data source International trade statistics are stored in the administrated by Eurostat database on international trade - Comext. Comext contains statistics on goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). The trade values for other political or geographical entities like EFTA and Candidate countries are as well collected. Comext database is built around 6 main dimensions:REPORTERPARTNERFLOWPRODUCTTIMEINDICATOR The Reporter dimension includes country declaring commercial transactions. In the Partner dimension the trade partners of declaring country are included. This dimension lists all the countries of the world. The Flow dimension distinguishes exports and imports. The Indicator dimension specifies the value or volume of traded products. The Product dimension contains the items by HS, CN or SITC depending on the dataset Concerning Time, both annual and monthly breakdowns are available. The Comext data are updated regularly and the CN classification undergoes a regular revision to ensure it is kept up to date in the light of changes in the technology and international trade patterns. Sport goods The frames for the establishment of the list of sport goods provided the Vilnius Definition, the Study on the Contribution of Sport to Economic Growth and Employment in the EU and UNESCO in its framework for cultural statistic. In the final selection of the list of sport goods Eurostat took into account the 'sport content' and ' sport intensity' of the codes identified within the Harmonised Systems (HS) nomenclature. The retained in the sport scope items are explicitly sport related – they are manufactured in sport manufacturing sector and they correspond explicitly to major sport disciplines or equipment. The identified codes by HS (6 digit) are aggregated in the meaningful groups  (see below):Skis and related equipmentSkatesWater sportGolfRacket sport (tennis and badminton)BallsGymnastic, athletic and swimming equipmentFishingBicyclesParachutesSportswearFootwearShotguns Detailed list of codes according to HS composing the aggregates can be found in the Annex 1 of Metadata. Based on the number of dimensions available in Comext, the following indicators can be extracted and then calculated for imports and exports of sport goods.Trade value in thousands of euroPercentage of total national trade (only for total of sport goods)Percentage of total EU-28 tradePercentage of total trade of sport goods Then the data are compiled for the following trade partners:Intra EU-28Extra EU-28 WorldMain trading partners
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Research and experimental development (R) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications (Frascati Manual, 2002 edition, § 63 ). R intensity (R expenditures as a percentage of GDP) is an indicator of high political importance at the EU, national and regional levels.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The gross investment rate of non-financial corporations is defined as gross fixed capital formation (ESA 2010 code: P.51g) divided by gross value added (B1g). This ratio relates the investment of non-financial businesses in fixed assets (buildings, machinery etc.) to the value added created during the production process. Non-financial corporation includes all private and public corporate enterprises that produce goods or provide non-financial services to the market (ESA 2010 code: S11) Indicator described is calculated on the basis of quarterly sector accounts data by institutional sectors. Sector accounts are compiled in accordance with European System of Accounts (ESA 2010). Data are expressed in percentage, in non-seasonal adjusted as well as in seasonal and calendar adjusted form.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • janvier 2010
      Source : International Transport Forum
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      These tables contain detailed data on Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions and carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions from fossil fuel combustion in member countries of the International Transport Forum and member countries of OECD. Data on greenhouse gas emissions (and CO2 emissions in particular) come from national reports to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and from the International Energy Agency (IEA). UNFCCC and IEA emissions data are based on the default methods and emissions factors from the Revised 1996 IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories. CO2 emissions from international aviation and international maritime transport are included in national totals allocated on the basis of fuel sales. There is, however, no internationally agreed allocation methodology for these sectors as of yet.
  • J
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Dans le but de promouvoir la comparabilité internationale, les statistiques présentées sur ILOSTAT sont basées sur des définitions internationales standard dans la mesure du possible et peuvent différer des chiffres nationaux officiels. Cette série est basée sur les définitions de la 13e CIST. Pour la comparabilité des séries chronologiques, elle inclut les pays qui ont mis en >uvre les normes de la 19e CIST, pour lesquels des données sont également disponibles dans la base de données Statistiques du travail -- 19e CIST (WORK). Les jeunes non scolarisés sont ceux qui ne sont ni inscrits à l'école, ni dans un programme de formation formel (formation professionnelle) pendant une période de référence spécifiée (par exemple, une semaine). à des fins statistiques, les jeunes sont définis comme les personnes âgées entre 15 et 24 ans. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données Statistiques sur la main-d'oeuvre (LFS et STLFS).
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The job vacancy rate (JVR) measures the proportion of total posts that are vacant, according to the definition of job vacancy above, expressed as a percentage as follows: JVR = number of job vacancies / (number of occupied posts + number of job vacancies) * 100. Data for Denmark, France, Italy, Malta are available in table jvs_q_nace2.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      A job vacancy is defined as a newly created, unoccupied, or about to become vacant, post. The job vacancy rate (JVR) measures the proportion of total posts that are vacant expressed as a percentage as follows: JVR = number of job vacancies * 100 / (number of occupied posts + number of job vacancies). Data are non-seasonally adjusted except for Czech Republic and UK. Job vacancy rates for DK, FR, IT and MT are probably under-estimated due to a partial coverage of the respective economies.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Job vacancy statistics (JVS) provide information on the level and structure of labour demand. Eurostat publishes quarterly data on the number of job vacancies and the number of occupied posts which are collected under the JVS framework regulation and the two implementing regulations: the implementing regulation on the definition of a job vacancy, the reference dates for data collection, data transmission specifications and feasibility studies, as well as the implementing regulation on seasonal adjustment procedures and quality reports. Eurostat disseminates also the job vacancy rate which is calculated on the basis of the data provided by the countries. Eurostat publishes also the annual data which are calculated on the basis of the quarterly data.
    • février 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 février, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • février 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 février, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • février 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 février, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Joint Organisations Data Initiative
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The JODI-Gas World Database is a platform that provides access to all data reported through monthly submissions of the JODI-Gas Questionnaire by all participating countries and economies. The database is updated on a monthly basis around the 20th of each month, though there are possibilities for additional updates. Registered users are notified by e-mail alert each time the database is updated. Modelled after JODI-Oil, which features monthly oil production, consumption, stocks and trade data from over 90 countries, JODI-Gas embodies the same objective of enhancing energy data transparency, with the ultimate goal of ensuring global energy security for producers and consumers alike. JODI-Gas World Database covers: Three product categories: Natural gas in million m3 Natural gas in TJ LNG in 1000 tons Twelve flows: Production Receipts from Other Sources Total Imports LNG Total Exports LNG Total Imports through Pipeline Total Exports through Pipeline Stock Change Gross Inland Deliveries (Calculated) Statistical Difference (Calculated) Gross Inland Deliveries (Observed) Of which: Electricity and Heat Generation Closing Stocks; Data for around 80 participating countries. Historical data from January 2009: target is to release one month old data (M-1) every month for all participating countries.
    • mars 2023
      Source : The Center for Systems Science and Engineering at JHU
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Prof.Prof. Lauren Gardner; Center for Systems Science and Engineering at John Hopkins University, blog Post -  https://systems.jhu.edu/research/public-health/ncov/   On December 31, 2019, the World Health Organization (WHO) was informed of an outbreak of “pneumonia of unknown cause” detected in Wuhan City, Hubei Province, China – the seventh-largest city in China with 11 million residents. As of February 04, 2020, there are over 24,502 cases confirmed globally, including cases in at least 30 regions in China and 30 countries.  Interests: In-Market Segments Knoema All Users   Knoema modified the original dataset to include calculations per million.   https://knoema.com/WBPEP2018Oct https://knoema.com/USICUBDS2020 https://knoema.com/NBSCN_P_A_A0301 https://knoema.com/IMFIFSS2017Nov https://knoema.com/AUDSS2019 https://knoema.com/UNAIDSS2017 https://knoema.com/UNCTADPOPOCT2019Nov https://knoema.com/WHOWSS2018 https://knoema.com/KPMGDHC2019
  • K
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The non-financial Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States, EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) and Switzerland following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 8) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The ASA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1995 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Countries may transmit longer series on voluntary basis. Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. ASA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the sector of General government), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasa_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows: Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100Total investment to GDP ratio (S.1): P51G/B1GQ*100Business investment to GDP ratio: (S.11_P51G+S.12_P51G)/B1GQ*100Government investment to GDP ratio: S.13_P51G/B1GQ*100Households investment to GDP ratio: (S.14_S.15_P51G)/B1GQ*100 With the following transaction codes: B8G -  Gross savingB6G - Gross disposable incomeD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB1GQ – Gross domestic productB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators are calculated in real or nominal terms: Real growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC*Price Deflator)Nominal growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC)Real growth of household actual consumption per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): P4/(POP_NC*Price Deflator) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B7G - Gross adjusted gross disposable income (adjusted for social transfers in kind)P4 - Actual final consumption (adjusted for social transfers in kind)POP_NC - Total population national concept (source:Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_pe)Price deflator - Price index/implicit deflator calculated as CP_MEUR/CLV10_MEUR – both indicators refer to households and NPISH final consumption expenditure (P31_S14_S15) (source: Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_gdp) The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts: Gross return on capital employed, before taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [B2G_B3G/(AF2+AF3+AF4+AF5, liab)]*100Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): ([(AF2+AF3+AF4, liab)/(B4N-D5pay)]*100)Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [(B4N-D5pay)/(AF5, liab)]*100Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (S.14_15): [(AF4, liab)/(B6G+D8net)]*100Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B4N - Net entrepreneurial incomeD5pay - Current taxes on income and wealthAF2 - Currency and depositsAF3 - Debt securities (excluding financial derivatives)AF4 - LoansAF5 - Equity and investment fund sharesBF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States and EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 801) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The QSA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1999 Q1 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. QSA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) and seasonally adjusted variables by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the selected seasonally adjusted variables of Total economy and the Rest of the world), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasq_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key indicators are generally released in non-seasonally adjusted terms. Only EA/EU aggregate key indicators are also available seasonally adjusted. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows:Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100 With the following transaction codes:B6G - Gross disposable incomeB8G -  Gross savingD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. The following seasonally adjusted key indicators are calculated in real terms for European aggregates only: Nominal growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC)Real growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC*Price Deflator)Real growth of household actual consumption per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): P4/(POP_NC*Price Deflator) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B7G - Gross adjusted gross disposable income (adjusted for social transfers in kind)P4 - Actual final consumption (adjusted for social transfers in kind)POP_NC - Total population national concept (source:Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_pe)Price deflator - Price index/implicit deflator calculated as CP_MEUR/CLV05_MEUR – both indicators refer to households and NPISH final consumption expenditure (P31_S14_S15) (source: Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_gdp) In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts:Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):BF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • mars 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Key Economic Indicators (KEI) database contains monthly and quarterly statistics (and associated statistical methodological information) for all OECD member countries and for a selection of non-member countries on a wide variety of economic indicators, namely: quarterly national accounts, industrial production, composite leading indicators, business tendency and consumer opinion surveys, retail trade, consumer and producer prices, hourly earnings, employment/unemployment, interest rates, monetary aggregates, exchange rates, international trade and balance of payments.
  • L
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Labour cost index shows the short-term development of the total cost, on an hourly basis, for employers of employing the labour force. The index covers all market economic activities except agriculture, forestry, fisheries, education, health, community, social and personal service activities. Labour costs include gross wages and salaries, employers social contributions and taxes net of subsidies connected to employment. The labour cost index is compiled as a "chain-linked Laspeyres cost-index" using a common index reference period (2016 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Labour cost index shows the short-term development of the total cost, on an hourly basis, for employers of employing the labour force. The index covers all market economic activities except agriculture, forestry, fisheries, education, health, community, social and personal service activities. Labour costs include gross wages and salaries, employers social contributions and taxes net of subsidies connected to employment. The labour cost index is compiled as a "chain-linked Laspeyres cost-index" using a common index reference period (2016 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K (1996Q1-2008Q4) and NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current base year: 2016) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes. The labour cost index (LCI) shows the short-term development of the labour cost, the total cost on an hourly basis of employing labour. In other words, the LCI measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor “labour”.  In addition, Eurostat estimates of the annual labour cost per hour in euros are provided for EU Member States as well as the whole EU; they were obtained by combining the four-yearly Labour cost survey (LCS) with the quarterly labour cost index. 
    • août 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains data on employment by hour bands for usual weekly hours worked in the main job.  Standard hour bands are reported for most countries.  Actual hours of work instead of usual hours of work are only available in some countries (Japan and Korea).  Data are broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons. For detailed information on labour force surveys for all countries please see the attached file : www.oecd.org/els/employmentpoliciesanddata/LFSNOTE
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table presents 3 indexes showing the development of labour input in the sector of industry (excluding construction): Number of persons employed, the hours worked and the wages and salaries. The number of person employed shows the development of employment in Industry. It can be defined as the total number of persons who work in the observation unit as well as persons who work outside the unit who belong to it and are paid by it. The hours worked show the development in the volume of work. The total number of hours worked represents the aggregate number of hours actually worked for the output of the observation unit during the reference period. The wages and salaries index approximate the development of the wage and salaries bill. Wages and salaries are defined as the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable to all persons counted on the payroll (including home workers), in return for work done during the accounting period, regardless of whether it is paid on the basis of working time, output or piecework and whether it is paid regularly. These three indexes are presented for the industrial sector (excluding construction) section B to E of NACE Rev.2 (E37, E38 and E39 not included). The indexes are presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table presents 3 indexes showing the development of labour input in the sector of construction: Number of persons employed, the hours worked and the wages and salaries. The number of person employed shows the development of employment in Construction. It can be defined as the total number of persons who work in the observation unit as well as persons who work outside the unit who belong to it and are paid by it. The hours worked show the development in the volume of work. The total number of hours worked represents the aggregate number of hours actually worked for the output of the observation unit during the reference period. The wages and salaries index approximate the development of the wage and salaries bill. Wages and salaries are defined as the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable to all persons counted on the payroll (including home workers), in return for work done during the accounting period, regardless of whether it is paid on the basis of working time, output or piecework and whether it is paid regularly. The construction sector corresponds to the NACE Rev. 2 section F. The indexes are presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Flow statistics are experimental statistics derived from the longitudinal component of the EU-LFS data. They identify the flows between different labour market statuses between consecutive quarters. Flow statistics are published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market derived from the EU-Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). However, the flow indicators are calculated with special methods which justify the present page. Please note that countries may publish nationally slightly different results due to the use of more sophisticated methods. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of flow statistics. Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website.   The domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Landings of fishery products in the ports of EEA member countries (quantity and value)
    • septembre 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 septembre, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • février 2023
      Source : Legatum Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The productivity and income estimates presented in this dataset are mainly based on GDP, population and employment data from the OECD Annual National Accounts. Hours worked are sourced from the OECD Annual National Accounts, the OECD Employment Outlook and national sources. The OECD Productivity Database aims at providing users with the most comprehensive and the latest productivity estimates. The update cycle is on a rolling basis, i.e. each variable in the dataset is made publicly available as soon as it is updated in the sources databases. However, timely data issues may arise and affect individual series and/or individual countries. In particular, annual hours worked estimates from the OECD Employment Outlook are typically updated less frequently (once a year, in the summer) than series of hours worked from the OECD Annual National Accounts.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table contains labour force data on labour market status - population, labour force, unemployment and employment - by sex and by detailed age groups and standard age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total). Note: Population figures reported in table LFS by sex are Census-based, while the data for this table are taken from labour force surveys. Population for total age group refers to working age population (15 to 64 years).
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data on contingent liabilities and potential obligations of government are collected in the context of the Enhanced Economic Governance package (the "six-pack") adopted in 2011. In particular, Council Directive 2011/85 on requirements for budgetary frameworks of the Member States requires the Member States to publish relevant information on contingent liabilities with potentially large impacts on public budgets, including government guarantees, non-performing loans, and liabilities stemming from the operation of public corporations, including the extent thereof. The liabilities are called “contingent” in the sense that they are by nature only potential and not actual liabilities and can materialise as actual government liabilities only if certain specific conditions prevail. Non-performing loans could imply a potential loss for government if these loans were not repaid by their original debtor. This new data collection represents a step towards further transparency of public finances in the EU by giving a more comprehensive picture of EU Member States’ financial positions. It is to be underlined that contingent liabilities are not part of the general government (Maastricht) debt as defined in the Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009 of 25 May 2009 on the application of the Protocol on the excessive deficit procedure annexed to the Treaty establishing the European Community. Eurostat collects and publishes the following indicators: government guarantees, liabilities related to public-private partnerships recorded off-balance sheet of government, liabilities of government controlled entities classified outside general government (public corporations) and non-performing loans (government assets). Regarding government controlled entities, it should be mentioned that this refers to  government controlled units, not classified in general government, and which are controlled, directly or indirectly (through other public units), by government. In cases when the government share in a corporation is lower than 50% and government does not have control over an entity, the corporation is not considered as controlled by government. Regarding the control criteria, according to ESA 2010 paragraph 20.18: “Control over an entity is the ability to determine the general policy or programme of that entity (…)”. The criteria to be used for corporations are indicated in ESA 2010 paragraphs 2.38 and further detailed in paragraph 20.309. ESA 2010 paragraph 2.38 specifies that: “General government secures control over a corpo­ration as a result of special legislation, decree or reg­ulation which empowers the government to deter­mine corporate policy. The following indicators are the main factors to consider in deciding whether a corporation is controlled by government:(a) government ownership of the majority of the voting interest; (b) government control of the board or governing body; (c) government control of the appointment and removal of key personnel;(d) government control of key committees in the entity; (e) government possession of a golden share; (f) special regulations; (g) government as a dominant customer; (h) borrowing from government. A single indicator may be sufficient to establish control, but, in other cases, a number of separate indicators may collectively indicate control.”
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data on contingent liabilities and potential obligations of government are collected in the context of the Enhanced Economic Governance package (the "six-pack") adopted in 2011. In particular, Council Directive 2011/85 on requirements for budgetary frameworks of the Member States requires the Member States to publish relevant information on contingent liabilities with potentially large impacts on public budgets, including government guarantees, non-performing loans, and liabilities stemming from the operation of public corporations, including the extent thereof. The liabilities are called “contingent” in the sense that they are by nature only potential and not actual liabilities. Non-performing loans could imply a potential loss for government if these loans were not repaid. This new data collection represents a step towards further transparency of public finances in the EU by giving a more comprehensive picture of EU Member States’ financial positions3 It is to be underlined that contingent liabilities are not part of the general government (Maastricht) debt as defined in the Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009 of 25 May 2009 on the application of the Protocol on the excessive deficit procedure annexed to the Treaty establishing the European Community. Eurostat collects and publishes the following indicators: government guarantees, liabilities related to public-private partnerships recorded off-balance sheet of government, liabilities of government controlled entities classified outside general government (public corporations) and non-performing loans. Regarding government controlled entities, it should be mentioned that this refers to  government controlled units, not classified in general government, and which are controlled, directly or indirectly (through other public units), by government. In cases when the government share in a corporation is lower than 50% and government does not have control over an entity, the corporation is not considered as controlled by government. Regarding the control criteria, according to ESA 2010 paragraph 20.18: “Control over an entity is the ability to determine the general policy or programme of that entity (…)”. The criteria to be used for corporations are indicated in ESA 2010 paragraphs 2.38 and further detailed in paragraph 20.309. ESA 2010 paragraph 2.38 specifies that: “General government secures control over a corpo­ration as a result of special legislation, decree or reg­ulation which empowers the government to deter­mine corporate policy. The following indicators are the main factors to consider in deciding whether a corporation is controlled by government:(a) government ownership of the majority of the voting interest; (b) government control of the board or governing body; (c) government control of the appointment and removal of key personnel;(d) government control of key committees in the entity; (e) government possession of a golden share; (f) special regulations; (g) government as a dominant customer; (h) borrowing from government. A single indicator may be sufficient to establish control, but, in other cases, a number of separate indicators may collectively indicate control.”
    • mai 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juin, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • juin 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • mai 2024
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • avril 2024
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • avril 2024
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm   Locational Banking Statistics : Cross-Border Positions, by Residence and Sector of Counterparty
    • avril 2024
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Suraj Kumar
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm   Locational banking statistics: Cross-border positions, by nationality of reporting bank and sector of counterparty    
    • avril 2023
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mai, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Logistics Performance Index overall score reflects assessments of a country's logistics based on efficiency of the customs clearance process, quality of trade- and transport-related infrastructure, ease of arranging competitively priced shipments, quality of logistics services, ability to track and trace consignments, and frequency with which shipments reach the consignee within the scheduled time. The index ranges from 1 to 5, with a higher score representing better performance. Data are from Logistics Performance Index surveys conducted by the World Bank in partnership with academic and international institutions and private companies and individuals engaged in international logistics. 2011 round of surveys covered more than 6,000 country assessments by nearly 1,000 international freight forwarders. Respondents evaluated eight markets on six core dimensions using a scale from 1 (worst) to 5 (best). The markets are chosen based on the most important export and import markets of the respondent's country, random selection, and, for landlocked countries, neighboring countries that connect them with international markets. Scores for the six areas are averaged across all respondents and aggregated to a single score using principal components analysis. Details of the survey methodology and index construction methodology are in Connecting to Compete 2012: Trade Logistics in the Global Economy (2012).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Long term government bond yields are calculated as monthly averages (non seasonally adjusted data). They refer to central government bond yields on the secondary market, gross of tax, with a residual maturity of around 10 years. The bond or the bonds of the basket have to be replaced regularly to avoid any maturity drift. This definition is used in the convergence criteria of the Economic and Monetary Union for long-term interest rates, as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and the Protocol on the convergence criteria. Data are presented in raw form. Source: European Central Bank (ECB)
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Long-Term Baseline is a projection of some major economic variables beyond the short-term horizon of the OECD Economic Outlook. It covers all OECD economies, non-OECD G20 economies and selected key partners. The projection horizon is currently 2060. For the historical period and the short-run projection horizon, the series are consistent with those of the OECD Economic Outlook number 114. The definitions, sources and methods are also generally the same. For more details on the methodology, please see boxes and Annex in Guillemette, Y. and J. Château (2023), 'Long-Term Scenarios: Incorporating the Energy Transition', OECD Economic Policy Papers, No. 33, OECD Publishing, Paris, and references therein. The baseline scenario is a projection conditional on a number of assumptions, notably that countries do not carry out institutional and policy reforms (see section 2 of the reference cited above). It is used as a reference point to illustrate the potential impact of structural reforms in alternative scenarios. The energy transition scenario is an alternative scenario with accelerated energy transition broadly consistent with net zero GHG emissions by 2050 (see section 3 of the reference cited above).
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residence permits statistics refers to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) receiving a residence permits or an authorisation to reside in one of the EU or EFTA Member States. The definitions used for residence permits and other concepts (e.g. first permit) are presented in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. The detailed data collection methodology is presented in Annex 8 of this metadta file. LEGAL FRAMEWORK - Residence data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007.  This legal framework refers to the initial residence permits data colection with 2008 first reference period (e.g. first residence permits; change of immigration status or reason to stay; all valid residence permits in the end of the year and long-term residence permits valid in the end of the year) and it provides also a general framework for newer data collections based on speciffic European legal acts (e.g. statistics on EU Blue Cards and statistics on single permits) or provided on voluntary basis (e.g. new long-term residence permits issued during the year and residence permits issued for family reunification with beneficiaries of  protection status). DATA SOURCE - Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following the reference year. AVAILABLE DATASETS I. Residence permits statistics by reason to stay, citizenship and permit's lenght of validity based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007. These statistics are avilable from 2008 reference year.     First Permits - see the definition in the section 3.4. Statistical concepts and definitions. First permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfirst)2. The totals presented in this tables are depended on data availability in the following four tables migr_resfam + migr_resedu+ migr_resocc+ migr_resoth.First permits issued for family reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resfam)First permits issued for education reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resedu)First permits issued for remunerated activities by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resocc)First permits issued for other reasons by reason, length of validity and citizenship (migr_resoth)     Residence Permits issued with the occasion of changing the immigration status or reason to stay Change of immigration status permits by reason and citizenship (migr_reschange)               Residence permits valid in the end of the year All valid permits by reason, length of validity and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvalid)Long-term residents by citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslong)     Share of long term residence permitsLong-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%) (migr_resshare) II. Residence permits statistics by age (5-year age groups) and sex collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2010 reference year. First permits by reason, age, sex and citizenship (migr_resfas)  All valid permits by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_resvas)               Long-term residents by age, sex and citizenship on 31 December of each year (migr_reslas) III. EU Blue Cards data collection based on Article 20 of the Directive 2009/50/EC. These statistics are avilable from 2012 reference year2. EU Blue Cards by type of decision, occupation and citizenship (migr_resbc1)       Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders by type of decision and citizenship (migr_resbc2)EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residence (migr_resbc3) IV. Single Permit data collection based on Art 15 Directive 2011/98/EU. These statistics are avilable from 2013 reference year. Single Permits issued by type of decision, length of validity (migr_ressing)  V. Pilot data collections collected on voluntary basis. These statistics are avilable from 2016 reference year and the data quality assesment is ongoing. Long-term residence permits issued during the year (migr_resltr)First permits issued for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps1)Permits valid at the end of the year for family reunification with a beneficiary of protection status (migr_resfrps2) VI. New statistics on Intra-Corporate Transfers and Seasonal Workers New data collections with 2017 first reference period are in the preparetion phase to be released in 2018: Intra-Corporate Transfers data collection under Art 24 of Directive 2014/66/EU and Seasonal Workers data collection under Art 26 Directive 2014/36/EU.   Share of long-tem residence permits The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories.   Data consistency between tables The data providers should use the same methodological specifications provided by Eurostat and some tables from Resper statistics should be consistent between them according to this methodology.  However, consistency issues between tables exist due to some technical limitations (e.g. different data sources) or different methodology applied to each table (see the quality information from below or the national metadata files) or different point in time of producing each tables.   1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions. 2 The EU Blue cards issued during the year are collected in two datasets: 1. in the table migr_resocc countig the EU Blue Cards issued as "first permits" and 2. in the EU Blue Cards counting all EU Blue Cards issued. The diference between these two categories is represented by the EU Blue cards that are not first permits. However these two tables might be updated/revised at a different point in time and the consistency between tables might be affected.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodicity which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Grants of citizenship awarded by the reporting country to persons who were previously citizens of another country or stateless. Losses of the citizenship of the reporting country. The disseminated series comprise: Total number of acquisitions of citizenship and since 2008 the number of losses of citizenship. The data sources are administrative records in the reporting countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes and other responsible bodies in the countries. However, not all countries are always able to provide data. Countries differ in terms of the conditions that must be fulfilled to acquire citizenship or to lose the citizenship. Generally, to acquire citizenship a period of (legally registered) residence is required, combined with other factors such as evidence of social and economic integration and knowledge of national languages. Different conditions may apply for persons who were born or educated in the country concerned, or who have parents or other relatives with that country's citizenship. For country-specific information see the Annexes of this document.
  • M
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Main Economic Indicators (MEI) provides a wide range of indicators on recent economic developments in the 35 OECD member countries and 15 non-member countries. The indicators published in MEI have been prepared by national statistical agencies primarily to meet the requirements of users within their own country. In most instances, the indicators are compiled in accordance with international statistical guidelines and recommendations. However, national practices may depart from these guidelines, and these departures may impact on comparability between countries.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website.   The domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      La main-d'oeuvre comprend toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui fournissent, durant une période de référence spécifiée, la main-d'oeuvre disponible pour la production de biens et services. Elle correspond à la somme des personnes ayant un emploi et celles qui sont au chômage. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1990-2015 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2016-2030 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en juillet 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la note méthodologique général (en anglais) et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections de la main d'oeuvre (en anglais).
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Dans le but de promouvoir la comparabilité internationale, les statistiques présentées sur ILOSTAT sont basées sur des définitions internationales standard dans la mesure du possible et peuvent différer des chiffres nationaux officiels. Cette série est basée sur les définitions de la 13e CIST. Pour la comparabilité des séries chronologiques, elle inclut les pays qui ont mis en >uvre les normes de la 19e CIST, pour lesquels des données sont également disponibles dans la base de données Statistiques du travail -- 19e CIST (WORK). La main-d'oeuvre est la somme de toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui sont employées et celles qui sont au chômage. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données des statistiques du marché du travail rural et urbain (RURBAN).
    • mars 2023
      Source : U.S. Department of the Treasury
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this table include foreign holdings of U.S. Treasury marketable and non-marketable bills, bonds, and notes reported monthly under the Treasury International Capital (TIC) reporting system. The data are collected primarily from U.S.-based custodians. Since U.S. securities held in overseas custody accounts may not be attributed to the actual owners, the data may not provide a precise accounting of individual country ownership of Treasury securities (see TIC FAQ #7 at: http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/data-chart-center/tic/Pages/ticfaq1.aspx). -- Data for December 2011 and later include holdings of U.S. Treasury bonds and notes as reported on TIC Form SLT, "Aggregate Holdings of Long-Term Securities by U.S. and Foreign Residents.", including preliminary SLT data for the most recent month on the MFH table. -- The data before December 2011 were collected primarily from U.S.-based custodians and broker-dealers. Those data includes estimated foreign holdings of U.S. Treasury bonds and notes based on adding monthly net transactions from the TIC S Form to the holdings in the most recent annual Survey of Foreign Holdings of U.S. Securities. See footnotes 16 and 17 for details about the transition period during the 3rd and 4th quarter of 2011.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • mai 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juin, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • mars 2021
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 mars, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities); Average remaining maturity of debt; Apparent cost of the debt; Market value of debt.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Economy-wide material flow accounts (EW-MFA) provide an aggregate overview, in thousand tonnes per year, of the material flows into and out of an economy. EW-MFA cover solid, gaseous, and liquid materials, except for bulk flows of water and air. Like the system of national accounts, EW-MFA constitute a multi-purpose information system. The detailed material flows provide a rich empirical database for numerous analytical purposes. Further, EW-MFA are used to derive various material flow indicators.   This metadata refers to the following five datasets based on the EW-MFA data collection: Material flow accounts (env_ac_mfa): this dataset provides detailed material input flows, in thousand tonnes per year, into (domestic extraction and physical imports) and out (physical exports) of an economy according toRegulation (EU) 691/2011.   Material flow accounts - domestic processed output (env_ac_mfadpo): this dataset provides detailed material flows, termed 'domestic processed output', from an economy to the environment in thousand tonnes per year.   Material flow accounts - balancing items (env_ac_mfabi): this dataset provides balancing items which are required to articulate a consistent material input-output balance of a national economy (in thousand tonnes per year).   Material flow accounts - main indicators (env_ac_mfain): this dataset provides highly aggregated EW-MFA and derived indicators: - domestic extraction (DE): DE indicates the total amount of material extracted by resident units from the natural environment for further processing in the economy; - imports (IMP), total and extra-EU: imports of products in their simple mass weight; - exports (EXP), total and extra-EU: exports of products in their simple mass weight; - physical trade balance (PTB): physical imports minus physical exports; - direct material input (DMI): DMI indicates the direct input of material into the economy. DMI includes all materials which are of economic value and which are availble for use in production and consumption activities and it is calculated as the sum of domestic extraction plus physical imports: DMI = DE + IMP; - domestic material consumption (DMC): DMC indicates the total amount of material actually consumed domestically by resident units. DMC of a given country's national economy can be calculated as direct material input minus physical exports: DMC = DMI – EXP; - domestic processed output (DPO): DPO indicates the amounts of solid, liquid and gaseous materials (excluding water and respiratory carbon dioxide) supplied by the national economy and taken up by the natural environment, particularly by the atmosphere; - balancing items (BI): balancing items enable the balancing of material input and output related to a national economy. Two groupings of balancing items are distinguishable: BI to be added to material input, such as oxygen for combustion processes and respiration, and nitrogen; BI to be added to material output, such as water vapour from combustion and gases from respiration. 'Total BI' designates the difference between 'BI: input side' and 'BI: output side', i.e 'BI (input -output)'; - net additions to stock (NAS): NAS is a measure for the ‘physical growth of the economy’. Materials in form of buildings, infrastructures, durable goods such as e.g. cars, industry machinery, or household appliances are added to the economy’s material stock each year (gross additions), and old materials are removed from stock as buildings are demolished, and durable goods disposed of (removals). NAS is approximated using the following equation: NAS = DMC - DPO + BI (input-output).   Resource productivity (env_ac_rp): this dataset provides ratios of gross domestic product (GDP) over domestic material consumption (DMC) in various unit of measure (see also item 4 of metadata). The term 'resource productivity' designates an indicator that reflects the GDP generated per unit of resources used by the economy. This is typically a macro-economic concept that can be presented alongside labour or capital productivity.    
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Economy-wide material flow accounts (EW-MFA) provide an aggregate overview, in thousand tonnes per year, of the material flows into and out of an economy. EW-MFA cover solid, gaseous, and liquid materials, except for bulk flows of water and air. Like the system of national accounts, EW-MFA constitute a multi-purpose information system. The detailed material flows provide a rich empirical database for numerous analytical purposes. Further, EW-MFA are used to derive various material flow indicators.   This metadata refers to the following five datasets based on the EW-MFA data collection: Material flow accounts (env_ac_mfa): this dataset provides detailed material input flows, in thousand tonnes per year, into (domestic extraction and physical imports) and out (physical exports) of an economy according toRegulation (EU) 691/2011.   Material flow accounts - domestic processed output (env_ac_mfadpo): this dataset provides detailed material flows, termed 'domestic processed output', from an economy to the environment in thousand tonnes per year.   Material flow accounts - balancing items (env_ac_mfabi): this dataset provides balancing items which are required to articulate a consistent material input-output balance of a national economy (in thousand tonnes per year).   Material flow accounts - main indicators (env_ac_mfain): this dataset provides highly aggregated EW-MFA and derived indicators: - domestic extraction (DE): DE indicates the total amount of material extracted by resident units from the natural environment for further processing in the economy; - imports (IMP), total and extra-EU: imports of products in their simple mass weight; - exports (EXP), total and extra-EU: exports of products in their simple mass weight; - physical trade balance (PTB): physical imports minus physical exports; - direct material input (DMI): DMI indicates the direct input of material into the economy. DMI includes all materials which are of economic value and which are availble for use in production and consumption activities and it is calculated as the sum of domestic extraction plus physical imports: DMI = DE + IMP; - domestic material consumption (DMC): DMC indicates the total amount of material actually consumed domestically by resident units. DMC of a given country's national economy can be calculated as direct material input minus physical exports: DMC = DMI – EXP; - domestic processed output (DPO): DPO indicates the amounts of solid, liquid and gaseous materials (excluding water and respiratory carbon dioxide) supplied by the national economy and taken up by the natural environment, particularly by the atmosphere; - balancing items (BI): balancing items enable the balancing of material input and output related to a national economy. Two groupings of balancing items are distinguishable: BI to be added to material input, such as oxygen for combustion processes and respiration, and nitrogen; BI to be added to material output, such as water vapour from combustion and gases from respiration. 'Total BI' designates the difference between 'BI: input side' and 'BI: output side', i.e 'BI (input -output)'; - net additions to stock (NAS): NAS is a measure for the ‘physical growth of the economy’. Materials in form of buildings, infrastructures, durable goods such as e.g. cars, industry machinery, or household appliances are added to the economy’s material stock each year (gross additions), and old materials are removed from stock as buildings are demolished, and durable goods disposed of (removals). NAS is approximated using the following equation: NAS = DMC - DPO + BI (input-output).   Resource productivity (env_ac_rp): this dataset provides ratios of gross domestic product (GDP) over domestic material consumption (DMC) in various unit of measure (see also item 4 of metadata). The term 'resource productivity' designates an indicator that reflects the GDP generated per unit of resources used by the economy. This is typically a macro-economic concept that can be presented alongside labour or capital productivity.    
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Economy-wide material flow accounts (EW-MFA) provide an aggregate overview, in thousand tonnes per year, of the material flows into and out of an economy. EW-MFA cover solid, gaseous, and liquid materials, except for bulk flows of water and air. Like the system of national accounts, EW-MFA constitute a multi-purpose information system. The detailed material flows provide a rich empirical database for numerous analytical purposes. Further, EW-MFA are used to derive various material flow indicators.   This metadata refers to the following five datasets based on the EW-MFA data collection:Material flow accounts (env_ac_mfa): this dataset provides detailed material input flows, in thousand tonnes per year, into (domestic extraction and physical imports) and out (physical exports) of an economy according toRegulation (EU) 691/2011.  Material flow accounts - domestic processed output (env_ac_mfadpo): this dataset provides detailed material flows, termed 'domestic processed output', from an economy to the environment in thousand tonnes per year.  Material flow accounts - balancing items (env_ac_mfabi): this dataset provides balancing items which are required to articulate a consistent material input-output balance of a national economy (in thousand tonnes per year).  Material flow accounts - main indicators (env_ac_mfain): this dataset provides highly aggregated EW-MFA and derived indicators: - domestic extraction (DE): DE indicates the total amount of material extracted by resident units from the natural environment for further processing in the economy; - imports (IMP), total and extra-EU: imports of products in their simple mass weight; - exports (EXP), total and extra-EU: exports of products in their simple mass weight; - physical trade balance (PTB): physical imports minus physical exports; - direct material input (DMI): DMI indicates the direct input of material into the economy. DMI includes all materials which are of economic value and which are availble for use in production and consumption activities and it is calculated as the sum of domestic extraction plus physical imports: DMI = DE + IMP; - domestic material consumption (DMC): DMC indicates the total amount of material actually consumed domestically by resident units. DMC of a given country's national economy can be calculated as direct material input minus physical exports: DMC = DMI – EXP; - domestic processed output (DPO): DPO indicates the amounts of solid, liquid and gaseous materials (excluding water and respiratory carbon dioxide) supplied by the national economy and taken up by the natural environment, particularly by the atmosphere; - balancing items (BI): balancing items enable the balancing of material input and output related to a national economy. Two groupings of balancing items are distinguishable: BI to be added to material input, such as oxygen for combustion processes and respiration, and nitrogen; BI to be added to material output, such as water vapour from combustion and gases from respiration. 'Total BI' designates the difference between 'BI: input side' and 'BI: output side', i.e 'BI (input -output)'; - net additions to stock (NAS): NAS is a measure for the ‘physical growth of the economy’. Materials in form of buildings, infrastructures, durable goods such as e.g. cars, industry machinery, or household appliances are added to the economy’s material stock each year (gross additions), and old materials are removed from stock as buildings are demolished, and durable goods disposed of (removals). NAS is approximated using the following equation: NAS = DMC - DPO + BI (input-output).  Resource productivity (env_ac_rp): this dataset provides ratios of gross domestic product (GDP) over domestic material consumption (DMC) in various unit of measure (see also item 4 of metadata). The term 'resource productivity' designates an indicator that reflects the GDP generated per unit of resources used by the economy. This is typically a macro-economic concept that can be presented alongside labour or capital productivity.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • décembre 2018
      Source : International Telecommunication Union
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 décembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This Dataset contains Indicators related to IC Development Index and Tables from "Measuring the Information Society Report 2018, Volume 1" For Indicators for other ICT Development data please refer: https://knoema.com/ITUKIICT2019/global-ict-developments
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • avril 2024
      Source : World Trade Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Merchandise Trade values & Merchandise trade - indices and prices
    • octobre 2023
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • octobre 2023
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This Dataset presents merchandise trade by trading partner and product based on the SITC commodity classification, Revision 3, at the one- and two-digit level, expressed in thousands of United States dollars. The data are also summarized by group of economies, for both reporting economy and trading partner, and by broader product groups.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Shylesh Naik
      Accès le : 19 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table shows the value of total merchandise exports and imports, expressed in millions of United States dollars and percentages of the world total.
    • juin 2022
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Jonathan Kilach
      Accès le : 29 juin, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The dataset provides information on the ownership of the merchant fleet for all countries. "Ownership” refers to “Beneficial Ownership Location”: it indicates the economy in which the company that has the main commercial responsibility for the vessel is located. The economy of beneficial ownership may be different from the country in which the vessel is registered.
    • juin 2022
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 juin, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset shows statistics on the international maritime transport. It contains data on the size of the world merchant fleet by flag of registration and by type of ship. Data are presented in thousands of dead-weight tons (DWT).The dataset presents also, for each region or country 1) its share in the world fleet, and 2) the share of a ship-type in its fleet. From 2011 onwards, the figures on numbers of ships are also available, as well as the data in gross tonnage (GT).   This table contains consolidated time series from various issues of the UNCTAD Review of Maritime Transport. The Review reports on the worldwide evolution of shipping, ports and multimodal transport related to the major traffics of liquid bulk, dry bulk and containers. Please see http://unctad.org/rmt.   The data refer to the beginning of an indicated year.   The figures cover seagoing propelled merchant ships of 100 gross tons and above, excluding inland waterway vessels, fishing vessels (from 2011 onwards only), military vessels, yachts, and offshore fixed and mobile platforms and barges (with the exception of FPSO - floating production, storage and offloading vessels - and drillships). Break in series: from 2011 onwards - (a) data also include the United States and Canada Great Lakes fleets; and (b) figures no longer cover the fishing vessels.
    • février 2024
      Source : National Institute of Statistics, Italy
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data source(s) used: Persons registered in and cancelled from the population register due to change of residence:The English description of the source is not available at this time, for methodological details go to the Siqual system
    • avril 2024
      Source : Global Knowledge Partnership on Migration and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Migration and Remittances Fact book provides a snapshot of migration and remittances for all countries, regions and income groups of the world, compiled from available data from various sources.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : U.S. Geological Survey
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The USGS Mineral Resources Program (MRP) provides scientific information for objective resource assessments and unbiased research results on mineral potential, production, consumption, and environmental effects. The MRP is the sole Federal source for this information. Values of 2019 are estimated.
    • avril 2022
      Source : Apple, Inc.
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 avril, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      We define our day as midnight-to-midnight, Pacific time. Cities represent usage in greater metropolitan areas and are stably defined during this period. In many countries/regions and cities, relative volume has increased since January 13th, consistent with normal, seasonal usage of Apple Maps. Day of week effects are important to normalize as you use this data. Data that is sent from users’ devices to the Maps service is associated with random, rotating identifiers so Apple doesn’t have a profile of your movements and searches. Apple Maps has no demographic information about our users, so we can’t make any statements about the representativeness of our usage against the overall population. This information will be available for a limited time during the COVID‑19 pandemic.
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Monetary and Financial Statistics (MFS) database contains the aggregated surveys covering: i) Central Bank ii) Depository Corporations and iii) Other Financial Corporations. The key macroeconomic aggregates in this dataset include: i) Monetary base and broad money; ii) Credit aggregates (including credit to the private sector); and iii) Foreign assets and liabilities.   Beginning in 2009, there are two presentations of Monetary Statistics in IFS. The new presentation data follows the Monetary and Financial Statistics Manual (MFSM) and the Monetary and Financial Statistics Compilation Guide (MFSCG), a companion to the MFSM that contains more detailed coverage of the classification, economic sectorization, valuation, and recording of financial assets and liabilities in an economy. The MFSCG gives prominence to the source data for monetary and financial statistics.   The majority of countries use the standardized report forms (SRFs) to report monetary data to the IMF and are presented under SRF Countries.   The old presentation is used for those countries that do not use the SRFs for reporting Monetary data and presented under Non-SRF Countries. The presentation of these countries will be changed to the new presentation when the countries implement the reporting of SRF-based data.   The Monetary and Financial Statistics Manual and Compilation Guide (Manual) updates and merges into one volume methodological and practical aspects of the compilation process for monetary and financial statistics (MFS). Aimed at compilers and users of MFS, it offers a conceptual framework for the collection, compilation, and analytical presentation of monetary data, which provide a critical input for monetary policy formulation and monitoring.   Detailed monetary statistics based on the standardized report forms reflecting the conceptual framework of the above Manual and its predecessors.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Day-to-day money market interest rates: averages for the euro area (EONIA= Euro OverNight Index Average), national series for EU countries outside of euro area, and other national series (Turkey, US, Japan). 1-month, 3-month, 6-month and 12-month interest rates: averages for the euro area (EURIBOR), and national series for EU countries outside of euro area.  3-month interest rates are also available for the US and Japan.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Day-to-day money market interest rates: averages for the euro area (EONIA= Euro OverNight Index Average), EU27 (theoretical aggregate), and national series (TR, US, JP). 1-month, 3-month, 6-month and 12-month interest rates: averages for the euro area (EURIBOR) and EU27 (theoretical aggregate). 3-month interest rates are also available for the US and Japan.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Day-to-day money market interest rates: averages for the euro area (EONIA= Euro OverNight Index Average), EU27 (theoretical aggregate), and national series (TR, US, JP). 1-month, 3-month, 6-month and 12-month interest rates: averages for the euro area (EURIBOR) and EU27 (theoretical aggregate). 3-month interest rates are also available for the US and Japan.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Database published : June 2020 
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Database published : June 2020 
    • février 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Financial Statistics dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 36 OECD member countries and some selected other countries. The dataset itself contains financial statistics on 4 separate subjects: Monetary Aggregates, Interest Rates, Exchange Rates, and Share Prices. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant financial statistics for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis. All data are available monthly, and are presented as either an index (where the year 2015 is the base year) or as a level depending on which measure is seen as the most appropriate and/or useful in the economic analysis context.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • octobre 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 octobre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      SBS series on Intangible investment and subcontracting in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F. The information has been collected once every three years. A few characteristics on Intangible investment and subcontracting have been defined. 15 42 0 Gross investment in concessions, patents, licences and trade marks and similar rights 15 44 1 Investment in purchased software 15 44 2 Investment in software produced by the enterprise (optional) 23 11 0 Payments to subcontractors 23 12 0 Income from subcontracting (only required for construction - NACE Rev 1.1 section F) For Industry (NACE C-E) the breakdown is detailed to the NACE class level (4-digits). For Construction (NACE F) intangible investments are collected only on NACE group level (3-digits), whereas payments to and income from subcontracting are detailed on NACE class level.
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Municipal waste is mainly produced by households, similar wastes from sources such as commerce, offices and public institutions are included. The amount of municipal waste generated consists of waste collected by or on behalf of municipal authorities and disposed of through the waste management system. The amount of municipal waste treatment is reported for the treatment operations incineration (with and without energy recovery), recycling, composting and landfilling. Data are available in thousand tonnes and kilograms per person. Wastes from agriculture and from industries are not included. For further detail on the definition please refer to section 3.4. The Sustainable Development Indicator on municipal waste is expressed in kilograms per person.
  • N
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents information using an "indicator" approach, focusing on cross-country comparisons. The aim is to make the accounts more accessible and informative, whilst taking the opportunity to present the conceptual underpinning  and comparability issues of each of the indicators presented. The range of indicators is set deliberately wide to reflect the richness of the national accounts dataset and to encourage users of economic statistics to refocus some of the spotlight that is often placed on GDP to other important economic indicators, which may better respond to their needs. Indeed many users themselves have been instrumental in this regard. The report of the Commission on the Measurement of Economic Performance and Social Progress (Stiglitz-Sen-Fitoussi Commission) is but one notable example. That is not to undermine the importance of GDP, which arguably remains the most important measure of total economic activity, but other measures may better reflect other aspects of the economy. For example, net national income may be a more appropriate measure of income available to citizens in countries with large outflows of property income, and household adjusted disposable income per capita may be a better indicator of the material well-being of citizens. But certainly from a data perspective more can and remains to be done. The Stiglitz-Sen-Fitoussi Commission for example highlights the pressing need for the provision, by official statistics institutes, of more detailed information that better describes the distributional aspects of activity, especially income, and the need to build on the national accounts framework to address issues such as non-market services produced by households or leisure. It is hoped that by producing a publication such as this and thereby raising awareness, the momentum from this and other initiatives will be accelerated. The publication itself will pick up new indicators in the future as they become available at the OECD.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • décembre 2023
      Source : United Nations Statistics Division
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The National Accounts Main Aggregates Database presents a series of analytical national accounts tables from 1970 onwards for more than 200 countries and areas of the world. It is the product of a global cooperation effort between the Economic Statistics Branch of the United Nations Statistics Division, international statistical agencies and the national statistical services of these countries and is developed in accordance with the recommendation of the Statistical Commission at its first session in 1947 that the Statistics Division should publish regularly the most recent available data on national accounts for as many countries and areas as possible. The database is updated in December of each year with newly available national accounts data for all countries and areas.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      It provides a breakdown of government expenditure according to their function. To meet this end, economic flows of expenditure must be aggregated according to the Classification of the Functions of Government (COFOG).
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      It presents the three approaches of the GDP: expenditure based, output based and income based. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Annual National Accounts
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residential Property Prices Indices (RPPIs) – also named House price indices (HPIs), are index numbers measuring the evolution of residential property prices over time. RPPIs are key statistics not only for citizens and households across the world, but also for economic and monetary policy makers. Among their professional uses, they serve, for example, to monitor macroeconomic imbalances and risk exposure of the financial sector. This dataset includes RPPI compiled by official statistical agencies following international statistical guidelines. It covers all OECD member countries and some non-member countries. Whenever possible, these RPPIs are broken down by region, dwelling type (single- and multi-family dwellings) and vintage (new and existing dwellings). This dataset presents, for each country, the RPPI that is available at the most aggregate level at both national and regional levels. It mainly contains quarterly statistics. At regional level, the available RPPIs are classified according to the OECD Territorial Level (TL) classification whenever possible. Regions within the 37 OECD countries are classified on two territorials level reflecting the administrative organisation of countries. The 394 OECD large regions (TL2) represent the first administrative tier of subnational government, for example, the Ontario Province in Canada. The 2258 OECD small regions (TL3) correspond to administrative regions, with the exception of Australia, Canada and the United States. This classification – which, for European countries, is largely consistent with the Eurostat NUTS 2016 – facilitates greater comparability of geographic units at the same territorial level.The dataset called “National and Regional House Price Indices” contains the full list of available RPPIs. The dataset called “Analytical house price indicators” contains, in addition to nominal RPPIs, information on real house prices, rental prices and the ratios of nominal prices to rents and to disposable household income per capita. The datasets “Analytical house price indicators” and “National and Regional House Price Indices – Headline Indicators” do not refer to the same price indices for Brazil, Canada, China, Germany, the United States and the Euro area. These differences are further documented in country-specific metadata. For the United States, the series used in “Analytical house price indicators” is included in the dataset called “National and Regional House Price Indices”, but is not the headline indicator. For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical in the period in which they overlap.For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical on the overlapping period.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations is defined as main financial liabilities divided by net entrepreneurial income (ESA 2010 code: B4N) less current taxes on income and wealth (D5PAY). Main financial liabilities include currency and deposits (AF2), debt securities (AF3) and loans (AF4). Detailed data and methodology on site http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/sectoraccounts .
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The aggregate of net lending/net borrowing of the domestic sectors in the ESA is conceptually the same as the value of net lending/net borrowing in the international accounts. This is because all the resident-to-resident flows cancel out. It is also equal to the opposite of net lending/net borrowing of the rest of the world sector in the ESA. The net lending (+) or borrowing (–) of the total economy is the sum of the net lending or borrowing of the institutional sectors. It represents the net resources that the total economy makes available to the rest of the world (if it is positive) or receives from the rest of the world (if it is negative). The net lending (+) or borrowing (–) of the total economy is equal but of opposite sign to the net borrowing (–) or lending (+) of the rest of the world. The indicator is based on the national accounts data reported to Eurostat by the EU Member States.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross national income (at market prices) represents total primary income receivable by resident institutional units in return for some engagement in productive activity: compensation of employees, taxes on production and imports less subsidies, property income (receivable less payable), gross operating surplus and gross mixed income. It corresponds to the better known GDP minus primary income payable by resident units to non-resident units, plus primary income receivable by resident units from the rest of the world. Net national Income equals Gross National income after deduction of the consumption of fixed capital.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations is defined as net entrepreneurial income (ESA 2010 code: B4N) less current taxes on income and wealth (D5PAY) divided by equity and investment fund shares/units (AF5), liabilities. Detailed data and methodology on site http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/sectoraccounts .
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This aggregate measures the portion of national disposable income that is not used for final consumption expenditure. Net national saving is the sum of the net savings of the various institutional sectors, according to the ESA 2010 definition.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Accommodation statistics are a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and have a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases data are compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • mars 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Une grève est un arrêt temporaire de travail déclenché par un ou des groupes de travailleurs en vue d'imposer ou de s'opposer à une exigence ou de formuler des doléances, ou de soutenir d'autres travailleurs dans leurs revendications ou doléances. Un lock-out est la fermeture temporaire totale ou partielle d'un ou plusieurs lieux de travail, ou les mesures prises par un ou plusieurs employeurs pour empêcher les travailleurs d'exécuter normalement leur travail, en vue d'imposer ou de s'opposer à une exigence ou de soutenir les revendications ou les doléances d'autres employeurs. Les données ventilées par activité économique sont présentées conformément à la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible. Les données peuvent avoir été reclassées à partir de classifications nationales, qui peuvent ne pas être strictement comparables à la CITI. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données Données sur les relations industrielles (IRdata).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The unit labour cost (ULC) is defined as the ratio of labour costs to labour productivity. Nominal ULC (NULC) = (D1/EEM) / (B1GQ/ETO) with D1 = Compensation of employees, all industries, current prices EEM = Employees, all industries, in persons (domestic concept) B1GQ = Gross domestic product at market prices in millions, chain-linked volumes reference year 2010 ETO = Total employment, all industries, in persons (domestic concept) The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The data are expressed as % change on previous year and as index 2010=100.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This derived indicator compares remuneration (compensation per employee in current prices) and productivity (gross domestic product (GDP) in volumes per employment) to show how the remuneration of employees is related to the productivity of their labour. It is the relationship between how much each "worker" is paid and the value he/she produces by their work. Its growth rate is intended to give an impression of the dynamics of the participation of the production factor labour in output value created. Please note that the variables used in the numerator (compensation, employees) refer to employed labour only, while those in the denominator (GDP, employment) refer to all labour, including self-employed.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The dataset on Quarterly Sector Accounts data presents the whole set of non financial accounts for the institutional sectors.It includes the following accounts: - Production account / External account of goods and services - Generation of income account - Allocation of primary income account - Secondary distribution of income account - Use of disposable income account - Change in net worth due to saving and capital transfers accounts - Acquisitions of non-financial assets account - Balance sheets for non-financial assets - Employment by sector These accounts are designed to produce accounting balances that are of particular interest for economic analysis such as value added, operating surplus, saving or net lending/net borrowing. Quarterly Sector Accounts data have been reported to the OECD by Member countries and Key Partner countries using a standard questionnaire (simplified table T0119 or detailed table T0801). These questionnaires are designed to collect internationally comparable data according to definitions and concepts presented in the System of National Accounts (SNA 2008 or SNA 1993 for a few countries):
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The non-financial Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States, EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) and Switzerland following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 8) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The ASA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1995 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Countries may transmit longer series on voluntary basis. Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. ASA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the sector of General government), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasa_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows: Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100Total investment to GDP ratio (S.1): P51G/B1GQ*100Business investment to GDP ratio: (S.11_P51G+S.12_P51G)/B1GQ*100Government investment to GDP ratio: S.13_P51G/B1GQ*100Households investment to GDP ratio: (S.14_S.15_P51G)/B1GQ*100 With the following transaction codes: B8G -  Gross savingB6G - Gross disposable incomeD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB1GQ – Gross domestic productB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators are calculated in real or nominal terms: Real growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC*Price Deflator)Nominal growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC)Real growth of household actual consumption per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): P4/(POP_NC*Price Deflator) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B7G - Gross adjusted gross disposable income (adjusted for social transfers in kind)P4 - Actual final consumption (adjusted for social transfers in kind)POP_NC - Total population national concept (source:Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_pe)Price deflator - Price index/implicit deflator calculated as CP_MEUR/CLV10_MEUR – both indicators refer to households and NPISH final consumption expenditure (P31_S14_S15) (source: Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_gdp) The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts: Gross return on capital employed, before taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [B2G_B3G/(AF2+AF3+AF4+AF5, liab)]*100Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): ([(AF2+AF3+AF4, liab)/(B4N-D5pay)]*100)Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [(B4N-D5pay)/(AF5, liab)]*100Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (S.14_15): [(AF4, liab)/(B6G+D8net)]*100Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B4N - Net entrepreneurial incomeD5pay - Current taxes on income and wealthAF2 - Currency and depositsAF3 - Debt securities (excluding financial derivatives)AF4 - LoansAF5 - Equity and investment fund sharesBF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States and EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 801) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The QSA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1999 Q1 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. QSA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) and seasonally adjusted variables by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the selected seasonally adjusted variables of Total economy and the Rest of the world), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasq_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows:Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100 With the following transaction codes:B6G - Gross disposable incomeB8G -  Gross savingD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. The following key indicators are calculated in real terms for European aggregates only: Gross disposable income of households in real terms (B6G, percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15)Real growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC*Price Deflator)Real growth of household actual consumption per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): P4/(POP_NC*Price Deflator) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): B7G - Gross adjusted gross disposable income (adjusted for social transfers in kind)P4 - Actual final consumption (adjusted for social transfers in kind)POP_NC - Total population national concept (source:Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_pe)Price deflator - Price index/implicit deflator calculated as CP_MEUR/CLV05_MEUR – both indicators refer to households and NPISH final consumption expenditure (P31_S14_S15) (source: Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_gdp) In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts:Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):BF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Non-medical determinants of health: Unhealthy lifestyles and poor environments cause millions of people to die prematurely. Smoking, harmful alcohol use, physical inactivity and obesity are the root cause of many chronic conditions. This dataset presents the latest data for tobacco consumption (including daily smokers by age and sex), vaping (by age and sex), alcohol consumption, fruits and vegetables consumption, as well as measured and self-reported data on overweight and obesity.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data on contingent liabilities and potential obligations of government are collected in the context of the Enhanced Economic Governance package (the "six-pack") adopted in 2011. In particular, Council Directive 2011/85 on requirements for budgetary frameworks of the Member States requires the Member States to publish relevant information on contingent liabilities with potentially large impacts on public budgets, including government guarantees, non-performing loans, and liabilities stemming from the operation of public corporations, including the extent thereof. The liabilities are called “contingent” in the sense that they are by nature only potential and not actual liabilities. Non-performing loans could imply a potential loss for government if these loans were not repaid. This new data collection represents a step towards further transparency of public finances in the EU by giving a more comprehensive picture of EU Member States’ financial positions3 It is to be underlined that contingent liabilities are not part of the general government (Maastricht) debt as defined in the Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009 of 25 May 2009 on the application of the Protocol on the excessive deficit procedure annexed to the Treaty establishing the European Community. Eurostat collects and publishes the following indicators: government guarantees, liabilities related to public-private partnerships recorded off-balance sheet of government, liabilities of government controlled entities classified outside general government (public corporations) and non-performing loans. Regarding government controlled entities, it should be mentioned that this refers to  government controlled units, not classified in general government, and which are controlled, directly or indirectly (through other public units), by government. In cases when the government share in a corporation is lower than 50% and government does not have control over an entity, the corporation is not considered as controlled by government. Regarding the control criteria, according to ESA 2010 paragraph 20.18: “Control over an entity is the ability to determine the general policy or programme of that entity (…)”. The criteria to be used for corporations are indicated in ESA 2010 paragraphs 2.38 and further detailed in paragraph 20.309. ESA 2010 paragraph 2.38 specifies that: “General government secures control over a corpo­ration as a result of special legislation, decree or reg­ulation which empowers the government to deter­mine corporate policy. The following indicators are the main factors to consider in deciding whether a corporation is controlled by government:(a) government ownership of the majority of the voting interest; (b) government control of the board or governing body; (c) government control of the appointment and removal of key personnel;(d) government control of key committees in the entity; (e) government possession of a golden share; (f) special regulations; (g) government as a dominant customer; (h) borrowing from government. A single indicator may be sufficient to establish control, but, in other cases, a number of separate indicators may collectively indicate control.”
    • juillet 2022
      Source : Petroleum Association of Japan
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 août, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Monthly data on crude oil imports by oil type in Japan.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Number of animals from the November/December survey
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Questionnaire on Air Transport Statistics is aimed to collect aggregated annual data on the air transport sector for the following domains: I. Infrastructure (covering commercial airports only) (status at 31/12) II. Transport equipment (covering commercial aircrafts only) (status at 31/12) III. Enterprises, economic performance and employment (status at 31/12) IV. Accidents (annual data) - as from 2015 data on accidents are no longer collected by the questionnaire but are obtained from European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) and disseminated under Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) part of Eurobase Data are collected and disseminated at country level or at airport level for major European airports. The questionnaire is not supported by any legal acts and it is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries (Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Turkey, FYROM and Montenegro). It is usually prefilled by Eurostat using its own sources as well as other ones (e.g. Airclaims or EASA) and sent to the countries for completion and validation. The completeness varies from country to country. Please note that information concerning data collected in the frame of the Air Transport Statistics Regulation can be found in the metadata documentation provided for this domain (Air Transport Measurement). The section on "Infrastructure" contains three tables: Number of main airports (with more than 150 000 passenger units per year) and other airports (between 15 000 and 150 000 passenger units per year) at country levelAirport infrastructures by type at airport levelAirport connections to other modes of transport at airport level. The section on "Transport Equipment" contains two tables: Commercial aircraft fleet by type of aircraft at country levelCommercial aircraft fleet by age of aircraft at country level The section on "Enterprises economic performance and employment" contains three tables: Number of aviation and airport enterprises at country levelEmployment in aviation and airport enterprises by gender at country levelEmployment in main airports by gender at airport level The section on "Accidents" (which contained two tables Number of injury accidents at country level and Number of fatalities in injury accidents at country level) has been removed from dissemination (in September 2015) and replaced by Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) tables: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca);Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw);Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah);Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal). More information on air accident victims under the following link.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Number of animals from the November/December survey
    • mars 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This indicator covers the number of enterprises active during at least part of the reference period. The data is broken down by size classes of persons employed.
    • juin 2022
      Source : U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
      Téléchargé par : Suraj Kumar
      Accès le : 07 juin, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Independent Inventor Utility Patents by Country, State and Year An independent inventor patent is a patent that has ownership that is unassigned or assigned to an individual at the time of grant i.e. ownership of the patent is not assigned to an organization. some U.S. origin patents are assigned to foreign individuals while some foreign origin patents are assigned to U.S. individuals. Therefore, the sum of counts of U.S. origin independent inventor patents usually will not equal the sum of counts of patents owned by "U.S. individuals" and the sum of counts of "foreign origin" independent inventor patents usually will not equal the sum of counts of patents owned by foreign individuals.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Number of animals from the November/December survey
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Number of sheep (over 500,000) from the November/December survey
  • O
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator measures the share of obese people based on their body mass index (BMI). BMI is defined as the weight in kilos divided by the square of the height in meters. People aged 18 years or over are considered obese with a BMI equal or greater than 30. Other categories are: underweight (BMI less than 18.5), normal weight (BMI between 18.5 and less than 25), and pre-obese (BMI between 25 and less than 30). The category overweight (BMI equal or greater than 25) combines the two categories pre-obese and obese.
    • avril 2022
      Source : Ocean Health Index
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 avril, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Ocean Health Index
    • mai 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Agricultural Outlook has been prepared as a joint report by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) of the United Nations. The report provides a ten year forward looking, assessment of trends and prospects in the major temperate-zone agricultural commodity markets of biofuels, cereals, oilseeds and oilseed products, sugar, meat, fish and sea food, dairy products, cotton, roots and tubers and pulses. It is published annually, in the middle of the second quarter, as part of a continuing effort to promote informed discussion of emerging market and policy issues. The data used to develop the projections underlying the assessment are those available as of January 2023. The projections and assessments provided in the report are the result of close co-operation between the OECD and FAO Secretariats and national experts with a jointly developed modelling system, based on the AGLINK-COSIMO model, used to facilitate consistency in the projections. The data series for the projections are drawn from OECD and FAO databases. For the most part information in these databases has been taken from national statistical sources. For further details on particular series, enquiries should be directed to the OECD and FAO Secretariats.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : International Energy Agency
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The IEA Oil Market Report (OMR) is one of the world's most authoritative and timely sources of data, forecasts and analysis on the global oil market – including detailed statistics and commentary on oil supply, demand, inventories, prices and refining activity, as well as oil trade for IEA and selected non-IEA countries. IEA (2023),  Oil Market Report - December 2023 , IEA, Paris https://www.iea.org/reports/oil-market-report-december-2023
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes)Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes)Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • mars 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mars, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The monthly oil stocks collection covers the supply of crude oil and petroleum products to the Community. It covers stocks in the following locations: refinery tanks, bulk terminals, pipeline tankage, barges and intercostal tankers (when port of departure and destination are in the same country), tankers in a port of a member country (if their cargo is to be discharged at the port), inland ship bunkers. Exclude military stocks, stocks held in pipelines, in rail tanks cars, in truck tanks cars, in sea-going ships' bunkers, in service stations, in retail stores and in tankers at sea. Two main types of stockholding obligations are existing: •           Emergency stocks, where all Member States are obliged to keep a certain volume of crude oil and petroleum products, based on the annual level of net imports or the annual level of consumption (specifically for producers). •           Specific stocks, where Member States may undertake a commitment to maintain a certain volume of petroleum products, owned by the Government or the Central Stockholding Entity. Monthly oil stocks data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, from 2013 onwards.   
    • juin 2019
      Source : Open Data Research Network
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Open data research Network  Lisence: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/
    • mars 2023
      Source : Open Data Watch
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Open Data Watch https://opendatawatch.com/ Topic: Open Data Inventory (ODIN) data Publication: http://odin.opendatawatch.com/data/download License: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   Score Type Options: Three sets of scores are available: raw, weighted, or standardized. Raw scores have values between 0 and 1 as recorded in the original assessment; subscores are simple totals. Weighted scores use a predefined weighting matrix; subscores are simple totals. Standardized scores are scaled from 0 to 100; subscores are weighted averages.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This data are collected as summary tables to display an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and the European Economic Area. Switzerland and some Candidate or Potential Candidate Countries (Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Serbia and Turkey) provide also data on a voluntary basis. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. From 1997 to 2011 : Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Organic operators by status of the registration process (until 2011) (org_coptyp_h) 2. Organic crop area by agricultural production methods and crops (until 2011) (org_cropar_h1) 3. Share of organic crop area out of the total utilised agricultural area (UAA) (until 2011) (org_cropar_h2) 4. Organic crop production by crops (until 2011) (org_cropppro_h) 5. Organic livestock of animals (until 2011) (org_lstspec_h) 6. Organic production of animal products (until 2011) (org_aprod_h) 7. Processors of organic products by NACE Rev. 2 activity (C) (2008-2011) (org_cpreact_h) 8. Processors and importers of organic products by NACE Rev. 1.1 activity (D) (until 2007) (org_cpreact-nr1) From 2012 onwards : Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Organic operators by status of the registration process (from 2012 onwards) (org_coptyp) 2. Organic crop area by agricultural production methods and crops (from 2012 onwards) (org_cropar) 3. Organic crop production by crops (from 2012 onwards) (org_croppro) 4. Organic livestock of animals (from 2012 onwards) (org_lstspec) 5. Organic production of animal products (from 2012 onwards) (org_aprod) 6. Organic production of aquaculture products (from 2012 onwards) (org_astspec) 7. Processors of organic products by NACE Rev. 2 activity (C) (from 2012 onwards) (org_cpreact) Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • mars 2023
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description of statisticQuality descriptions Concepts and definitionsRegionThese statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2019 to the whole time series.Background countryThe origin and background country data are explained in the Concepts webpage, see link. Countries (ISO 3166). The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. In the classification of continents, Europe does not include the figures for Finland. Non-autonomous states are combined with the mother country. Sudan = Sudan + Former Sudan --- HDI = Human Development Index Ranking according to the 2016 HDI index by country: The former Soviet Union is included in the Russia HDI category The former Czechoslovakia is included in the Czech Republic HDI category The former Yugoslavia and Serbia and Montenegro are included in the Serbia HDI categoryAgeAge refers to a person's age in whole years as at 31 December.OriginThe origin and background country data are explained on the Concepts webpage, see the link.InformationPopulation 31 DecPopulation at the end of the statistical reference period.
    • mai 2021
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mars, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. In the classification of continents, Europe does not include the figures for Finland. Non-autonomous states are combined with the mother country. Sudan = Sudan + Former Sudan --- HDI = Human Development Index Ranking according to the 2016 HDI index by country: The former Soviet Union is included in the Russia HDI category The former Czechoslovakia is included in the Czech Republic HDI category The former Yugoslavia and Serbia and Montenegro are included in the Serbia HDI category Language Languages (ISO 639-1) The national languages are Finnish, Swedish and Sami Age Age refers to a person's age in whole years as at 31 December. Information Population 31 Dec Population at the end of the statistical reference period.
    • mars 2022
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 juin, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description of statistical Quality descriptions Concepts and definitions... confidentialAreaThese statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2019 to the whole time series. Data for merged municipalities have been combined. Partial municipal mergers have not been taken into account in the years preceding the merger.Background countryThe origin and background country data are explained in the Concepts webpage, see link. Countries (ISO 3166). The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. In the classification of continents, Europe does not include the figures for Finland. Non-autonomous states are combined with the mother country. Sudan = Sudan + Former Sudan --- HDI = Human Development Index Ranking according to the 2016 HDI index by country: The former Soviet Union is included in the Russia HDI category The former Czechoslovakia is included in the Czech Republic HDI category The former Yugoslavia and Serbia and Montenegro are included in the Serbia HDI categoryInformationPopulation 31 DecPopulation at the end of the statistical reference period.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 avril, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator measures the share of people living in overcrowded conditions in the EU. A person is considered to be living in an overcrowded household if the house does not have at least one room for the entire household as well as a room for a couple, for each single person above 18, for a pair of teenagers (12 to 17 years of age) of the same sex, for each teenager of different sex and for a pair of children (under 12 years of age).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Owners occupiers are those households that live in a dwelling (flat, house) that they own. Owner occupier's housing expenditures represent those expenditures incurred by owners occupiers when purchasing, maintaining and living in their own home. The Owner-Occupied Housing Price Index (OOHPI) measures the change over time in the transaction prices of dwellings that were purchased for own-use and the cost of all goods and services that households purchase in their role as owners occupiers of dwellings (see classification below). As the index is based on the net acquisitions approach, only purchased dwellings that are new to the household sector are covered, while transactions between households are excluded (see section 3.4 Statistical concepts and definitions) . These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing since 2001 within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat. OOHPIs are available for 26 EU Member States, plus Iceland and Norway (published for 27 countries). The data that is released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the previous quarter (Qt-1) and the same quarter of the previous year (Qt-4).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Owners occupiers are those households that live in a dwelling (flat, house) that they own. Owner occupier's housing expenditures represent those expenditures incurred by owners occupiers when purchasing, maintaining and living in their own home. The Owner-Occupied Housing Price Index (OOHPI) measures the change over time in the transaction prices of dwellings that were purchased for own-use and the cost of all goods and services that households purchase in their role as owners occupiers of dwellings (see classification below). As the index is based on the net acquisitions approach, only purchased dwellings that are new to the household sector are covered, while transactions between households are excluded (see section 3.4 Statistical concepts and definitions) . These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing since 2001 within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat. OOHPIs are available for 26 EU Member States, plus Iceland and Norway (published for 27 countries). The data that is released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the previous quarter (Qt-1) and the same quarter of the previous year (Qt-4).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Owners occupiers are those households that live in a dwelling (flat, house) that they own. Owner occupier's housing expenditures represent those expenditures incurred by owners occupiers when purchasing, maintaining and living in their own home. The Owner-Occupied Housing Price Index (OOHPI) measures the change over time in the transaction prices of dwellings that were purchased for own-use and the cost of all goods and services that households purchase in their role as owners occupiers of dwellings (see classification below). As the index is based on the net acquisitions approach, only purchased dwellings that are new to the household sector are covered, while transactions between households are excluded (see section 3.4 Statistical concepts and definitions) . These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing since 2001 within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat. OOHPIs are available for 26 EU Member States, plus Iceland and Norway (published for 27 countries). The data that is released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the previous quarter (Qt-1) and the same quarter of the previous year (Qt-4).
    • septembre 2023
      Source : University of Oxford
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      University of Oxford baseline measure of variation in governments’ responses is the COVID-19 Government Response Stringency Index. This composite measure is a simple additive score of seven indicators measured on an ordinal scale, rescaled to vary from 0 to 100. Please note that this measure is for comparative purposes only, and should not necessarily be interpreted as rating of the appropriateness or effectiveness of a country's response.   Data cited at: Hale, Thomas and Samuel Webster (2020). Oxford COVID-19 Government Response Tracker. Data use policy: Creative Commons Attribution CC BY standard.
  • P
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • juillet 2022
      Source : Passport Index
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juillet, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Passport Index is an interactive tool, which collects, displays and ranks the passports of the world. You can discover the world’s passports on a map, by country name, by Passport Power Rank and even by the color of their cover. Visa Free Score Passports accumulate points for each visa free country that their holders can visit without a visa, or they can obtain a visa on arrival. Passport Power Rank Passports are ranked based on their Visa Free Score. The higher the Visa Free Score, the better the Passport Power Rank. Methodology The country list is based on the 193 UN member countries and 6 territories (Macao, Kosovo, etc.) for a total of 199. Territories annexed to other countries such as Norfolk Island, French Polynesia, etc. are excluded. Data is based on research from publicly available sources, as well as information shared by government agencies.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : World Intellectual Property Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Zaire, officially the Republic of Zaire, was the name of the Democratic Republic of the Congo between 1971 and 1997.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents patent statistics and indicators that are suitable for tracking innovation in environment-related technologies. They allow the assessment of countries and firms' innovation performance as well as the design of governments' environmental and innovation policies.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Environment Directorate, in collaboration with the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in environment-related technologies. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' environmental and innovation policies. The patent statistics presented here are constructed using data extracted from the Worldwide Patent Statistical Database (PATSTAT) of the European Patent Office (EPO) using algorithms developed by the OECD. Consistent with other patent statistics provided in OECD.Stat, only published applications for "patents of invention" are considered (i.e. excluding utility models, petty patents, etc.). The relevant patent documents are identified using search strategies for environment-related technologies (ENV-TECH) which were developed specifically for this purpose. They allow identifying technologies relevant to environmental management, water-related adaptation and climate change mitigation. An aggregate category labelled "selected environment-related technologies" includes all of the environmental domains presented here.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Environment Directorate, in collaboration with the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in environment-related technologies. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' environmental and innovation policies. The patent statistics presented here are constructed using data extracted from the Worldwide Patent Statistical Database (PATSTAT) of the European Patent Office (EPO) using algorithms developed by the OECD. Consistent with other patent statistics provided in OECD.Stat, only published applications for "patents of invention" are considered (i.e. excluding utility models, petty patents, etc.). The relevant patent documents are identified using search strategies for environment-related technologies (ENV-TECH) which were developed specifically for this purpose. They allow identifying technologies relevant to environmental management, water-related adaptation and climate change mitigation. An aggregate category labelled "selected environment-related technologies" includes all of the environmental domains presented here.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents are a key measure of innovation output, as patent indicators reflect the inventive performance of countries, regions, technologies, firms, etc. They are also used to track the level of diffusion of knowledge across technology areas, countries, sectors, firms, etc., and the level of internationalisation of innovative activities. Patent indicators can serve to measure the output of R&D, its productivity, structure and the development of a specific technology/industry. The relationship between patents as an intermediate output resulting from R&D inputs has been investigated extensively. Patents are often interpreted as an output indicator; however, they could also be viewed as an input indicator, as patents are used as a source of information by subsequent inventors. Like any other indicator, patent indicators have many advantages and disadvantages. The advantages of patent indicators are :patents have a close link to invention;patents cover a broad range of technologies on which there are sometimes few other sources of data;the contents of patent documents are a rich source of information (on the applicant, inventor, technology category, claims, etc.); andpatent data are readily available from patent offices. However, patents are subject to certain drawbacks:the value distribution of patents is skewed as many patents have no industrial application (and hence are of little value to society) whereas a few are of substantial value;many inventions are not patented because they are not patentable or inventors may protect the inventions using other methods, such as secrecy, lead time, etc.;the propensity to patent differs across countries and industries;differences in patent regulations make it difficult to compare counts across countries; andchanges in patent law over the years make it difficult to analyse trends over time. 
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Dinesh Kumar Gouducheruvu
      Accès le : 14 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2022
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 avril, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2022
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 avril, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2022
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2022
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 avril, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2021
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 avril, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2022
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 avril, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2022
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 avril, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2022
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 avril, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2021
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 décembre, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2021
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 décembre, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • février 2021
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 février, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The pension expenditure indicator includes gross public pensions (i.e. before taxes and compulsory social security contributions) as a percentage of GDP. It is the sum of different categories of pension benefits, some of which (for example, disability  pensions) may be paid to people who have not reached the standard retiring age. The projections are made on the basis of Eurostat's population projection - EUROPOP2010 - and commonly agreed underlying economic assumptions that have been prepared by the European Commission (DG ECFIN) and the Economic Policy Committee (Ageing Working Group).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Pensions at a Glance Database has been developed in order to serve a growing need for pensions indicators. It includes reliable and internationally comparable statistics on public and mandatory and voluntary pensions. It covers 34 OECD countries and aims to cover all G20 countries. Pensions at a Glance reviews and analyses the pension measures enacted or legislated in OECD countries. It provides an in-depth review of the first layer of protection of the elderly, first-tier pensions across countries and provideds a comprehensive selection of pension policy indicators for all OECD and G20 countries.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      People at risk-of-poverty are persons with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers). The indicator is part of the multidimensional poverty index.
    • mars 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 mars, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The persons with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers).
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 mars, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Europe 2020 strategy promotes social inclusion, in particular through the reduction of poverty, by aiming to lift at least 20 million people out of the risk of poverty and social exclusion. This indicator corresponds to the sum of persons who are: at risk of poverty or severely materially deprived or living in households with very low work intensity. Persons are only counted once even if they are present in several sub-indicators. At risk-of-poverty are persons with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers). Material deprivation covers indicators relating to economic strain and durables. Severely materially deprived persons have living conditions severely constrained by a lack of resources, they experience at least 4 out of 9 following deprivations items: cannot afford i) to pay rent or utility bills, ii) keep home adequately warm, iii) face unexpected expenses, iv) eat meat, fish or a protein equivalent every second day, v) a week holiday away from home, vi) a car, vii) a washing machine, viii) a colour TV, or ix) a telephone. People living in households with very low work intensity are those aged 0-59 living in households where the adults (aged 18-59) work 20% or less of their total work potential during the past year.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Persons who are at risk of poverty or severely materially deprived or living in households with very low work intensity. Persons are only counted once even if they are present in several sub-indicators. At risk-of-poverty are persons with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers). Material deprivation covers indicators relating to economic strain and durables. Severely materially deprived persons have living conditions severely constrained by a lack of resources, they experience at least 4 out of 9 following deprivations items: cannot afford i) to pay rent or utility bills, ii) keep home adequately warm, iii) face unexpected expenses, iv) eat meat, fish or a protein equivalent every second day, v) a week holiday away from home, vi) a car, vii) a washing machine, viii) a colour TV, or ix) a telephone. People living in households with very low work intensity are those aged 0-59 living in households where the adults (aged 18-59) work less than 20% of their total work potential during the past year.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Value added at factor cost in the ICT sector (source: SBS, variable V12150) Until 2007, definition of the ICT sector is based on NACE Rev. 1.1 classification as follows: ICT Total (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333 + 5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) ICT Manufacturing (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333) ICT Services (5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) Due to change of the ICT sector definition as a consequence of change of the underlying classification, value added data for 2008 in the ICT sector are not comparable with data published for pRevious years. Therefore, the percentage change between years 2007 and 2008 is not available.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021 (endorsed by the Digital Agenda High Level Group) that follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates:ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table includes the areas of all fruit trees (in particular apples, pears and cherries) all nut trees, all berry plantations (except strawberries), all citrus fruit trees, all vineyards, all olive trees and all other permanent crops used for human consumption. This indicator uses the concepts of "production area". The "production area" corresponds to the area that can be harvested in the reference harvest year. All of the non-producing areas, such as new plantations that have not yet started to produce, are not excluded, as well as the abandoned areas. In addition, only the areas planted with permanent crops that are entirely or mainly intended to produce for the market are included.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • janvier 2022
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 janvier, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This Dataset presents time series on receipts and payments of personal remittances in millions of dollars. These data are also shown as percentage of exports (receipts) and imports (payments) of goods and services, and as percentage of GDP. Personal remittances, as defined in this table, comply with the guidelines of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual, Sixth Edition (BPM6) (IMF 2009, Appendix 5). They are the sum of two items: (1.) compensation of employees, defined as the income of workers employed in an economy where they are not resident and of residents employed by non-resident employers; (2.) personal (current) transfers, defined as current transfers in kind or in cash, between resident and non-resident households (ibid., A5.5-7). A broader definition of personal remittances would include also capital transfers between resident and non-resident households (ibid., A5.10-13). However, data coverage for capital transfers is much sparser than for the two items above, as compilation of this item by countries is voluntary in the context of the balance of payment statistics. Therefore, capital transfers between resident and non-resident households are reported in this table separately. The main source of personal remittances data is World Bank. In cases of missing data, data from IMF or Economic Intelligence Unit have been imputed. Capital transfers data have been taken from IMF.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes hors mai-d'oeuvre comprennent toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, pendant la période de référence spécifiée, n'étaient pas dans la main-d'oeuvre (c'est-à-dire, qui n'étaient ni pourvues d'un emploi ni au chômage). Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1990-2015 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2016-2030 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en juillet 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections de la main d'oeuvre (en anglais).
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The number of persons employed is defined as the total number of persons working in the various industries: employees, non employees (e.g. family workers, delivery personnel) with the exception of agency workers. The data is broken down by size classes of persons employed. Country data are expressed in units. European aggregates (EU27 (2007-2013)) are expressed in 100.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Persons subject of asylum applications pending at the end of the month. Asylum applicant means a person having submitted an application for international protection or having been included in such application as a family member during the reference period.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Statistics on culture cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. Employment in cultural sector statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of cultural employment to the overall employment. Cultural employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (see EU-LFS metadata) that is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012, in particular pp. 129-226) deals with the methodology applied to cultural statistics, including the scope of the 'cultural economic activities' and 'cultural occupations' based on two reference classifications:the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the employer’s main activity, andthe ISCO classification(‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow to characterize cultural employment by different variables such as gender, age, employment status, working time, educational attainment, permanency of jobs by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE cultural codes as defined in the ESS-Net Culture Report 2012 (Annex 3 – Table 26 and Annex 4 – Table 27).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Regulation (EC) No 1185/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council, of 25 November 2009, concerning statistics on pesticides, stipulates that Member States shall transmit their annual sales of pesticides placed on the market from 2011 onwards.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Resource Statistics - Pesticides Trade
    • juillet 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 juillet, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to: - 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.); - 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.). Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Even though consistency checks are a major aspect of data validation, temporary (usually limited) inconsistencies between datasets may occur, mainly due to vintage effects. Quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information (including actual communications) is presented on the Eurostat website.   The domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment, sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • mars 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Percentage of the population served by a sewer system, regardless of the availability of treatment facilities. This relates to any kind of sewage treatment (primary to tertiary) in municipal treatment plants run by public authorities or by private companies.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Population Estimates And Projections Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/population-estimates-and-projections License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   This database presents population and other demographic estimates and projections from 1960 to 2050. They are disaggregated by age-group and sex and covers more than 200 economies.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The annual Eurostat's collections on population are structured as follows:
    • février 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      La population totale comprend les personnes de tous les âges qui vivaient dans le pays pendant la période de référence, indépendamment de leur statut de résidence ou de leur citoyenneté. Les données pour 1990-2015 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2016-2030 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en juillet 2017, la source des statistiques sur la population est la publication des Nations Unies World Population Prospects: The 2017 Revision.
    • février 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      La population totale comprend les personnes de tous les âges qui vivaient dans le pays pendant la période de référence, indépendamment de leur statut de résidence ou de leur citoyenneté. Les données pour 1990-2015 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2016-2030 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en juillet 2017, la source des statistiques sur la population est la publication des Nations Unies World Population Prospects: The 2017 Revision et la source pour la distribution de la population rurale urbane est World Urbanization Prospects: The 2014 Revision.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents annual population projections data up to 2061 by sex and five year age groups as well as the share of children, youth, the elderly, old-age and total dependency ratios. The data is available for all 38 member countries as well as for the EU27 and G20 countries, Singapore and the World total. Population projections are, in most countries, according to medium variant. (See country details for the variants retained for each demographic component of total fertility, life expectancy at birth and net annual migration).
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Population projections show how the population size and structure would change if the assumptions made regarding fertility, mortality and migration remained true over the whole projection period. Even though they are hypothetical ‘what-if’ exercises, population projections help the public, statisticians and policymakers understand population dynamics. Population refers to 1st January population for the respective years.
    • mai 2015
      Source : Earth Policy Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This is part of a supporting dataset for Lester R. Brown, Full Planet, Empty Plates: The New Geopolitics of Food Scarcity (New York: W.W. Norton & Company, 2012).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that shows at a point in time the value and composition of: -financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, and -liabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The difference between an economy’s external financial assets and liabilities is the economy’s net IIP, which may be positive or negative. According to the functional category, the cross-border financial positions are classified as: 1) For the assets - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options ; Other investment and Reserve assets 2) For the liabilities - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other investment The financial positions are further classified according the different instruments. The data on portfolio investment are expressed in million units of national currency. The indicator is based on the Eurostat data from the Balance of payment statistics, these data are quaterly reported to the ECB by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that shows at a point in time the value and composition of: - financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, and - liabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The difference between an economy’s external financial assets and liabilities is the economy’s net IIP, which may be positive or negative. According to the functional category, the cross-border financial positions are classified as: 1) For the assets - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options ; Other investment and Reserve assets 2) For the liabilities - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other investment The financial positions are further classified according the different instruments. The data on portfolio investment are expressed in million units of national currency. The indicator is based on the Eurostat data from the Balance of payment statistics, these data are quaterly reported to the ECB by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that shows at a point in time the value and composition of: -financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, and -liabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The difference between an economy’s external financial assets and liabilities is the economy’s net IIP, which may be positive or negative. According to the functional category, the cross-border financial positions are classified as: 1) For the assets - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options ; Other investment and Reserve assets 2) For the liabilities - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other investment The financial positions are further classified according the different instruments and institutional sectors. The data on portfolio investment are expressed in million units of national currency. The indicator is based on the Eurostat data from the Balance of payment statistics, these data are quaterly reported to the ECB by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that shows at a point in time the value and composition of: -financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, and -liabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The difference between an economy’s external financial assets and liabilities is the economy’s net IIP, which may be positive or negative. According to the functional category, the cross-border financial positions are classified as: 1) For the assets - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options ; Other investment and Reserve assets 2) For the liabilities - Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other investment The financial positions are further classified according the different instruments and institutional sectors. The data on portfolio investment are expressed in million units of national currency. The indicator is based on the Eurostat data from the Balance of payment statistics, these data are quaterly reported to the ECB by the EU Member States. Definitions are based on the IMF Sixth Balance of Payments Manual (BPM6).
    • mai 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juin, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The focus of this domain is on the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries on the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean (ENP-South), namely: Algeria (DZ),Egypt (EG),Israel (IL),Jordan (JO),Lebanon (LB),Libya (LY),Morocco (MA),Palestine (PS),Syria (SY) andTunisia (TN). An extensive range of indicators is presented in this domain, including indicators from almost every theme covered by European statistics. Only annual data are published in this domain. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its borders.
    • juillet 2022
      Source : Statistics Indonesia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 août, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains indicators related to Poverty and Inequality topics for provincial level.
    • avril 2024
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The World Bank updated the global poverty lines in September 2022. The Poverty data are now expressed in 2017 Purchasing Power Parity (PPP) prices, versus 2011 PPP in previous editions. The new global poverty lines of $2.15, $3.65, and $6.85 reflect the typical national poverty lines of low-income, lower-middle-income, and upper-middle-income countries in 2017 prices.
    • novembre 2021
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset covers only Cross-Country-Concepts - Portfolio Investment related indicators. Please visit  Principal Global Indicators - Data by Indicator  for other set of Principal Global Indicators. 
    • juin 2020
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 juin, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Principal Global Indicators (PGI) dataset provides internationally comparable data for the Group of 20 economies (G-20) and economies with systemically important financial sectors that are not members of the G-20. The PGI facilitates the monitoring of economic and financial developments for these jurisdictions. Launched in 2009, the PGI website is hosted by the IMF and is a joint undertaking of the Inter-Agency Group of Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The private sector credit flow represents the net amount of liabilities in which the sectors Non-Financial corporations, Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.11_S.14_S.15) have incurred along the year. The instruments that are taken into account to compile private sector credit flow are Debt securities (F.3) and Loans (F.4). Data are presented in non-consolidated terms, i.e. data take into account transactions within the same sector and expressed in % of GDP and in Million units of national currency. Definitions regarding sectors and instruments are based on the ESA 2010.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The table presents the net flow of debt securities (F.3) for the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11), Households (S.14) and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.15). The debt securities are negotiable financial instruments serving as evidence of debt. Data are presented in non-consolidated terms, i.e. data take into account transactions within the same sector and expressed in % of GDP. Definitions regarding sectors and instruments are based on the ESA 2010.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The table presents the net flow of debt securities (F.3) for the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11), Households (S.14) and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.15). The debt securities are negotiable financial instruments serving as evidence of debt. Data are presented in non-consolidated terms, i.e. data take into account transactions within the same sector and expressed in Million units of national currency. Definitions regarding sectors and instruments are based on the ESA 2010.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The table presents the net flow of loans (F.4) for the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11), Households (S.14) and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.15). The debt securities are negotiable financial instruments serving as evidence of debt. Data are presented in non-consolidated terms, i.e. data take into account transactions within the same sector and expressed in % of GDP. Definitions regarding sectors and instruments are based on the ESA 2010.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The table presents the net flow of loans (F.4) for the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11), Households (S.14) and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.15). The debt securities are negotiable financial instruments serving as evidence of debt. Data are presented in non-consolidated terms, i.e. data take into account transactions within the same sector and expressed in Million units of national currency. Definitions regarding sectors and instruments are based on the ESA 2010.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The private sector debt is the stock of liabilities held by the sectors Non-Financial corporations, Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.11_S.14_S.15). The instruments that are taken into account to compile private sector debt are Debt securities (F.3) and Loans (F.4). Data are presented in non-consolidated terms, i.e. taking into account transactions within the same sector and expressed in % of GDP and million of national currency. Definitions regarding sectors and instruments are based on the ESA 2010.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The table presents the stock of liabilities of debt securities (F.3) for the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11), Households (S.14) and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.15). The debt securities are negotiable financial instruments serving as evidence of debt. Data are presented in non-consolidated terms, i.e. data take into account transactions within the same sector and expressed in % of GDP. Definitions regarding sectors and instruments are based on the ESA 2010.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The table presents the stock of liabilities of debt securities (F.3) for the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11), Households (S.14) and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.15). The debt securities are negotiable financial instruments serving as evidence of debt. Data are presented in non-consolidated terms, i.e. data take into account transactions within the same sector and expressed in million units of national currency. Definitions regarding sectors and instruments are based on the ESA 2010.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The table presents the stock of liabilities of loans (F.4) for the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11), Households (S.14) and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.15). The debt securities are negotiable financial instruments serving as evidence of debt. Data are presented in non-consolidated terms, i.e. data take into account transactions within the same sector and expressed in million units of national currency. Definitions regarding sectors and instruments are based on the ESA 2010.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The table presents the stock of liabilities of loans (F.4) for the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11), Households (S.14) and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.15). The debt securities are negotiable financial instruments serving as evidence of debt. Data are presented in non-consolidated terms, i.e. data take into account transactions within the same sector and expressed in % of GDP. Definitions regarding sectors and instruments are based on the ESA 2010.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Milk production on the farm covers milk from cows, ewes, goats and buffaloes. Attention should be paid to the fact that some Member States produce only cow's milk.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables:  Aquaculture production at first sale for human consumption (excluding hatcheries and nurseries)  by species, by FAO major area, by cultivation method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight), in Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq2a:).  Production of fish eggs (roe) at first sale for human consumption  by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq2b).Input to capture-based aquaculture, i.e. wild seed, by species in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq3).Production of fertilised eggs at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions (fish_aq4a).Production of juveniles at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions (fish_aq4b)  According to Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale intended for human consumption. Non-commercial aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded as well as production for industrial, functional or research purposes. Every three years, these data are complemented by data on the structure of the aquaculture sector by species group, FAO major area, production method, aquatic environment in hectares, 1000 cubic metres or metres (fish_aq5). Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area (EU Member States and EFTA countries) by the 31st of December for the preceding year. They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture. EEA Member States do also provide three annual data on the structure of the aquaculture sector and annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics with details on the respective national data collection and data quality.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The production in construction shows the output and activity of the construction sector. It measures changes in the volume of output on a monthly basis. Construction includes building construction and civil engineering. The construction sector in total corresponds to the NACE Rev. 2 section F but the split between building construction and civil engineering is based on the Classification of types of Construction (CC1, CC2). Production in construction is compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Statistics on the production of cow's milk are derived from annual surveys of farms in each Member State. Milk production here includes milk subsequently fed to calves on the same farm, but not milk suckled directly.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The energy balance is the most complete statistical accounting of energy products and their flow in the economy. The energy balance allows users to see the total amount of energy extracted from the environment, traded, transformed and used by different types of end-users. It also allows seeing the relative contribution of each energy carrier (fuel, product). The energy balance allows studying the overall domestic energy market and monitoring impacts of energy policies. The energy balance offers a complete view on the energy situation of a country in a compact format, such as on energy consumption of the whole economy and of individual sectors. The energy balance presents all statistically significant energy products (fuels) of a country and their production, transformation and consumption by different type of economic actors (industry, transport, etc.). Therefore, an energy balance is the natural starting point to study the energy sector. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data in energy balances are presented in terajoules, kilotonnes of oil equivalent and gigawatt hours.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: fish_aq2a: Aquaculture production at first sale for human consumption (excluding hatcheries and nurseries)  by species, by FAO major area, by cultivation method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight), in Euro and Euro/TLW. fish_aq2b: Production of fish eggs (roe) at first sale for human consumption  by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW.fish_aq3: Input to capture-based aquaculture, i.e. wild seed, by species in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW.fish_aq4a: Production of fertilised eggs at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions.fish_aq4b: Production of juveniles at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions.   According to Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale intended for human consumption. Non-commercial aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded as well as production for industrial, functional or research purposes. Every three years, these data are complemented by fish_aq5 data on the structure of the aquaculture sector by species group, FAO major area, production method, aquatic environment in hectares, 1000 cubic metres or metres. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture. EEA Member States do also provide three annual data on the structure of the aquaculture sector and annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics with details on the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling aquaculture data as well as quality aspects. This information is currently not published.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables:  Aquaculture production at first sale for human consumption (excluding hatcheries and nurseries)  by species, by FAO major area, by cultivation method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight), in Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq2a:).  Production of fish eggs (roe) at first sale for human consumption  by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq2b).Input to capture-based aquaculture, i.e. wild seed, by species in TLW, Euro and Euro/TLW (fish_aq3).Production of fertilised eggs at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions (fish_aq4a).Production of juveniles at first sale for further on-growing or release to the wild by species in Millions (fish_aq4b)  According to Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale intended for human consumption. Non-commercial aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded as well as production for industrial, functional or research purposes. Every three years, these data are complemented by data on the structure of the aquaculture sector by species group, FAO major area, production method, aquatic environment in hectares, 1000 cubic metres or metres (fish_aq5). Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area (EU Member States and EFTA countries) by the 31st of December for the preceding year. They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture. EEA Member States do also provide three annual data on the structure of the aquaculture sector and annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics with details on the respective national data collection and data quality.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This indicator covers the carcass weight of bovine animals (calves, bullocks, bulls, heifers and cows) slaughtered in slaughterhouses and on the farm, whose meat is declared fit for human consumption.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This indicator expresses the total carcass weight of pigs slaughtered in slaughterhouses and on the farm, whose meat is declared fit for human consumption.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Total carcass weight of poultry slaughtered whose meat is declared fit for human consumption. The following poultry is included: hens, chicken, ducks, turkey, guinea fowls, geese. This indicator covers mainly the production of gallinaceae including broilers.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This indicator covers the carcass weight of sheep, including lambs, and goats slaughtered in slaughterhouses or elsewhere whose meat is declared fit for human consumption.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The agricultural production domain covers: Quantity produced Producer price Value at farmgate (forthcoming) Area harvested Yield per hectare  
    • décembre 2023
      Source : U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The profit share of non-financial corporations is defined as gross operating surplus (ESA 2010 code: B2g_B3g) divided by gross value added (B1g). This profitability-type indicator shows the share of the value added created during the production process remunerating capital. It is the complement of the share of wage costs (plus taxes less subsidies on production) in value added. Non-financial corporation includes all private and public corporate enterprises that produce goods or provide non-financial services to the market (ESA 2010 code: S11). Indicator described is calculated on the basis of quarterly sector accounts data by institutional sectors. Sector accounts are compiled in accordance with European System of Accounts (ESA 2010). Data are expressed in percentage, in non-seasonal adjusted as well as in seasonal and calendar adjusted form.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The datasets are composed by baseline population projections and the 'No migration' sensitivity test. Data is available as follows: •           Projected population on 1 January by age and sex, and by single year time interval; •           Assumptions on future age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration levels (including statistical adjustment); •           Corresponding approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex. Moreover, for the baseline projections, the following demographic balances and indicators are available: •           Total numbers of the projected live births and deaths; •           Projected population structure indicators: proportions of broad age groups in total population, age dependency ratios and median age of the population. The time horizon covered is: 2018 to 2100.
    • juin 2023
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The property price statistics currently include data from 59 countries, and are available at different frequencies. The data differ significantly from country to country, for instance in terms of sources of information on prices, type of property, area covered, property vintage, priced unit, detailed compilation methods and seasonal adjustment. This reflects two facts. Firstly, that the processes associated with buying and selling a property and hence data available, vary between countries and secondly, that there are currently no specific international standards for property price statistics.   Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      La proportion des jeunes qui ne sont ni en emploi, ni étudiants ni en formation (aussi connu sous le nom de « taux de jeunes NEET ») correspond au nombre de personnes jeunes qui ne sont ni en emploi, ni étudiants ni en formation exprimé en pourcentage du total des jeunes. En fournissant une mesure des jeunes qui sont en dehors du système éducatif, de la formation et de l'emploi, cet indicateur sert comme une mesure des potentiels jeunes entrants dans le marché du travail plus large que le chômage des jeunes, vu qu'elle inclut aussi les jeunes hors main-d'oeuvre qui ne sont ni étudiants ni en formation. Cet indicateur est aussi une meilleure mesure de l'univers des potentiels jeunes entrants dans le marché du travail que le taux d'inactivité des jeunes, vu que ce dernier inclut aussi les jeunes qui sont hors main-d'oeuvre mais sont dans le système éducatif, et donc ne sont pas disponibles pour travailler. Pour plus d'informations, veuillez vous référer au Repositoire de Métadonnées sur les Indicateurs des ODD ou à la description de l'indicateur sur ILOSTAT.
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Dans le but de promouvoir la comparabilité internationale, les statistiques présentées sur ILOSTAT sont basées sur des définitions internationales standard dans la mesure du possible et peuvent différer des chiffres nationaux officiels. Cette série est basée sur les définitions de la 13e CIST. Pour la comparabilité des séries chronologiques, elle inclut les pays qui ont mis en >uvre les normes de la 19e CIST, pour lesquels des données sont également disponibles dans la base de données Statistiques du travail -- 19e CIST (WORK). Cet indicateur transmet la part des jeunes qui ne sont ni dans l'emploi ni dans le système éducatif. Les jeunes non scolarisés sont ceux qui ne sont ni inscrits à l'école, ni dans un programme de formation formel (formation professionnelle). à des fins statistiques, les jeunes sont définis comme les personnes âgées entre 15 et 24 ans. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données Statistiques sur la main-d'oeuvre (LFS et STLFS).
    • avril 2012
      Source : Actionable Governance Indicators Data Portal
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Public Investment Management index captures different ex ante and ex post dimensions of various stages of the investment process. It is a composite index of the efficiency of the public investment management process for 71 countries. It records the quality and efficiency of the investment process across four consecutive stages: project appraisal, selection, implementation and evaluation. The index allows for benchmarking against the performance of different country groups and across regions, and provides a new dataset that could be utilized for cross-country analysis.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
  • Q
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Quality of Government Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The main objective of the research is to address the theoretical and empirical problems of how political institutions of high quality can be created and maintained. The second objective is to study the effects of Quality of Government on a number of policy areas, such as health, environment, social policy, and poverty. Data citation: Teorell, Jan, Aksel Sundström, Sören Holmberg, Bo Rothstein, Natalia Alvarado Pachon, Cem Mert Dalli, Rafael Lopez Valverde & Paula Nilsson. 2024. The Quality of Government Standard Dataset, version Jan24. University of Gothenburg: The Quality of Government Institute, https://www.gu.se/en/quality-government doi:10.18157/qogstdjan24
    • mai 2024
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic:Quarterly External Debt Statistics GDDS Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/quarterly-external-debt-statistics-gdds License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The World Bank launched the new Quarterly External Debt Statistics (QEDS) GDDS database. This database is consistent with the classifications and definitions of the 2013 External Debt Statistics: Guide for Compilers and Users (2013 EDS Guide) and Sixth Edition of Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual (BPM6). The QEDS GDDS database provides external debt data, starting from 2002Q4, for an extension of countries that participate in the IMF's General Data Dissemination System (GDDS).
    • janvier 2023
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 janvier, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic:Quarterly External Debt Statistics SDDS Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/quarterly-external-debt-statistics-sdds License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   In October 2014, the World Bank launched the new Quarterly External Debt Statistics (QEDS) SDDS database. This database is consistent with the classifications and definitions of the 2013 External Debt Statistics: Guide for Compilers and Users (2013 EDS Guide) and Sixth Edition of Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual (BPM6). The QEDS SDDS database provides detailed external debt data starting from 1998Q1. Data are published individually by countries that subscribe to the IMF’s Special Data Dissemination Standard (SDDS), as well as, GDDS participating countries that are in a position to produce the external debt data prescribed by the SDDS.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data correspond to quarterly financial accounts for the general government sector and follows the ESA2010 methodology. The data covers financial transactions and balance sheet items for general government (consolidated and non-consolidated) and its subsectors. This includes a number of financial instruments (F.1, F.2, F.3, F.4, ...) as well as some balancing items such as net financial transactions, net financial worth and net financial assets and liabilties. Data are available in million of euro, million of national currency (average exchange rates are used for transactions and end of period exchange rates are used for stocks) and as a percentage of GDP (for transactions quarterly GDP is used; for stocks a rolling sum of the last four quarters is used). In the table gov_10a_ggfa, annualised quarterly financial accounts for general government are presented. For financial transactions, data is summed over the four quarters of each year. For the conversion from national currency into euro, the yearly average exchange rate is used. For balance sheet items (stocks), the annualised data corresponds to the data of the fourth quarter. The percentage of GDP data of annualised data uses annual GDP transmitted by the Member States. In the course of the annualisation, small rounding differences may be amplified. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area. Main data sources are the tables provided according to the European Parliament and Council Regulation (EU) N° 549/2013 of 21 May 2013 (OJ No L174/1).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Quarterly government debt' is defined as the total gross debt at nominal value outstanding at the end of each quarter for the general government sector (ref. Regulation  (EU) No 549/2013, Annex B transmission programme, definition of general government sector ESA 2010 §2.111). Data are measured in million Euro, million of national currency units, percentage of GDP and percentage of total consolidated debt. Data cover EU Member States and Norway. Quarterly data on government debt is provided according to the provisions of the European System of Accounts ESA 2010 (Regulation (EU) No 549/2013). Data is transmitted by national authorities (National Statistical Institutes, National Central Banks or Ministries of Finance).
    • août 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      OECD has extracted monthly trade data from the UN Monthly Comtrade database, and aggregates the quarterly and annual frequencies by summing up the months. This may create discrepancies with annual trade figures as presented in International Trade by Commodity Statistics (ITCS). UN Monthly Comtrade (beta version) contains detailed merchandise trade data provided by countries (or areas) to the United Nations Statistics Division, Department of Economic and Social Affairs (UNSD/DESA). Values are expressed in United States dollars (USD) and refer to declared transaction values. All exports are valued f.o.b. (free on board) and imports are valued c.i.f. (including cost, insurance, freight), except the imports of Canada and Mexico which are valued f.o.b. Detailed country metadata (currency conversion rates, information in HS classifications and data publication dates) can be found from the metadata file at the UN Monthly Comtrade website under the heading Metadata.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD's quarterly national accounts (QNA) dataset presents data collected from all the OECD member countries and some other major economies on the basis of a standardised questionnaire. It contains a wide selection of generally seasonally adjusted quarterly series most widely used for economic analysis from 1960 or whenever available:
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data correspond to quarterly non-financial accounts for the general government sector which are conceptually consistent with the corresponding annual data compiled on a national accounts (ESA2010) basis. The data sets contain quarterly general government total expenditure and total revenue figures, as well as their breakdowns by relevant categories and the resulting quarterly government deficit/surplus.
    • mai 2024
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic:Quarterly Public Sector Debt Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/quarterly-public-sector-debt License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   Quarterly Public Sector Debt (QPSD) database, jointly developed by the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund, brings together detailed public sector debt data of selected countries. The QPSD database includes country and cross-country tables, and specific public debt components. The data represent the following sectors on an as-available basis: General government; otherwise Central government; otherwise Budgetary central government; Non Financial public corporations and Financial public corporations and a table presenting the total public sector debt.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast of Council Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
  • R
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021 (endorsed by the Digital Agenda High Level Group) that follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates: ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator measures the share of R&D personnel broken down by the following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP). Data are presented in full-time equivalents as a share of the economically active population (the ‘labour force’).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021 (endorsed by the Digital Agenda High Level Group) that follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates:ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le ratio Emploi/Population exprime le nombre de personnes pourvues d'un emploi en pourcentage de la population en âge de travailler. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The REER (or Relative price and cost indicators) aim to assess a country's (or currency area's) price or cost competitiveness relative to its principal competitors in international markets. Changes in cost and price competitiveness depend not only on exchange rate movements but also on cost and price trends. The indicator is deflated by the price index (total economy) against a panel of 42 countries (= EU27+ 15 other industrial countries: Australia, Canada, United States, Japan, Norway, New Zealand, Mexico, Switzerland, UK, Turkey, Russia, China, Brazil, South Korea and Hong Kong). Double export weights are used to calculate REERs, reflecting not only competition in the home markets of the various competitors, but also competition in export markets elsewhere. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. Data source: Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN). Data are non-seasonal adjusted.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gross domestic product (GDP) is a measure of the economic activity, defined as the value of all goods and services produced less the value of any goods or services used in their creation. The calculation of the annual growth rate of GDP volume is intended to allow comparisons of the dynamics of economic development both over time and between economies of different sizes. For measuring the growth rate of GDP in terms of volumes, the GDP at current prices are valued in the prices of the previous year and the thus computed volume changes are imposed on the level of a reference year; this is called a chain-linked series. Accordingly, price movements will not inflate the growth rate.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The labour productivity = GDP/ETO with GDP = Gross domestic product, chain-linked volumes reference year 2010 ETO = Total employment, all industries, in persons The GDP per person employed is intended to give an overall impression of the productivity of national economies expressed in relation to the European Union average. If the index of a country is higher than 100, this country's level of GDP per person employed is higher than the EU average and vice versa. Basic figures are expressed in PPS, i.e. a common currency that eliminates the differences in price levels between countries allowing meaningful volume comparisons of GDP between countries. Please note that persons employed does not distinguish between full-time and part-time employment. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. Data are expressed as percentage change comparing year Y with year Y-1 and as Index 2010.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '18.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metadata. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • août 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents reference statistics (GDP, Total Government Expenditure, deflators, etc.) that are used to calculate some of the indicators on educational expenditure included in the indicators dataset.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Refugee Processing Center
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Refugee Processing Center   FY - Fiscal Years have been used (since October until September). Data for 2017 include the last available values.  The Refugee Processing Center (RPC) is operated by the U.S Department of State (DOS) Bureau of Population, Refugees, and Migration (PRM) in the Rosslyn section of Arlington, Virginia USA.  At the RPC and at Resettlement Support Centers (RSCs), an interactive computer system called the Worldwide Refugee Admissions Processing System (WRAPS) is used to process and track the movement of refugees from various countries around the world to the U.S. for resettlement under the U.S. Refugee Admissions Program (USRAP). Fiscal years 2008 through 2019 as of june 30,2019. . Fiscal Years 2008 through 2019 as of june 30,2019. >> Annual data is Fiscal year data and October is the year starting 
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator of the output of a country or a region. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production. Expressing GDP in PPS (purchasing power standards) eliminates differences in price levels between countries. Calculations on a per inhabitant basis allow for the comparison of economies and regions significantly different in absolute size. GDP per inhabitant in PPS is the key variable for determining the eligibility of NUTS 2 regions in the framework of the European Union's structural policy.
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator of the output of a country or a region. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production. Expressing GDP in PPS (purchasing power standards) eliminates differences in price levels between countries. Calculations on a per inhabitant basis allow for the comparison of economies and regions significantly different in absolute size. GDP per inhabitant in PPS is the key variable for determining the eligibility of NUTS 2 regions in the framework of the European Union's structural policy.
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator of the output of a country or a region. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production. Expressing GDP in PPS (purchasing power standards) eliminates differences in price levels between countries. Calculations on a per inhabitant basis allow for the comparison of economies and regions significantly different in absolute size. GDP per inhabitant in PPS is the key variable for determining the eligibility of NUTS 2 regions in the framework of the European Union's structural policy.
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GDP (gross domestic product) is an indicator of the output of a country or a region. It reflects the total value of all goods and services produced less the value of goods and services used for intermediate consumption in their production. Expressing GDP in PPS (purchasing power standards) eliminates differences in price levels between countries. Calculations on a per inhabitant basis allow for the comparison of economies and regions significantly different in absolute size. GDP per inhabitant in PPS is the key variable for determining the eligibility of NUTS 2 regions in the framework of the European Union's structural policy.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2024
      Source : International Renewable Energy Agency
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      World : Renewable Electricity Capacity and Generation Statistics
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Research and experimental development (R&D) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society, and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications. R&D expenditures include all expenditures for R&D performed within the business enterprise sector (BERD) on the national territory during a given period, regardless of the source of funds. R&D expenditure in BERD are shown as a percentage of GDP (R&D intensity).
    • décembre 2023
      Source : European Commission
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: The financial years 2015/16, 2016/17, 2017/18 and 2018/2019 have been considered as 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018. respectively.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      R&D personnel include all persons employed directly on R&D, plus persons supplying direct services to R&D, such as managers, administrative staff and office staff. The measure shown in this table is total R&D personnel in full time equivalents as a percentage of the economic active population. Please note that the calculation of the measure in this table has changed from being based on head count to full time equivalents from January 2010. The measure based on head count is still available in Eurostat public data bases, table: Total R&D personnel and researchers by sectors of performance, as % of total labour force and total employment, and by sex (rd_p_perslf)
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • mai 2023
      Source : Reserve Bank of Australia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 mai, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Reserve Bank of Australia Interest Rates
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Resettled refugees means persons who have been granted an authorisation to reside in a Member State within the framework of a national or Community resettlement scheme.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • février 2024
      Source : National Institute of Statistics, Italy
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data source(s) used: Migration and calculation of foreign resident population and structure by citizenship The survey allows the calculation of the demographic balance of the foreign resident population and gives the amount of foreign residents for each year. Foreign resident population is represented by individuals who do not have Italian citizenship having usual residence in Italy. It is calculated for each municipality on December 31st of each year that follows the population Census, adding to the foreign population enumerated by the census the foreign population inflows and outflows recorded during each calendar year Other data characteristics: Data subject to change for reconstruction after the last Population census
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residential Construction tracks the actual construction (not sales) of housing and is part of Gross fixed capital formation. GFCF consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals, of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of producer or institutional units. The GDP used in denominator of the MIP indicator comes from the ESA 2010 transmission programme.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Grants of citizenship awarded by the reporting country to persons who were previously citizens of another country or stateless. Losses of the citizenship of the reporting country. The disseminated series comprise: Total number of acquisitions of citizenship and since 2008 the number of losses of citizenship. The data sources are administrative records in the reporting countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes and other responsible bodies in the countries. However, not all countries are always able to provide data. Countries differ in terms of the conditions that must be fulfilled to acquire citizenship or to lose the citizenship. Generally, to acquire citizenship a period of (legally registered) residence is required, combined with other factors such as evidence of social and economic integration and knowledge of national languages. Different conditions may apply for persons who were born or educated in the country concerned, or who have parents or other relatives with that country's citizenship. For country-specific information see the Annexes of this document.
    • février 2024
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data on agricultural land-use are valuable for conducting studies on a various perspectives concerning agricultural production, food security and for deriving cropping intensity among others uses. Indicators derived from the land-use categories can also elucidate the environmental sustainability of countries’ agricultural practices. FAOSTAT Land-use statistics contain a wide range of information on variables that are significant for: understanding the structure of a country’s agricultural sector; making economic plans and policies for food security; deriving environmental indicators, including those related to investment in agriculture and data on gross crop area and net crop area which are useful for policy formulation and monitoring. Land-use resources sub-domain covers: Country area (including area under inland water bodies), Land area (excluding area under inland water bodies), Agricultural area, Arable land and Permanent crops, Arable land, Permanent crops, Permanent meadows and pastures, Forest area, Other land and Area equipped for irrigation. Detailed information on sub-categories: Temporary crops, Temporary meadows and pastures, Fallow land (temporary: less than 5 years), Permanent meadows and pastures cultivated and naturally grown and Organic land. Data are available from 1961 to 2009 for more than 200 countries and areas. Forest area: Global Forest Resource Assessment 2010 (FRA 2010) is the main source of forest area data in FAOSTAT. Data were provided by countries for years 1990, 2000, 2005 and 2010. Data for intermediate years were estimated for FAO using linear interpolation and tabulation. Some of the most interesting data for economists is found in this domain. The national distribution of land, among arable land, pastures and other lands, as well as the importance of irrigation are just some of the interesting data sets.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Pesticides Use database includes data on the use of major pesticide groups (Insecticides, Herbicides, Fungicides, Plant growth regulators and Rodenticides) and of relevant chemical families. Data report the quantities (in tonnes of active ingredients) of pesticides used in or sold to the agricultural sector for crops and seeds. Information on quantities applied to single crops is not available.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsrt_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Retail Trade Index is a business cycle indicator which shows the monthly activity of the retail sector in value and volume. It is a short-term indicator for final domestic demand. It should be noted that the volume of sales is different from the volume of (retail) trade services. The latter takes account of changes in the quality of the trade service supplied. As such the volume of sales is conceptually different from the index of production which takes account of quality changes. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Turnover for retail trade are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type volume-index". The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same month of the previous year (M/M-12) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Revenue Statistics in Asian Countries is a joint publication by the OECD Centre for Tax Policy and Administration and the OECD Development Centre. It presents detailed, internationally comparable data on tax revenues for seven Asian economies, two of which (Korea and Japan) are OECD members. Its approach is based on the well-established methodology of the OECD Revenue Statistics (OECD, 2015), which has become an essential reference source for OECD member countries. Comparisons are also made with the average for OECD economies. Comparable tables show revenue data by type of tax in national currency and US dollars, as a percentage of GDP, and, for the different types of taxes, as a share of total taxation. Detailed country tables show information in national currency values
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Global Finance Magazine
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table includes the areas where are sown potatoes (including seed), sugar beet (excluding seed), temporary grasses for grazing, hay or silage (in the crop rotation cycle), leguminous plants grown and harvested green (as the whole plant, mainly for fodder, energy or green manuring use), other cereals harvested green (excluding green maize): rye, wheat, triticale, annual sorghum, buckwheat, etc. This indicator uses the concepts of "area under cultivation" which corresponds: • before the harvest, to the sown area; • after the harvest, to the sown area excluding the non-harvested area (e.g. area ruined by natural disasters, area not harvested for economic reasons, etc.)
    • janvier 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 février, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Roundwood production (the term is used as a synonymous term for "removals") comprise all quantities of wood removed from the forest and other wooded land or other felling site during a certain period of time. It is reported in cubic metres underbark (i.e excluding bark).
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
  • S
    • novembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 novembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les données présentées correspondent au salaire minimum mensuel des salariés au 31 décembre de chaque année. Les pays où les salaires minimums font l>object de négociations collectives ne sont pas inclus. Dans les cas où il n>y a pas de salaire minimum national, le salaire minimum présenté est celui de la capitale ou ville principale. Dans certains cas, nous présentons une moyenne de plusieurs salaires minimums régionaux. En général, dans les pays où le salaire minimum est établi par secteur ou par profession, nous utilisons le salaire minimum dans la manufacture ou des travailleurs non qualifiés. Il s>agit d>une série harmonisée : (1) lorsque les données collectées font référence aux salaires horaires, hebdomadaires, ou annuels, ceux-ci sont convertis en salaires mensuels grâce aux données sur le temps du travail (lorsqu>elles sont disponibles) ; et (2) les données sont toutes exprimées en dollars américains en tant que monnaie commune, en utilisant le taux de change avec le dollar US ou les taux de parité de pouvoir d>achat (PPA) de 2017 pour les dépenses de consommation privée. Cette dernière série permet de réaliser des comparaisons internationales en tenant compte des différences relatives de prix entre pays. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à notre page sur les concepts et définitions.
    • mars 2023
      Source : LMC Automotive
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: It has been observed that LMC Automotive has been acquired by GlobalData, and no relevant/latest data is available publically. Refer https://www.globaldata.com/industries-we-cover/automotive/  for further information.   LMC Automotive offers timely reporting of the latest data sets and estimates for several automotive markets around the world including the Chinese, Indian and ASEAN automotive markets.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Volume of pesticides sold in the Member States. This data collection comprises pesticide sales data in EU27 (from 2020) and EFTA (Switzerland and Norway) based on the term "placing on the market" as defined in Regulation (EC) No 1107/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 October 2009 concerning the placing of plant protection products on the market..
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Production and trade in wood and paper products: - Primary products: roundwood, sawnwood, chips, residues, pellets, veneers, glulam, wood-based panels, pulp, paper, recovered paper and paperboard - Secondary products: further processed wood and paper products (only trade value) Sources: questionnaire jointly used by Eurostat, FAO, UN ECE and ITTO (Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire, JFSQ, EU version with extra worksheets); Eurostat's trade database COMEXT for unreported data on trade and the table on imports of tropical wood; Eurostat's PRODCOM data for production totals of selected products.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • mai 2022
      Source : Scimago Institutions Rankings
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mai, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Restrictions apply: https://www.scimagojr.com/aboutus.php   Citation: SCImago, (n.d.). SJR — SCImago Journal & Country Rank [Portal]. Retrieved Date you Retrieve, from http://www.scimagojr.com   SCImago Journal Rank: It expresses the average number of weighted citations received in the selected year by the documents published in the selected journal in the three previous years, --i.e. weighted citations received in year X to documents published in the journal in years X-1, X-2 and X-3. H Index: The h index expresses the journal's number of articles (h) that have received at least h citations. It quantifies both journal scientific productivity and scientific impact and it is also applicable to scientists, countries, etc. Total Documents: Output of the selected period. All types of documents are considered, including citable and non citable documents. Total Cites (3years): Number of citations received in the seleted year by a journal to the documents published in the three previous years, --i.e. citations received in year X to documents published in years X-1, X-2 and X-3. All types of documents are considered. Self Cites: Number of journal's self-citations in the selected year to its own documents published in the three previous years, --i.e. self-citations in year X to documents published in years X-1, X-2 and X-3. All types of documents are considered. Cited Documents: Number of documents cited at least once in the three previous years, --i.e. years X-1, X-2 and X-3 Cites per Document (2 years): Average citations per document in a 2 year period. It is computed considering the number of citations received by a journal in the current year to the documents published in the two previous years, --i.e. citations received in year X to documents published in years X-1 and X-2.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Scimago Institutions Rankings
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The SCImago Institutions Rankings (SIR) is a classification of academic and research-related institutions ranked by a composite indicator that combines three different sets of indicators based on research performance, innovation outputs and societal impact measured by their web visibility. It provides a friendly interface that allows the visualization of any customized ranking from the combination of these three sets of indicators. Additionally, it is possible to compare the trends for individual indicators of up to six institutions. For each large sector it is also possible to obtain distribution charts of the different indicators.  
    • août 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bssi_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms: UnadjustedWorking-day adjusted (Production, Turnover in wholesale and retail trade and other services, Hours worked)Seasonally-adjusted Data are accessible as monthly and quarterly data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. INDUSTRYProduction IndexTurnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)Import Prices Index: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction Index: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators: Number of dwellingsWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons EmployedSERVICES  Turnover Index
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • septembre 2023
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table presents annual statistics on international trade in services of individual economies by trading partner and by 78 selected service categories. In addition, the table contains data for services trade of various groups of economies with "world" and for selected principal service categories. The data presented are the result of the common work of UNCTAD and the World Trade Organization (WTO), in cooperation with the International Trade Center (ITC) and the United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD).
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The collection "material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing and environment of the dwelling. Severely materially deprived persons have living conditions severely constrained by a lack of resources, they experience at least 4 out of 9 following deprivations items: they cannot afford i) to pay rent or utility bills, ii) keep home adequately warm, iii) face unexpected expenses, iv) eat meat, fish or a protein equivalent every second day, v) a week holiday away from home, vi) a car, vii) a washing machine, viii) a colour TV, ix) a telephone.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The accumulated settled solids separated from various types of water as a result of natural or artificial processes.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset covers the indicator for monitoring progress towards renewable energy targets of the Europe 2020 strategy implemented by Directive 2009/28/EC on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources. The annual data collection covers in principle the 28 Member States of the European Union. Time series starts in the year 2004. The calculation is based on data collected in the framework of Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 on energy statistics and complemented by specific supplementary data transmitted by national administrations to Eurostat. In some countries the statistical systems are not yet fully developed to meet all requirements of Directive 2009/28/EC, in particular with respect to ambient heat captured from the environment by heat pumps. This is indicator is a Sustainable Development Goal (SDG). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy. The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union.  The share of energy from renewable sources is calculated for four indicators: Transport (RES-T)Heating and Cooling (RES-H&C)Electricity (RES-E)Overall RES share (RES) More details are available in the SHARES tool manual. In addition, more information (like detailed calculations used to obtain the results) are available in the Excel and zip file in the SHARES section.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator measures the proportion of forest ecosystems in comparison to the total land area. Data used for this indicator is derived from the Land Use and Cover Area frame Survey (LUCAS). The LUCAS land use and land cover classification has been adapted to FAO forest definitions, distinguishing between the categories 'forests' and 'other wooded land'. LUCAS surveys are carried out in-situ, this means that observations are made and registered on the ground by field surveyors. A mixed panel approach is used, so some points are visited in subsequent years. In the field, the surveyor classifies the land cover and the visible land use according to the harmonized LUCAS Survey land cover and land use classifications.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data on Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on Research and Development (GBAORD) refer to budget provisions, not to actual expenditure, i.e. GBAORD measures government support for R&D using data collected from budgets. This table shows the shares of GBAORD allocated to the socio-economic objectives defence and total civil R&D.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data on Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on Research and Development (GBAORD) refer to budget provisions, not to actual expenditure, i.e. GBAORD measures government support for R&D using data collected from budgets. The GBAORD indicator should be seen as a complement to indicators based on surveys of R&D performers, which are considered to be a more accurate but less timely way of measuring R&D activities. In this table, total GBAORD is expressed as a percentage of total general government expenditure.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • avril 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      6.1. Reference area
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems, and in the management of the projects concerned. FTE (Full-time equivalent) corresponds to one year's work by one person (for example, a person who devotes 40 % of his time to R&D) is counted as 0.4 FTE. The share of women researchers among total researchers in FTE in all sectors of performance is shown.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems, and in the management of the projects concerned. The share of women researchers among total researchers in head count in all institutional sectors is shown.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • juin 2022
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 juin, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The dataset shows estimates of the merchant fleet demolished between 1 January and 31 December of a given year.Data are presented in gross tonnage (GT) and refer to the indicated year. The figures cover seagoing propelled merchant ships of 100 gross tons (GT) and above, excluding inland waterway vessels, fishing vessels, military vessels, yachts, and offshore fixed and mobile platforms and barges (with the exception of FPSOs and drillships).
    • juin 2022
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juin, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The dataset shows data on the merchant fleet built between 1 January and 31 December of a given year. The data are presented in gross tonnage (GT) and refer to the indicated year. The figures cover seagoing propelled merchant ships of 100 gross tons (GT) and above, excluding inland waterway vessels, fishing vessels, military vessels, yachts, and offshore fixed and mobile platforms and barges (with the exception of FPSOs and drillships).
    • juin 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      An interest rate is the cost or price of borrowing, or the gain from lending, normally expressed as an annual percentage amount. Day-to-day money refers to deposits or loans on the money market with a maturity of one business day.
    • juin 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      An interest rate is the cost or price of borrowing, or the gain from lending, normally expressed as an annual percentage amount. Three-month interbank rates apply to deposits or loans between banks with an original maturity of three months.
    • février 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Short-Term Labour Market Statistics dataset contains predominantly quarterly labour statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 35 OECD member countries and selected other economies. The Short-Term Labour Market Statistics dataset covers countries that compile labour statistics from sample household surveys on a monthly or quarterly basis. It is widely accepted that household surveys are the best source for labour market key statistics. In such surveys, information is collected from people living in households through a representative sample and the surveys are based on standard methodology and procedures used internationally. The subjects available cover: working age population by age; active and inactive labour force by age; employment by economic activity, by working time and by status; and, unemployment (including monthly harmonised unemployment) by age and by duration. Data is expressed in levels (thousands of persons) or rates (e.g. employment rate) where applicable.   Data are based on Labour Force Surveys and national information in this dataset is directly collected from the following sources:   ABS - Australian Bureau of Statistics (Australia) Statistics Canada (Canada) INE - Instituto Nacional de Estadísticas (Chile) CBS – Central Bureau of Statistics (Israel) Statistics Bureau (Japan) Statistics Korea (Korea) INEGI - Instituto Nacional de Estadísticas y Geografía (Mexico) Statistics New Zealand (New Zealand) BLS - Bureau of Labor Statistics (the United States) Eurostat (Austria, Belgium, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and the United Kingdom).
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • février 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Social benefits (other than social transfers in kind) paid by government (ESA 2010 code D.62) are transfers to households, in cash or in kind, intended to relieve them from financial burden of a number of risks or needs (by convention: sickness, invalidity, disability, occupational accident or disease, old age, survivors, maternity, family, promotion of employment, unemployment, housing, education and general neediness), made through collective schemes, or outside such schemes by government units.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Social benefits consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, by social protection schemes to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs. The functions (or risks) are: sickness/healthcare, disability, old age, survivors, family/children, unemployment, housing, social exclusion not elsewhere classified (n.e.c).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Social benefits consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, by social protection schemes to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Receipts of social protection schemes comprise social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. Employers' social contributions are the costs incurred by employers to secure entitlement to social benefits for their employees, former employees and their dependants. Employers' social contributions may be actual or imputed; they can be paid by resident or non-resident employers.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data on solar collectors surface cover solar thermal energy (not solar photovoltaic). The data are displayed in the database in thousand square meters. Data on solar collectors surface are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics  
    • avril 2024
      Source : U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      World: Soybean Area, Yield and Production
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • février 2021
      Source : National Institute of Statistics, Italy
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 février, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data source(s) used: Marriages: The survey on marriages, was established in 1926. It's an individual and exhaustive survey, which collects the data of all the marriages celebrated in Italy and the socio-demographic characteristics of the spouses.The survey uses the Istat D.3 model, compiled by the officer of the municipality where the marriage was celebrated. The model is divided into two parts: the first one collects the information about the marriage: the date, the rite of celebration (religious or civil), and the common property regime chosen by the couple (joint or separated ownership of property); the second one collects information about the spouses: date of birth, place of birth, place of residence at the time of marriage, future place of residence of the spouses, marital status, level of education, occupational status, position in the profession, branch of economic activity, citizenship. Other data characteristics: The indicators that do not involve the use of the population (civil weddings - percentage values, joint ownership of property - percentages, marriages with at least one foreign spouse - percentages, second or later marriages - percentages) were calculated according to three different territorial classification:- According to the classification in force in 2017 (107 provinces);- According to the classification in force at the time of the Census of 2011 (110 provinces);- According to the classification in force in the year in which the marriage was celebrated, in the event that was different from that of 2017 and of the Census of 2011 (103 provinces for 2004 and 2005, 107 provinces for the years ranging from 2006 to 2009).
    • juin 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • juin 2023
      Source : bp
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the field of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • mars 2024
      Source : World Steel Association
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: Worldsteel's Steel Statistical Yearbook for 2019 and 2020 are concise version World steel's Steel Statistical Yearbook presents a cross-section of steel industry statistics. It contains comprehensive statistics from 2008 to 2022 on crude steel production by country and process, steel production by product, steel trade by product, apparent steel use and apparent steel use per capita by country, as well as production and trade of pig iron and directly reduced iron. It also includes data on production and trade of iron ore and trade of scrap.  of steel and true steel use. The statistics were collected from members of world steel and various international organizations.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Excess capacity is one of the main challenges facing the global steel sector. The OECD Steelmaking Capacity database contains data on crude steelmaking capacity by economy and provides researchers and policymakers with an important tool for analysing steel capacity developments.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le stock de ressortissants nationaux à l'étranger comprend les personnes dont le pays de résidence habituelle diffère du pays d'origine (pour tout pays d'origine). Le pays de résidence habituelle d'une personne est le pays dans lequel la personne a un endroit où elle passe normalement son temps quotidien de repos. Le pays d'origine d'une personne est le pays duquel la personne provient, c'est-à-dire, le pays de sa citoyenneté (ou le pays de résidence habituelle dans le cas des apatrides). Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données Statistiques sur la migration internationale de main-d'oeuvre (ILMS)).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      ANNUAL Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption oby sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Data on annual statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   MONTHLY The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Data on monthly statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex C of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics   SHORT-TERM MONTHLY Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics
    • avril 2024
      Source : Investing.com
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Stock Market Performance Indices
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Student-teacher ratio refers to the average number of students per teacher, while average class size is the average number of students in a classroom.
    • mars 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 mars, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society 2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT security and trust,access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity),use of Big data analysis,use of 3D printing,use of robotics.Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • avril 2024
      Source : Agricultural Market Information System
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Market Database > Supply and Demand data from FAO, IGC and USDA-PSD Note: Season 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 have been considered as 2017, 2018, and 2019 respectively
    • mars 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mars, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities:Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Important note: Renewable energies are not explicitly covered by a separate dedicated monthly questionnaire; only partial information, e.g. on biodiesels or on hydroelectricity, is included in other monthly questionnaires respectively.
    • février 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities:Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Important note: Renewable energies are not explicitly covered by a separate dedicated monthly questionnaire; only partial information, e.g. on biodiesels or on hydroelectricity, is included in other monthly questionnaires respectively.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • mars 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mars, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA country Norway, candidate countries (the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Iceland, and Turkey). Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics (this questionnaire is shared with the IEA, OECD, UNECE, OPEC, OLADE, APEC, IEFS and corresponds to the so-called Joint Oil Data Initiative, short -named JODI questionnaire). A combination of business surveys and other sources are used e.g. customs data for imports and exports or census including all producing enterprises. Â
    • février 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities:Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Important note: Renewable energies are not explicitly covered by a separate dedicated monthly questionnaire; only partial information, e.g. on biodiesels or on hydroelectricity, is included in other monthly questionnaires respectively.
    • février 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 février, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA country Norway, candidate countries (the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Iceland, and Turkey). Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics (this questionnaire is shared with the IEA, OECD, UNECE, OPEC, OLADE, APEC, IEFS and corresponds to the so-called Joint Oil Data Initiative, short-named JODI questionnaire). A combination of business surveys and other sources are used e.g. customs data for imports and exports or census including all producing enterprises.
    • avril 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 avril, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption by sector and fuel type (commodity balance). Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption by sector and fuel type (commodity balance). Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption by sector and fuel type (commodity balance). Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, petroleum products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final consumption by sector and fuel type (commodity balance). Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990.
    • juin 2023
      Source : Sustainable Development Solutions Network
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data Cited at - Sachs, J., Schmidt-Traub, G., Kroll, C., Lafortune, G., Fuller, G. (2019): Sustainable Development Report 2019. New York: Bertelsmann Stiftung and Sustainable Development Solutions Network (SDSN). The Sustainable Development Report 2020 presents the SDG Index and Dashboards for all UN member states and frames the implementation of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in terms of six broad transformations. It was prepared by teams of independent experts at the Sustainable Development Solutions Network (SDSN) and the Bertelsmann Stiftung.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : United Nations Statistics Division
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • février 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
  • T
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • avril 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Dans le but de promouvoir la comparabilité internationale, les statistiques présentées sur ILOSTAT sont basées sur des définitions internationales standard dans la mesure du possible et peuvent différer des chiffres nationaux officiels. Cette série est basée sur les définitions de la 13e CIST. Pour la comparabilité des séries chronologiques, elle inclut les pays qui ont mis en >uvre les normes de la 19e CIST, pour lesquels des données sont également disponibles dans la base de données Statistiques du travail -- 19e CIST (WORK). Cette mesure de la distribution des gains transmet la proportion de salariés dont les gains horaires dans tous les emplois sont inférieurs aux deux tiers des gains horaires médians. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la base de données Statistiques sur les salaires et le temps de travail (COND).
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le taux de chômage représente le nombre de personnes au chômage exprimé en pourcentage de la main-d'>uvre (c>est-à-dire, les personnes en emploi et les personnes au chômage). Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas en emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. Pour plus d'informations, veuillez vous référer au Repositoire de Métadonnées sur les Indicateurs des ODD (https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/metadata/) ou à la description de l'indicateur sur ILOSTAT.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le taux de chômage est le nombre de personnes qui sont au chômage exprimé en pourcentage du nombre total de personnes pourvues d'un emploi et des chômeurs (c'est-à-dire, la population active). Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais). Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      La main-d'oeuvre comprend toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui fournissent, durant une période de référence spécifiée, la main-d'oeuvre disponible pour la production de biens et services. Elle correspond à la somme des personnes ayant un emploi et celles qui sont au chômage. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1990-2015 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2016-2030 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en juillet 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la note méthodologique général (en anglais) et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections de la main d'oeuvre (en anglais).
    • mars 2024
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le taux de travailleurs pauvres transmet le pourcentage de personnes en emploi qui vivent dans la pauvreté malgré le fait d'être en emploi. Pour définir la pauvreté, on utilise le seuil de pauvreté absolu international de US$1.90 par jour, en parité de pouvoir d'achat (PPA). Pour plus d'informations, veuillez vous référer au Repositoire de Métadonnées sur les Indicateurs des ODD.
    • décembre 2023
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1990-2015 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2016-2030 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en juillet 2015. Pour plus d'informations, consultez le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The 'unemployment trap' measures what percentage of the gross earnings (after moving into employment) is 'taxed away' by the combined effects of the withdrawal of benefits and higher tax and social security contributions.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • février 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Taxes on production and imports (ESA 2010 code D.2) consist of compulsory, unrequited payments, in cash or in kind which are levied by general government, or by the institutions of the European Union, in respect of the production and importation of goods and services, the employment of labour, the ownership or use of land, buildings or other assets used in production. Such taxes are payable irrespective of profits made. In ESA 2010, taxes on production and imports comprise taxes on products and other taxes on production.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Taxes and subsidies on products are current unrequited payments to or from general government or the Institutions of the European Union that are payable per unit of some good or service produced or transacted. The tax or subsidy may be a specific amount of money per unit of quantity of a good or service, or it may be calculated ad valorem as a specified percentage of the price per unit or value of the goods and services produced or transacted.
    • juin 2022
      Source : ESPN Cricinfo
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 juillet, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      International Cricket Council Ranking List  
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Chinn-Ito Index
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Chinn-Ito index (KAOPEN) is an index measuring a country's degree of capital account openness. The index was initially introduced in Chinn and Ito (Journal of Development Economics, 2006). KAOPEN is based on the binary dummy variables that codify the tabulation of restrictions on cross-border financial transactions reported in the IMF's Annual Report on Exchange Arrangements and Exchange Restrictions (AREAER).   Chinn, Menzie D. and Hiro Ito (2008). "A New Measure of Financial Openness". Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis, Volume 10, Issue 3, p. 309 – 322 (September). Ito, Hiro (2006). "Financial Development in Asia: Thresholds, Institutions, and the Sequence of Liberalization". North American Journal of Economics and Finance, issue 17(3) (December). Chinn, Menzie D. and Hiro Ito (2006)."What Matters for Financial Development? Capital Controls, Institutions, and Interactions," Journal of Development Economics, Volume 81, Issue 1, Pages 163-192 (October). The longer version is available as NBER Working Paper No. 11370 (May 2005). The previous version is "Capital Account Liberalization, Institutions and Financial Development: Cross Country Evidence," (with Menzie Chinn) NBER Working Paper Series, #8967 (June 2002).  
    • juin 2023
      Source : International Benchmarking Network for Water and Sanitation Utilities
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2022
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Andrene Gayle
      Accès le : 17 novembre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • août 2022
      Source : World Gold Council
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 août, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: World Gold Council: https://www.gold.org/goldhub/data/gold-prices Sources: FastMarkets, ICE Benchmark Administration, Thomson Reuters, World Gold Council; The gold price used in the charts and statistics on this site is the London PM fix. This price is quoted in US dollars. Where the gold price is presented in currencies other than the US dollar, it is converted into the local currency unit using the foreign exchange rate closing price on the same day. For example, the London PM fix on 30th September 2010 was USD 1,307.00 and the closing price for one USD was GBP 0.636. The gold price in pounds sterling (GBP) would therefore be calculated as £831.25. Like all prices, the gold price reflects not only the inherent value of gold, but also the relative strength of the currency in which it is quoted. For example, the dollar price of gold may increase more in percentage terms than the sterling price of gold, to the extent that the change in price is a reflection of dollar weakness (in this case, against sterling) rather than an intrinsic change in gold market fundamentals. For this reason, our Investment Statistics contain charts showing an index of the gold price in US dollars and local currency units as well as the relevant US dollar / local currency unit exchange rate for countries other than the United States. In addition, our “G5” price index is an average (weighted by GDP) of the gold price in US dollars, Euros, Yen, Sterling and the Canadian dollar; this is calculated to compensate for changes in the gold price that are simply a reflection of one currency’s movement. Public holidays in different countries do not always coincide and therefore the time series that are downloaded from our data providers may contain missing values for trading days in other countries. The approach taken in this regard is to replace the missing value with the most recent value.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Enforcement of immigration legislation data contain statistical information based on Article 5 and 7 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:  Third country nationals refused entry at the external border by type of border, ground for refusal and citizenship;Third country nationals found to be illegally present by age, sex and citizenship;Third country nationals ordered to leave by citizenship;Third country nationals returned following an order to leave by citizenship. The EIL statistics based on Article 5 and 7 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. All of the data collected are disaggregated by citizenship. Data on refused entries are disaggregated by border type and grounds for refusal (article 5 of the Schengen Borders Code). Data on persons found to be illegally present are also disaggregated by sex and age. EIL data are based on administrative sources and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. The dissemination of the data is mainly in March of each year for the previous reference year, depending on the data availability. On a voluntary basis, Eurostat further collects information on those persons who are recorded as having returned to a third country (as opposed to being returned to another EU Member State). Data have been rounded to the nearest 5. Due to the rounding, the sum of third country nationals may not necessarily match all-over total. Starting with  first reference year 2014 new statistics on third country returned were as well collected by Eurostat on voluntary basis: Third-country nationals who have left the territory by type of return and citizenship (migr_eirt_vol)Third-country nationals who have left the territory by type of assistance received and citizenship (migr_eirt_ass)Third-country nationals who have left the territory to a third country by type of agreement procedure and citizenship (migr_eirt_agr)Third-country nationals who have left the territory to a third country by destination country and citizenship (migr_eirt_des) These new statistics is the result of a pilot data collection; clarifications and improvement is being pursued with the data providers. Technical and methodological limitations exist for some data providers and some figures might be estimated. As a result some inconsistency might exist between these statistics and the statistics provided for table 'Third country nationals returned following an order to leave. In those cases where inconsistency between tables exists, data revision is expected. Data availability together with the data quality is expected to increase in the following reference period, depending on national statistical capabilities and limitations. The national framework has an important impact on the resulted figures (the data comparability between the Member States is limited due to the national specific rules and procedures).
    • février 2022
      Source : TomTom
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 février, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The TomTom Traffic Index is published to provide drivers, industry and policy makers with unbiased information about congestion levels in urban areas. Now in its 6th year, we’re offering even more insight into why our urban centers are congested, putting the issue into context, and offering ideas about how the problem can be alleviated. This year, TomTom is also celebrating those cities that deserve special recognition for their efforts to beat traffic congestion, with the TomTom Traffic Index awards.
    • juin 2020
      Source : U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 juillet, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Top Twenty U.S. Aerospace Export Markets F.A.S. Value in $ millions (Total Exports)
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Social benefits consists of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs. Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits, administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration, other expenditure, which consists of miscellaneous expenditure (payment of property income and other).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Expenditure on social protection contains: Social benefits, which consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs; Administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration; Other expenditure, which consist of miscellaneous expenditure by social protection schemes (payment of property income and other).
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits, which consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs; administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration; other expenditure, which consists of miscellaneous expenditure by social protection schemes (payment of property income and other).
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total financial sector liabilities measures the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector. Data are presented in consolidated terms (i.e. data do not take into account transactions within the same sector), in % of GDP and by instruments.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total financial sector liabilities measures the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector. Data are presented in consolidated terms (i.e. data do not take into account transactions within the same sector), in Million units of national currency and by instruments.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total financial sector liabilities measures the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector. Data are presented in non-consolidated terms (i.e. data take into account transactions within the same sector), in % of GDP and by instruments.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total financial sector liabilities measures the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector. Data are presented in non-consolidated terms (i.e. data take into account transactions within the same sector), in Million units of national currency and by instruments.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total financial sector liabilities measures the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector. Data are presented in consolidated terms (i.e. data do not take into account transactions within the same sector), in % of GDP and for the sub-sectors: Central bank; Deposit-taking corporations except the central bank; MMF; Non-MMF investment funds; Other financial intermediaries, except insurance corporations and pension funds; Financial auxiliaries; Captive financial institutions and money lenders; Insurance corporations and Pension funds.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total financial corporations sector liabilities measures the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector. Data are presented in consolidated terms (i.e. data do not take into account transactions within the same sector), in Million units of national currency and for the sub-sectors: Central bank; Deposit-taking corporations except the central bank; MMF; Non-MMF investment funds; Other financial intermediaries, except insurance corporations and pension funds; Financial auxiliaries; Captive financial institutions and money lenders; Insurance corporations and Pension funds.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total financial sector liabilities measures the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector. Data are presented in non-consolidated terms (i.e. data take into account transactions within the same sector), in % of GDP and for the sub-sectors: Central bank; Deposit-taking corporations except the central bank; MMF; Non-MMF investment funds; Other financial intermediaries, except insurance corporations and pension funds; Financial auxiliaries; Captive financial institutions and money lenders; Insurance corporations and Pension funds.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total financial sector liabilities measures the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector. Data are presented in non-consolidated terms (i.e. data take into account transactions within the same sector), in million units of national currency and for the sub-sectors: Central bank; Deposit-taking corporations except the central bank; MMF; Non-MMF investment funds; Other financial intermediaries, except insurance corporations and pension funds; Financial auxiliaries; Captive financial institutions and money lenders; Insurance corporations and Pension funds.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total financial sector liabilities measures the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector. The data are presented in consolidated terms, i.e. data do not take into account transactions within the same sector. The data are expressed as 1 year % change, % of GDP and in Million units of national currency.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The total financial corporations sector liabilities measures the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits (F2), Debt securities (F3), Loans (F4), Equity and investment fund shares (F5), Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantees (F6), Financial derivatives and employee stock options (F7) and Other accounts payable (F8)) of the financial corporations sector (S12). Data are presented in non-consolidated terms, i.e. data take into account transactions within the same sector. Data are presented as 1 year % change, % of GDP and in Million units of national currency. Definitions regarding sectors and instruments are based on the ESA 2010. The MIP indicator is expressed as year over year growth rate, with an indicative threshold 16.5%. The headline indicator is calculated as 1 year % change.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This domain provides users with data concerning Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data are measuring government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority Governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual, OECD, 2002 (See annex at the bottom of the page). GBAORD data are broken down by:   - Socio-economic objectives (SEOs) in accordance to the Nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007) - (See annex at the bottom of the page).   - Funding mode into: project funding and institutional funding (non-mandatory data). Part of GBAORD, which is allocated to transnational cooperation in R&D, is further broken down into three specific categories: transnational public R&D performers; Europe-wide transnational public R&D programmes and bilateral or multilateral public R&D programmes established between Member State governments or with EFTA and candidate countries. Besides in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_ HAB_KP05), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP), Percentage of total GBAORD (PC_GBA - for the breakdowns by socio-economic objectives and by funding mode), Percentage of total transnationally coordinated R&D (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by category), Percentage of government expenditure (PC_GEXP). The periodicity of the GBAORD data is annual. Data are collected corresponding to the two legally established deadlines:   - June data collection: Preliminary GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 6 months after the end of the calendar year (June). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in September.   - December data collection: Final GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 12 months after the end of the calendar year (December). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in the following February. GBAORD data are available for following countries and country groups:   - All EU Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland,  Turkey, the Russian Federation, Japan, the United States and South Korea.   - Country groups: EU28, EU15 and EA18.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This domain provides users with data concerning Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data are measuring government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority Governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual, OECD, 2002 (See annex at the bottom of the page). GBAORD data are broken down by:   - Socio-economic objectives (SEOs) in accordance to the Nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007) - (See annex at the bottom of the page).   - Funding mode into: project funding and institutional funding (non-mandatory data). Part of GBAORD, which is allocated to transnational cooperation in R&D, is further broken down into three specific categories: transnational public R&D performers; Europe-wide transnational public R&D programmes and bilateral or multilateral public R&D programmes established between Member State governments or with EFTA and candidate countries. Besides in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_ HAB_KP05), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP), Percentage of total GBAORD (PC_GBA - for the breakdowns by socio-economic objectives and by funding mode), Percentage of total transnationally coordinated R&D (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by category), Percentage of government expenditure (PC_GEXP). The periodicity of the GBAORD data is annual. Data are collected corresponding to the two legally established deadlines:   - June data collection: Preliminary GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 6 months after the end of the calendar year (June). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in September.   - December data collection: Final GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 12 months after the end of the calendar year (December). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in the following February. GBAORD data are available for following countries and country groups:   - All EU Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland,  Turkey, the Russian Federation, Japan, the United States and South Korea.   - Country groups: EU28, EU15 and EA18.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Total general government expenditure is defined in ESA 2010 8.100 and chapter 20 by reference to a list of categories: intermediate consumption, gross capital formation, compensation of employees, other taxes on production, subsidies, payable property income, current taxes on income, wealth, etc., social benefits other than social transfers in kind, social transfers in kind - purchased market production, other current transfers, adjustments for the change in pension entitlements, capital transfers and acquisitions less disposals of non-financial non-produced assets.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Total general government revenue is defined in ESA 2010 8.100 and chapter 20 by reference to a list of categories: market output, output for own final use, payments for non-market output, taxes on production and imports, other subsidies on production, receivable property income, current taxes on income, wealth, etc., net social contributions, other current transfers and capital transfers.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created, named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Although motorways constitute only a small part of the entire road network, their length has more than tripled over the last 30 years. Extraordinary growth can be noticed for Greece and Spain. In 2000, the most extensive motorway network within EU15 can be found in Germany, followed by France and Spain.
    • janvier 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 février, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      "Paper and paper board" comprises the sum of graphic papers; sanitary and household papers; packaging materials and other paper and paperboard. It excludes manufactured paper products such as boxes, cartons, books and magazines.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems, and in the management of the projects concerned. FTE (Full-time equivalent) corresponds to one year's work by one person (for example, a person who devotes 40 % of his time to R&D is counted as 0.4 FTE.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems, and in the management of the projects concerned. Head count (HC) data measure the total number of researchers who are mainly or partly employed on R&D.
    • janvier 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 février, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Sawnwood: Wood that has been produced either by sawing lengthways or by a profile-chipping process and that exceeds 6 mm in thickness. It includes planks, beams, joists, boards, rafters, scantlings, laths, boxboards and "lumber", etc., in the following forms: unplaned, planed, end-jointed, etc. It is reported in cubic metres solid volume (m³).
    • août 2023
      Source : Ministry of Tourism, Government of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2022
      Source : Department of Statistics, Malaysia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 septembre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors:Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors: Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • décembre 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 décembre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • mars 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year:Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • octobre 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 octobre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The objective of the turnover index is to show the development of the market of services. Turnover comprises the totals invoiced by the observation unit during the reference period, and this corresponds to market sales of services supplied to third parties. Turnover also includes all other charges (transport, packaging, etc.) passed on to the customer, even if these charges are listed separately in the invoice. Turnover excludes VAT and other similar deductible taxes directly linked to turnover as well all duties and taxes on services invoiced by the unit. Service is defined as the Nace Rev.2 branches from G to N (except retail trade and repair). Depending of the countries, the index is compiled either as a Laspeyres type or either as a simple value relative. The current base year is 2015 (Index 2015 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Constructions (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator: Infra-annual percentage changes - changes between two consecutive months or quarters - are calculated on the basis of non-adjusted data (prices) or seasonally adjusted data (value and volume indicators) and year-on-year changes - comparing a period to the same period one year ago - are calculated on the basis of non-adjusted data (prices and employment) or calendar adjusted data (volume and value indicators). The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Producer (output) prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • mars 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Turnover is the total of all sales (excluding VAT) of goods and services carried out by the enterprises of a given sector during the reference period. The data is broken down by size classes of persons employed.
    • octobre 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 octobre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
  • U
    • février 2022
      Source : U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mars, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • février 2024
      Source : U.S. Department of Homeland Security
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Yearbook of Immigration Statistics is a compendium of tables that provides data on foreign nationals who, during a fiscal year, were granted lawful permanent residence (i.e., admitted as immigrants or became legal permanent residents), were admitted into the United States on a temporary basis (e.g., tourists, students, or workers), applied for asylum or refugee status, or were naturalized.
    • mai 2024
      Source : U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data updates are released on every Thursday.
    • mars 2022
      Source : U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mars, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      1). U.S. Gross Output: Gross output is the value of gross domestic product (GDP) plus the value of intermediate inputs used to produce GDP 2). Implicit Price Deflator: The gross domestic product implicit price deflator is used to convert nominal dollars to chained (2009) dollars.
    • mai 2024
      Source : USA Trade Online
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      US Trade By Commodity (HS), All commodities from chapter 73 Note:- For commodity "7323930080 - Household Articles, Stainless Steel, Nesoi & Parts" unit is different for exports and imports. The unit for exports and Imports are  Kilogram and Number respectively.For commodity " 7319901000 - Sewing, Darning Or Embroidery Needles, Iron Or Stl" we have data only for imports and unit is thousand and for Export Quantity Unit is "X".If a commodity has unit as “X” and “Blank” then there is no quantity data provided for the commodity. This happens when US government does not want to disclose the quantity to the Exporter or Importer. Since there is no quantity available, unit price calculations can not be provided.  
    • mars 2022
      Source : U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 mars, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      US: Medium, Heavy Duty & Other Trucks Exports/Imports Data  
    • avril 2024
      Source : U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset covers the following public data available at US Dept. of Agriculture website. 1. Wheat: Supply and disappearance 2. Hard red winter wheat: Supply and disappearance 3. Hard red spring wheat: Supply and disappearance 4. Soft red winter wheat: Supply and disappearance 5. White wheat: Supply and disappearance 6. U.S. wheat exports by selected destinations (1,000 metric tons) Reference Market year (start from Jun-May) Q 1 in Market year: Jun-August Q 2 in Market year: Sep-Nov Q 3 in Market year: Dec-Feb Q 4 in Market year: March-May
    • septembre 2022
      Source : United Nations Public Administration Country Studies
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 octobre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: UN E-Government Knowledgebase - https://publicadministration.un.org/egovkb/en-us/ 1. The EGDI is based on a comprehensive Survey of the online presence of all 193 United Nations Member States, which assesses national websites and how e-government policies and strategies are applied in general and in specific sectors for delivery of essential services. The assessment rates the e-government performance of countries relative to one another as opposed to being an absolute measurement. The results are tabulated and combined with a set of indicators embodying a country’s capacity to participate in the information society, without which e-government development efforts are of limited immediate use. Although the basic model has remained consistent, the precise meaning of these values varies from one edition of the Survey to the next as understanding of the potential of e-government changes and the underlying technology evolves. This is an important distinction because it also implies that it is a comparative framework that seeks to encompass various approaches that may evolve over time instead of advocating a linear path with an absolute goal. 2. E-Government Development Index-EGDI Very High-EGDI (Greater than 0.75) High-EGDI (Between 0.50 and 0.75) Middle-EGDI (Between 0.25 and 0.50) Low-EGDI (Less than 0.25)
    • janvier 2024
      Source : United Nations Statistics Division
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The United Nations Industrial Commodity Statistics Database provides annual statistics on the production of major industrial commodities by country. Data are provided in terms of physical quantities as well as monetary value. The online database covers the years 1995 to 2013. Additional historical data is available on request, based on a different product list, for the years 1950-2003.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : United Nations Statistics Division
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Energy Statistics Database contains comprehensive energy statistics on the production, trade, conversion and final consumption of primary and secondary; conventional and non-conventional; and new and renewable sources of energy. The Energy Statistics dataset, covering the period from 1990 onwards, is available at UNdata
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodicity which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : UNESCO Institute for Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National Monitoring : School life expectancy by level of education
    • juin 2022
      Source : UNESCO Institute for Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juin, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2022
      Source : United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 juin, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note:  In the 2017 data, figures between 1 and 4 represent situations where the figures are being kept confidential to protect the anonymity of individuals. Such figures are not included in any totals. The UNHCR Population Statistics Database currently contains data about UNHCR's populations of concern from the year 1959 up to 2017. UNHCR identifies seven population categories, collectively referred to as ‘persons of concern’: refugees, asylum-seekers, internally displaced persons (IDPs), refugees who have returned home (returnees), IDPs who have returned home, persons under UNHCR’s statelessness mandate, and others who do not fall under these categories but to whom the agency extends protection. Since 2007, two additional sub-categories have been added: individuals in refugee-like situations (included under refugees) and those in IDP-like situations (included under IDPs). Refugees include individuals recognised under the 1951 Convention relating to the Status of Refugees; its 1967 Protocol; the 1969 OAU Convention Governing the Specific Aspects of Refugee Problems in Africa; those recognised in accordance with the UNHCR Statute; individuals granted complementary forms of protection; or those enjoying temporary protection. Since 2007, the refugee population also includes people in a refugee-like situation. Asylum-seekers are individuals who have sought international protection and whose claims for refugee status have not yet been determined, irrespective of when they may have been lodged. Internally displaced persons (IDPs) are people or groups of individuals who have been forced to leave their homes or places of habitual residence, in particular as a result of, or in order to avoid the effects of armed conflict, situations of generalised violence, violations of human rights, or natural or man-made disasters, and who have not crossed an international border. For the purposes of UNHCR's statistics, this population only includes conflict-generated IDPs to whom the Office extends protection and/or assistance. Since 2007, the IDP population also includes people in an IDP-like situation. Returned refugees are former refugees who have returned to their country of origin spontaneously or in an organised fashion but are yet to be fully integrated. Such return would normally only take place in conditions of safety and dignity. Returned IDPs refer to those IDPs who were beneficiaries of UNHCR's protection and assistance activities and who returned to their areas of origin or habitual residence during the year. Stateless persons are defined under international law as persons who are not considered as nationals by any State under the operation of its law. In other words, they do not possess the nationality of any State. UNHCR statistics refer to persons who fall under the agency’s statelessness mandate because they are stateless according to this international definition, but data from some countries may also include persons with undetermined nationality. Others of concern refers to individuals who do not necessarily fall directly into any of the groups above, but to whom UNHCR extends its protection and/or assistance services, based on humanitarian or other special grounds.
    • septembre 2023
      Source : Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This Dataset contains Regional and National level Data.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : World Tourism Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2024
      Source : USA Trade Online
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
       US trade, at district level, of Iron and Steel:   Total Exports: -The sum of domestic and foreign exports. Domestic Exports : -Exports of goods that are grown, produced, or manufactured in the United States and commodities of foreign origin that have been changed in the United States, including changes made in a US Foreign Trade Zone, from the form in which they were imported, or which have been enhanced in value by further processing or manufacturing in the United States. Foreign Exports: -Exports of foreign goods (re-exports) consist of commodities of foreign origin that have previously been admitted to US Foreign Trade Zones or entered the United States for consumption, including entry into a CBP bonded warehouse, and which, at the time of exportation, are in substantially the same condition as when imported.   Note: Data is available from 2013 onward.
    • mai 2024
      Source : USA Trade Online
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • février 2024
      Source : U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • avril 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 avril, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • avril 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • octobre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Total usually resident population reported by the EU Member States for the purposes of qualified majority voting in the Council (Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013, Article 4).
  • V
    • mars 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Value added represents the difference between the value of what is produced and intermediate consumption entering the production, less subsidies on production and costs, taxes and levies.
    • mars 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mars, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Value added represents the difference between the value of what is produced and intermediate consumption entering the production, less subsidies on production and costs, taxes and levies. The data is broken down by size classes of persons employed.
    • décembre 2020
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 décembre, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
  • W
    • janvier 2024
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Water abstracted by economic units engaged in collection, purification and distribution of water (including desalting of sea water to produce water as the principal product of interest), water that is used to absorb and remove heat in the course of processes for the generation of electricity.
    • août 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 août, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The indicator presents i) the annual total fresh water abstraction in a country as a percentage of its long-term annual average (LTAA) available water from renewable fresh water resources; ii) the annual groundwater abstraction as a percentage of the country’s long-term annual average groundwater available for abstraction; and iii) the annual surface water abstraction as a percentage of the country’s long-term annual average surface water resources available for abstraction. The latter is calculated as the total fresh water resources (external inflow plus precipitation less evapotranspiration) less groundwater available for abstraction. Total fresh water abstraction includes water removed from any fresh water source, either permanently or temporarily. Mine water and drainage water as well as water abstractions from precipitation are included, whereas water used for hydroelectricity generation (in situ use) is excluded. The minimum period taken into account for the calculation of LTAA is 20 years. The warning threshold of 20% for this indicator distinguishes a non-stressed from a water scarce region, with severe scarcity occurring where the WEI exceeds 40%. However the indicator is limited for several reasons: Firstly, the total fresh water abstraction does not distinguish between abstracted water that is redirected after use (and after appropriate treatment) back to the water body or if it is used for irrigation purposes with inevitable evaporation. Secondly, the abstraction and WEI are national data and disregard regional and seasonal changing conditions during the course of the year (water bodies/river basins with different level of water scarcity and hot spots in summer time). Eurostat is in maintaining more differentiated data but coverage is not yet considered sufficient. As soon as the more advanced indicator WEI+ is established, it will replace the WEI. More information can be found in Statistics Explained.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • novembre 2022
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 novembre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Water productivity indicates how much economic output is produced per cubic meter of fresh water abstracted (in EUR per m3 or PPS per m3). It serves as a measure of the efficiency of water use. Total fresh water abstraction includes water removed from any fresh water source, either permanently or temporarily. Mine water and drainage water as well as water abstractions from precipitation are included, whereas water used for hydroelectricity generation (in situ use) is excluded. The indicator is limited for several reasons: Firstly, total fresh water abstraction does not distinguish between abstracted water that is redirected after use (and after appropriate treatment) back to the water body or if it is used for irrigation purposes with inevitable evaporation. Secondly, no distinction is made between fresh water abstracted from surface or groundwater. Lastly, water abstraction statistics are national data and disregard regional and seasonal changing conditions during the year (water bodies / river basins with different level of water scarcity and hot spots in summer time). Eurostat is in maintaining more differentiated data (groundwater, surface water, regional breakdown), but coverage is not yet considered sufficient. For the interpretation it should be taken into account that water productivity is strongly influenced by the economic structure and the proportion of water intensive industries. A lower water productivity primarily means that the economic and industrial structure of the country is water use intensive. A less water-consuming economy would show a relatively high water productivity. The change in water productivity is influenced by both ‘real’ productivity improvements and deteriorations, as well as by changes in economic and industry structure. For the calculation of water productivity Eurostat uses the GDP either in the unit of EUR in chain-linked volumes to the reference year 2010 at 2010 exchange rates or in the unit PPS (Purchasing Power Standard). The unit EUR in chain linked volumes allows observing the water productivity trends over time in a single geographic area, whereas the unit PPS allows to compare countries for the same year. Since GDP is measured in million EUR or million PPS and water abstraction in million cubic meters, water productivity is available in both EUR per m3 and PPS per m3. More information on water statistics in Statistics Explained
    • mars 2024
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents national-level data on water made available for use, by sector. The interpretation of those data should take into account some variations in countries' definitions, as reflected in metadata. Data source(s): Joint OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on Inland Waters. Data for non-OECD countries is sourced from UNSD (https://unstats.un.org/unsd/envstats/country_files)
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 juillet, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • juillet 2023
      Source : World Economics and Politics (WEP) Dataverse
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2024
      Source : World Health Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      World Health Organization 2023 data.who.int, WHO Coronavirus (COVID-19) dashboard > Data [Dashboard]. https://data.who.int/dashboards/covid19/data
    • juillet 2022
      Source : U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juillet, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      World Agricultural Supply and Demand Estimates Report (WASDE): World Supply and Use   Note 1: The dataset considered the market year as follows   2018/19 actual year referred as 2019, 2019/20 Estimated year  referred as 2020 and 2020 for Current Month 2020/2021 Projection year referred as 2020 for Monthly and 2021 for Annual   Note 2: For Regions: -Central Asia, Afr. Fr. Zone, Australia, Thailand, Vietnam For Crop: -Cotton For Indicator: -Production and Imports Values ​​are Less than 5,000 bales.
    • janvier 2022
      Source : U.S. Geological Survey
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 février, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2022
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 juillet, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The ease of doing business score helps assess the absolute level of regulatory performance over time. It captures the gap of each economy from the best regulatory performance observed on each of the indicators across all economies in the Doing Business sample since 2005. One can both see the gap between a particular economy’s performance and the best performance at any point in time and assess the absolute change in the economy’s regulatory environment over time as measured by Doing Business. An economy’s ease of doing business score is reflected on a scale from 0 to 100, where 0 represents the lowest and 100 represents the best performance. For example, an ease of doing business score of 75 in Doing Business 2019 means an economy was 25 percentage points away from the best regulatory performance constructed across all economies and across time. A score of 80 in Doing Business 2020 would indicate the economy is improving   NOTE- The source discontinued this dataset; Reference-Doing Business Legacy (worldbank.org)
    • février 2024
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Global Economic Monitor Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/global-economic-monitor License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The dataset Provides daily updates of global economic developments, with coverage of high income- as well as developing countries. Average period data updates are provided for exchange rates, equity markets, interest rates, stripped bond spreads, and emerging market bond indices. Monthly data coverage (updated daily and populated upon availability) is provided for consumer prices, high-tech market indicators, industrial production and merchandise trade.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global growth is projected to slow to its third-weakest pace in nearly three decades, overshadowed only by the 2009 and 2020 global recessions. Investment growth in emerging market and developing economies is predicted to remain below its average rate of the past two decades. In his Foreword, World Bank Group President David Malpass emphasizes that the crisis facing development is intensifying. The latest growth forecasts indicate a sharp, long-lasting slowdown and the deterioration is broad-based: in virually all regions of the world, per-captia income growth will be slower than it was during the decade before Covid-19.
    • avril 2024
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Climate change is expected to hit developing countries the hardest. Its effects—higher temperatures, changes in precipitation patterns, rising sea levels, and more frequent weather-related disasters—pose risks for agriculture, food, and water supplies. At stake are recent gains in the fight against poverty, hunger and disease, and the lives and livelihoods of billions of people in developing countries. Addressing climate change requires unprecedented global cooperation across borders. The World Bank Group is helping support developing countries and contributing to a global solution, while tailoring our approach to the differing needs of developing country partners. Data here cover climate systems, exposure to climate impacts, resilience, greenhouse gas emissions, and energy use. Other indicators relevant to climate change are found under other data pages, particularly Environment, Agriculture & Rural Development, Energy & Mining, Health, Infrastructure, Poverty, and Urban Development.
    • avril 2024
      Source : World Steel Association
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: World Steel ceased publishing aggregates for world regions after February 2019, we have provided calculated aggregates for the original World Steel regions. 
    • janvier 2024
      Source : United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The World Economic Situation and Prospects 2024 is a report produced by the United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs (UN DESA), in partnership with the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) and the five United Nations regional commissions: Economic Commission for Africa (UNECA), Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (UNECLAC), Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific (UNESCAP) and Economic and Social Commission for Western Asia (UNESCWA). The United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) also contributed to the report.
    • juillet 2021
      Source : International Energy Agency
      Téléchargé par : manish pandey
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2021
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Japan: International Energy Agency Statistics published by the IEA with a breakdown of electricity and heat production in Japan.
    • avril 2020
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mai, 2020
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2022
      Source : World Energy Council
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 novembre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The World Energy Council’s Energy Trilemma Index tool, produced in partnership with Oliver Wyman, ranks countries on their ability to provide sustainable energy through 3 dimensions: Energy security, Energy equity (accessibility and affordability), Environmental sustainability. The ranking measures overall performance in achieving a sustainable mix of policies and the balance score highlights how well a country manages the trade-offs of the Trilemma with "A" being the best.
    • août 2023
      Source : United Nations Environment Programme
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 août, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • août 2021
      Source : Humanitarian Data Exchange
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Humanitarian Data Exchange (HDX)  This dataset contains Global Food Prices data from the World Food Programme covering foods such as maize, rice, beans, fish, and sugar for 76 countries and some 1,500 markets. It is updated weekly but contains to a large extent monthly data. The data goes back as far as 1992 for a few countries, although many countries started reporting from 2003 or thereafter.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : Charities Aid Foundation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 janvier, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Charities Aid Foundation   CAF World Giving Index 2019: For the 2019 edition, CAF included aggregate data for each country across the 10 years interview was conducted, namely 2009-2018. This data corresponds to the reports issued the year after interviewing took place (i.e. CAF World Giving Index 2010 refers to data collected in 2009). Due to the small variation in countries Gallup interview in each year, CAF has only included countries in this edition for which data was available for at least eight of the last 10 years. This means that this edition is based on 128 countries.   CAF World Giving Index ranking and scores: In order to establish a rounded measure of giving behavior across the world, the CAF World Giving Index relies on a simple averaging of the responses from the three key questions asked in each country. Each country is given a percentage score and countries are ranked on the basis of these scores. For this 10th edition, CAF has averaged the scores across the 10 years to give aggregate numbers.
    • mai 2024
      Source : Investing.com
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2023
      Source : Sustainable Development Solutions Network
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The World Happiness Report is a landmark survey of the state of global happiness that ranks 156 countries by how happy their citizens perceive themselves to be. The World Happiness Report 2020 for the first time ranks cities around the world by their subjective well-being and digs more deeply into how the social, urban and natural environments combine to affect our happiness.
    • juin 2023
      Source : World Steel Association
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 juin, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      1) This dataset contains monthly blast furnace iron (BFI) and direct reduced iron (DRI) production data. The total for the year is not the sum of the 12 calendar months. This is because annual production is reported separately. Regional and grand totals refer to the countries listed only. Other countries report only annual - and not monthly - data. 2) World Steel Association collects Blast Furnace Iron production (BFI) from 39 countries and Direct Reduced Iron production (DRI) production from 14 countries . The 39 countries accounted for approximately 99% of total world BFI production and 14 countries accounted for 85% of total world DRI in 2015.
    • novembre 2023
      Source : World Health Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 décembre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Globally, there were an estimated 247 million malaria cases in 2021 in 84 malaria endemic countries (including the territory of French Guiana), an increase from 245 million in 2020, with most of this increase coming from countries in the WHO African Region. In 2015, the baseline year of the Global technical strategy for malaria 2016–2030 (GTS), there were an estimated 230 million malaria cases.The proportion of cases due to Plasmodium vivax reduced from about 8% (20.5 million) in 2000 to 2% (4.9 million) in 2021.Malaria case incidence (i.e. cases per 1000 population at risk) reduced from 82 in 2000 to 57 in 2019, before increasing to 59 in 2020. There was no change in case incidence between 2020 and 2021. The increase in 2020 was associated with disruption to services during the COVID-19 pandemic.Twenty-nine countries accounted for 96% of malaria cases globally, and four countries – Nigeria (27%), the Democratic Republic of the Congo (12%), Uganda (5%) and Mozambique (4%) – accounted for almost half of all cases globally.The WHO African Region, with an estimated 234 million cases in 2021, accounted for about 95% of global cases.
    • janvier 2024
      Source : U.S. Geological Survey
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 février, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2024
      Source : British Geological Survey
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      World Mineral Production covers the majority of economically important mineral commodities. For each commodity constant efforts are made to ensure that as many producing countries as possible are reported. For some commodities, where statistics on production are not publicly available, estimates are made.
    • mars 2022
      Source : International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 mars, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The vehicle production is given by Country and Manufacturer.  Audi, BMW, JLR, Mercedes, Scania and Daimler Trucks data not reported.
    • mai 2024
      Source : International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      World Motor Vehicle Sales by Country and Type, 2005-2022
    • avril 2024
      Source : Economic Policy Uncertainty
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: World Uncertainty Index (WUI), developed by Hites Ahir (International Monetary Fund), Nicholas Bloom (Stanford University) and Davide Furceri (International Monetary Fund).
    • octobre 2022
      Source : United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 octobre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The 2022 Revision of World Population Prospects is the twenty-seventh edition of official United Nations population estimates and projections that have been prepared by the Population Division of the Department of Economic and Social Affairs of the United Nations Secretariat.
    • mars 2024
      Source : Reporters Without Borders
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 mars, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Range of Score to Access the Press Freedom. (New Scale) From 85 to 100 points: Good From 70 to 85 points: Satisfactory From 55 to 70 points: Problematic From 40 to 55 points: Difficult From 0 to 40 points: Very Serious   The Range of Score to Access the Press Freedom. (Old Scale) From 0 to 15 points: Good From 15.01 to 25 points: Fairly good From 25.01 to 35 points: Problematic From 35.01 to 55 points: Bad From 55.01 to 100 points: Very bad Note: Negative value is available for 2012 only and it represents the country in top* The press freedom index that Reporters Without Borders publishes every year measures the level of freedom of information in nearly 180 countries. It reflects the degree of freedom that journalists, news organizations and netizens enjoy in each country, and the efforts made by the authorities to respect and ensure respect for this freedom. It is based partly on a questionnaire that is sent to our partner organizations (18 freedom of expression NGOs located in all five continents), to our network of 150 correspondents, and to journalists, researchers, jurists and human rights activists. The 179 countries ranked in this year's index are those for which Reporters Without Borders received completed questionnaires from various sources. Some countries were not included because of a lack of reliable, confirmed data. A score and a position are assigned to each country in the final ranking. They are complementary indicators that together assess the state of press freedom. In order to make the index more informative and make it easier to compare different years, scores will henceforth range from 0 to 100, with 0 being the best possible score and 100 the worst. The index reflects the situation during a specific period. This year's index is based solely on events between the start of December 2012 and the end of November 2013. It does not look at human rights violations in general, just violations of freedom of information. The index should in no way be taken as an indication of the quality of the media in the countries concerned. In order to make the index more informative and make it easier to compare different years, scores will henceforth range from 0 to 100, with 0 being the best possible score and 100 the worst. The index reflects the situation during a specific period. This year's index is based solely on events between the start of December 2012 and the end of November 2013. It does not look at human rights violations in general, just violations of freedom of information. The index should in no way be taken as an indication of the quality of the media in the countries concerned. In order to make the index more informative and make it easier to compare different years, scores will henceforth range from 0 to 100, with 0 being the best possible score and 100 the worst. The index reflects the situation during a specific period. This year's index is based solely on events between the start of December 2012 and the end of November 2013. It does not look at human rights violations in general, just violations of freedom of information. The index should in no way be taken as an indication of the quality of the media in the countries concerned. This year's index is based solely on events between the start of December 2012 and the end of November 2013. It does not look at human rights violations in general, just violations of freedom of information. The index should in no way be taken as an indication of the quality of the media in the countries concerned. This year's index is based solely on events between the start of December 2012 and the end of November 2013. It does not look at human rights violations in general, just violations of freedom of information. The index should in no way be taken as an indication of the quality of the media in the countries concerned.   * In order to have a bigger spread in the scores and increase the differentiation between countries, this year's questionnaire had more answers assigning negative points. That is why countries at the top of the index have negative scores this year. Although the point system has produced a broader distribution of scores than in 2010, each country's evolution over the years can still be plotted by comparing its position in the index rather than its score. This is what the arrows in the table refer to – a country's change in position in the index compared with the preceding year.      
    • septembre 2022
      Source : World Travel and Tourism Council
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 septembre, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Travel & Tourism is a truly global economic activity – one which takes place in destinations across the world, from leading capital cities and smaller towns and villages in rural and coastal areas, to some of the remotest points on the planet. It is one of the world’s largest industries, or economic sectors, contributing trillions of dollars annually to the global economy, creating jobs and wealth, generating exports, boosting taxes and stimulating capital investment
    • mai 2024
      Source : Economic Policy Uncertainty
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: World Uncertainty Index (WUI), developed by Hites Ahir (International Monetary Fund), Nicholas Bloom (Stanford University) and Davide Furceri (International Monetary Fund).
    • mai 2018
      Source : United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The 2018 Revision of World Urbanization Prospects presents the latest United Nations estimates of the size of urban and rural populations for 233 countries or areas from 1950 to 2018, with projections until 2050. It also includes data on population size for close to 1900 urban settlements having 300000 inhabitants or more in 2018. These 1900 cities or urban areas are now home to nearly 60 per cent of the world’s urban population.
    • mai 2017
      Source : International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2022
      Source : World Wind Energy Association
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 octobre, 2023
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2024
      Source : U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: FY20-21 data is preliminary and FY21-22 is Projection. Yield is on a rough basis, before the milling process. Production is on a milled basis, after the milling process  
    • mars 2022
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Jonathan Kilach
      Accès le : 21 mars, 2022
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The dataset presents the total number of containers handled by a port, per country, expressed in twenty-foot equivalent units (TEUs). A TEU represents the volume of a standard 20 feet long intermodal container used for loading, unloading, repositioning and transshipment. A 40-foot intermodal container is counted as two TEUs. Maritime Transport Indicators: Container Port Throughput, Annual, 2010-2020 NB: Sudan values prior to 2011 are before secession of South Sudan TRANSLATE with xEnglishArabicHebrewPolishBulgarianHindiPortugueseCatalanHmong DawRomanianChinese SimplifiedHungarianRussianChinese TraditionalIndonesianSlovakCzechItalianSlovenianDanishJapaneseSpanishDutchKlingonSwedishEnglishKoreanThaiEstonianLatvianTurkishFinnishLithuanianUkrainianFrenchMalayUrduGermanMalteseVietnameseGreekNorwegianWelshHaitian CreolePersian  TRANSLATE with COPY THE URL BELOW BackEMBED THE SNIPPET BELOW IN YOUR SITEEnable collaborative features and customize widget: Bing Webmaster PortalBack
    • mai 2024
      Source : World Trade Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 mai, 2024
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: World Trade Organisation-https://timeseries.wto.org/
  • Y